TM 11-5805-647-14

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT,

AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS

(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS)

ORDER WIRE INTERCOMMUNICATION TERMINATION

UNITS TA-918(V)( )/FSC, ORDER WIRE INTERCOMMUNICATION TERMINATION UNITS TA-930(V)( )/

FSC, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL ORDER WIRE UNIT

TA-928/FSC, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL ORDER WIRE UNIT

TA-923/FSC, LINK ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-925/FSC,

REMOTE LINK ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-924/FSC, LOCAL

ORDER WIRE UNIT 41010-97, CONFERENCE BRIDGES,

TELEPHONE TA-920(V)( )/FSC, AND JACK AND LAMP

PANEL JLP-1

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

APRIL 1975
WARNING

DANGEROUS VOLTAGE

DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY may result from accidental contact with 115 volts ac or -48 volts dc

power present in the equipment.

WARNING

TRICHLOROETHANE

The fumes of tricholoroethane used for cleaning purposes are toxic. Provide through ventilation

whenever used. Do not use an open flame. Trichloroethane is not flammable, but exposure of

fumes to open flame converts the fumes to highly toxic, dangerous gases.
TM 11-5805-647-14

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

No. 11-5805-647-14 WASHINGTON, DC, 22 April 1975

Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support, and General Support

Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists

( Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools)

ORDER WIRE INTERCOMMUNICATION TERMINATION

UNITS TA-918(V) ( );/ FSC,

ORDER WIRE INTERCOMMUNICATION TERMINATION

UNITS TA-930(V) ( ) / FSC,

EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-928 / FSC,

EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-923./ FSC,

LINK ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-925/ FSC,

REMOTE LINK ORDER WIRE UNIT TA-924./ FSC,

LOCAL ORDER WIRE UNIT 41010-97,

CONFERENCE BRIDGES, TELEPHONE TA-920(V) ( ) / FSC,

AND JACK AND LAMP PANEL JLP-1

Current as of 31 October 1974

Paragraph Page

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Section I. General

Scope ........................................................................................................................................1-1 1-1

Indexes of publications ..............................................................................................................1-2 1-1

Maintenance forms and records ................................................................................................1-3 1-1

Administrative storage ...............................................................................................................1-4 1-1

Section II. Description and data

Purpose and use........................................................................................................................1-5 1-8

Technical characteristics............................................................................................................1-6 1-10

Items comprising an operable equipment ..................................................................................1-7 1-12

Description.................................................................................................................................1-8 1-13

CHAPTER 2. INSTALLATION

Section I. Service upon receipt of equipment

Siting instructions.......................................................................................................................2-1 2-1

i
TM 11-5805-647-14

Paragraph Page

Packaging data ........................................................................................................................ 2-2 2-1

Unpacking instructions...............................................................................................................2-3 2-1

Checking unpacked equipment .................................................................................................2-4 2-1

Section II. Installation instructions

Tools. test equipment, and materials required- .........................................................................2-5 2-1

Installation procedures ..............................................................................................................2-6 2-1

Initial check and adjustment of equipment ................................................................................2-7 2-27

CHAPTER 3. OPERATION

Section I. Operator’s controls and indicators

General......................................................................................................................................3-1 3-1

Controls and indicators . . ........................................................................................................3-2 3-1

Section II. Operation under usual conditions

Preoperational checks ...............................................................................................................3-3 3-7

Starting procedure .....................................................................................................................3-4 3-7

Operating procedure..................................................................................................................3-5 3-7

CHAPTER 4. FUNCTIONING OF EQUIPMENT

General......................................................................................................................................4-1 4-1

Block diagram description..........................................................................................................4-2 4-1

Operational sequence description............................................................................................. 4-3 4-6

Operator’s access and orderwire panels, functional description................................................ 4-4 4-10

PC Card Rack Assembly, LCC9740, functional description ...................................................... 4-5 4-13

Common Equipment Shelf, 41010-96, functional description .....................................................4-6 4-27

Local Orderwire Unit, 41010-97, functional description ............................................................ 4-6 4-31

CHAPTER 5. ON-SITE MAINTENANCE

Scope of on-site maintenance....................................................................................................5-1 5-1

Tools, test equipment, and materials required ...........................................................................5-2 5-1

Preventive maintenance ............................................................................................................5-3 5-1

Corrective maintenance.............................................................................................................5-4 5-2

Operational test and troubleshooting .........................................................................................5-5 5-2

Alignment and adjustment procedures ......................................................................................5-6 5-6

Removal and replacement procedures.......................................................................................5-7 5-6

CHAPTER 6. OFF-SITE MAINTENANCE

Scope of off-site maintenance ..................................................................................................6-1 6-1

Tools and test equipment required............................................................................................ 6-2 6-1

Test and module adapters required ...........................................................................................6-3 6-1

S. F. Oscillator 49009-01 ........................................................................................................ 6-4 6-7

Speaker Amplifier Assembly 41030-01 ..................................................................................... 6-5 6-9

S. F. Detector 41063-01 and S. F. Detector and Oscillator 41063-02 ....................................6-6 6-12

Tone Receiver 40452-01........................................................................................................... 6-7 6-18

Digit Decoder 40451-04.............................................................................................................6-8 6-21

4-Way/4-Wire Bridge 40155-03 and 40455-03.......................................................................... 6-9 6-25

4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid With Low-Pass Filter 49008-01 ............................................................. 6-10 6-28

4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid 49008-02 ...............................................................................................6-11 6-32

Dual Amplifier 40172-03 and 40472-03....................................................................................6-12 6-36

Power Supply 41028-01...........................................................................................................6-13 6-39

Power Supply 41029-01...........................................................................................................6-14 6-41

Line Card Assembly LCC9740.................................................................................................6-15 6-43

Interrupter Card Assembly INT-9740 .......................................................................................6-16 6-46

Tone Dial Assembly SC-35C3A ..............................................................................................6-17 6-48

Amplifier TLC-410....................................................................................................................6-18 6-49

Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828 ...........................................................................................6-19 6-50

Rotary Dial GB982...................................................................................................................6-20 6-53

Key Assembly 703016-509, 703016-510, and 703016-511......................................................6-21 6-53

Network Assembly QNB3A4 ....................................................................................................6-22 6-54

CHAPTER 7. SHIPMENT AND LIMITED STORAGE AND DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Repackaging..............................................................................................................................7-1 7-1

Authority for demolition ..............................................................................................................7-2 7-1

Methods of destruction...............................................................................................................7-3 7-1

Reporting...................................................................................................................................7-4 7-1

ii
TM 11-5805-647-14

Illus.

Page Figure

APPNEDIX A. REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................... A-1

APPENDIX B. OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS

AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS (INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS)

Section I. Introduction............................................................................................................................... B-1

Section II. Basic issue items list (not applicable)

Section III. Items troop installed or authorized list (not applicable)

Section IV, Organizational maintenance repair parts list ............................................................................. B-5

Group 01. Orderwire unit, express-link-local TA-923/FSC ......................................................................... B-5 3

01010203 Key assembly........................................................................................................... B-5 3

01010204 Key assembly........................................................................................................... B-5 3

0103 Handset ........................................................................................................................... B-5 4

0104 Headset ........................................................................................................................... B-5 5

Section V. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section VI. Repair parts for direct support, general support, and depot maintenance ................................. B-6

Group 01. Orderwire unit, express-link-local TA-923/FSC......................................................................... . B-6

0101 Call director assembly...................................................................................................... B-6

010101 SF oscillator-buzzer assembly...................................................................................... B-6 1

01010101 SF oscillator ............................................................................................................. B-6 1

01010102 Buzzer...................................................................................................................... B-8 1

010102 Call director.................................................................................................................. B-8 2

01010201 Network.................................................................................................................... B-9 2

01010202 Dial assembly........................................................................................................... B-9 2

01010203 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-13 3

01010204 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-15 3

0102 Panel assembly.............................................................................................................. B-16 4

010201 Dial assembly............................................................................................................. B-17 4

010202 Hook switch................................................................................................................ B-17 4

0103 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-17 4

0104 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-17 5

Section VII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section VIII. Federal stock number and reference number index ............................................................... B-19

Section IX. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ........................................................................... B-22

Group 01. Orderwire unit, remote link TA-924/FSC ................................................................................. B-22

010202 Amplifier..................................................................................................................... B-22 8

0103 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-22 8

0104 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-22 5

Section X. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XI. Repair parts direct support, general support and depot maintenance ..................................... B-23

Group 01. Oderwire unit, remote link TA,924/FSC................................................................................... B-23

0101 Call director assembly.................................................................................................... B-23

010101 Buzzer assembly........................................................................................................ B-23 6

01010101 Buzzer.................................................................................................................... B-23 6

010102 Call director................................................................................................................ B-23 7

01010201 Network.................................................................................................................. B-24 7

01010202 Dial assembly......................................................................................................... B-24 2

01010203 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-24 3

0102 Panel assembly.............................................................................................................. B-24 8

010201 Hookswitch................................................................................................................. B-25 8

010202 Amplifier..................................................................................................................... B-25 8

010203 Speaker ..................................................................................................................... B-25 8

0103 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-26 8

0104 Headset ........................................................................................................................ B-26 5

Section XII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XIII. Federal stock number and reference number index ............................................................... B-27

Section XIV. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ........................................................................... B-29

Group 01. Orderwire unit, link TA-925/FSC ............................................................................................. B-29 3

010203 Amplifier .................................................................................................................... B-29 10

0103 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-29 10

0104 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-29 5

Section XV. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XVI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance ................................ B-30

Group 01. Orderwire unit, link TA-925/FSC ............................................................................................ B-30

iii
TM 11-5805-647-14

Illus.

Page Figure

Group 01. Orderwire unit, link TA-925/FSC-Continued

0101 Call director assembly.................................................................................................... B-30

010101 SF oscillator-buzzer assembly.................................................................................... B-30 1

01010101 SF oscillator ........................................................................................................... B-30 1

01010102 Buzzer.................................................................................................................... B-30 1

010102 Call director................................................................................................................ B-30 9

01010201 Network.................................................................................................................. B-31 9

01010202 Dial assembly......................................................................................................... B-31 2

01010203 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-31 3

01010204 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-32 3

0102 Panel assembly.............................................................................................................. B-33 10

010201 Dial assembly............................................................................................................. B-34 10

010202 Hook switch . ............................................................................................................. B-34 10

010203 Amplifier..................................................................................................................... B-34 10

010204 Speaker - .................................................................................................................. B-34 10

0103 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-34 10

0104 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-35 5

Section XVII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XVIII. Federal stock number and reference number index ................................................................ B-36

Section XIX. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ........................................................................... B-38

Group 01. Orderwire unit, express4ink-local TA-928/FSC........................................................................ B-38

0102 Rotary dial mounting ...................................................................................................... B-38 12

0103 Speaker assembly ......................................................................................................... B-38 12

0104 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-38 4

0105 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-38 5

Section XX. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance ................................ B-39

Group 01. Orderwire unit, express-link-local TA-928/FSC . ..................................................................... B-39

0101 Call director assembly ................................................................................................... B-39

010101 SF oscillator-buzzer assembly.................................................................................... B-39 1

01010101 SF oscillator ........................................................................................................... B-39 1

01010102 Buzzer.................................................................................................................... B-39 1

010102 Call director................................................................................................................ B-39 11

01010201 Network.................................................................................................................. B-40 11

01010202 Dial assembly......................................................................................................... B-40 2

01010203 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-40 3

01010204 Key assembly......................................................................................................... B-40 3

01010205 Hook switch............................................................................................................ B-41 12

0102 Rotary dial mounting ...................................................................................................... B-41 12

010201 Dial assembly............................................................................................................. B-41 12

0103 Speaker assembly ......................................................................................................... B-42 12

0104 Handset ......................................................................................................................... B-44 4

0105 Headset ......................................................................................................................... B-44 5

Section XXII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXIII. Federal stock number and reference number index . ............................................................ B-45

Section XXIV. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ........................................................................... B-48

Group 01. Orderwire intercommunication termination unit TA-918(V)1/FSC through TA-918(V)8/FSC... B-48

0101 Panel, fuse SB-3751/FSC .............................................................................................. B-48

010201 Line card .................................................................................................................... B-48 16

010202 Interrupter assembly .................................................................................................. B-48 17

0103 Common equipment shelf .............................................................................................. B-48 18

010301 DTMF tone receiver.................................................................................................... B-48 19

010302 Digit decoder.............................................................................................................. B-49 21

010303 SF detector and oscillator........................................................................................... B-49 22

010304 4W/2W Hybrid module ............................................................................................... B-49 24

010305 4W/2W Hybrid with 2.7 kHz filter................................................................................ B-49 25

010306 SF detector ................................................................................................................ B-49 26

010307 DC/DC power supply.................................................................................................. B-49 28

Section XXV. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXVI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance ................................ B-50

Group 01. Orderwire intercommunication termination unit TA-918(V)1/FSC thru TA-918(V)8/FSC.......... B-50

0101 Panel, fuse SB-3751/FSC .............................................................................................. B-50 14

0102 PC card rack assembly ................................................................................................. B-52 15

010201 Line card.................................................................................................................... B-54 16

010202 Interrupter assembly .................................................................................................. B-55 17

0103Common equipment shelf ............................................................................................... B-57 18

iv
TM 11-5805-647-14

Illus.

Page Figure

Group 01. Orderwire intercommunication termination unit TA-918(V)l/FSC thru TA-918(V)8/FSC-Continued

010301 DTMF tone receiver................................................................................................... B-59 19 and 20

010302 Digit decoder.............................................................................................................. B-63 21

010303 SF detector and oscillator........................................................................................... B-65 22 and 23

010304 4W/2W Hybrid module .-............................................................................................ B-70 24

010305 4W/2W Hybrid with 2.7 kHz filter................................................................................ B-72 25

010306 SF detector ................................................................................................................ B-76 26 and 27

010307 DC/DC power supply.................................................................................................. B-81 28 and 29

Section XXVII. Special tools list (not applicable)..................................................................................................... 14 and 25

Section XXVIII. Federal stock number and reference number index ................................................................ B-84

Section XXIX. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ........................................................................... B-96

Group 01. Orderwire intercommunication termination units TA-930(V)l/FSC and TA-930(V)2/FSC ......... B-96

0101 Panel, fuse SB-3751/FSC .............................................................................................. B-96 14

010201 Line card.................................................................................................................... B-96 16

010202 Interrupter assembly .................................................................................................. B-96 17

0103 Common equipment shelf .............................................................................................. B-96 18

010301 DTMF tone receiver.................................................................................................... B-96 19

010302 Digit decoder.............................................................................................................. B-96 21

010303 SF detector and oscillator........................................................................................... B-97 22

010304 4W/W Hybrid module ................................................................................................. B-97 24

010305 4W/2W Hybrid with 2.7 kHz filter................................................................................ B-97 25

010306 SF detector ................................................................................................................ B-96 26

010307 4W/4W bridge ............................................................................................................ B-97 30

010308 Dual amplifier............................................................................................................. B-97 31

010309 DC/DC power supply.................................................................................................. B-97 28

Section XXX. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXXI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance ................................ B-98

Group 01. Orderwire intercommunication termination unit TA-930(V)l/FSC and TA-930(V)2/FSC........... B-98

0101 Panel, fuse SB-3751/FSC .............................................................................................. B-98 14

0102 PC card rack assembly ................................................................................................. B-98 15

010201 Line card................................................................................................................... B-98 16

010202 Interrupter assembly .................................................................................................. B-98 17

0103 Common equipment shelf .............................................................................................. B-98 18

010301 DTMF tone receiver ................................................................................................... B-98 19

010302 Digit decoder.............................................................................................................. B-99 21

010303 SF detector and oscillator........................................................................................... B-99 22

010304 4W/2W Hybrid module .............................................................................................. B-99 24

010305 4W/2W Hybrid with 2.7 kHz filter................................................................................ B-99 25

010306 SF detector .................................................................................................................. B-99 26

010307 4W/2W Bridge.......................................................................................................... B-100 30

010308 Dual amplifier........................................................................................................... B-101 31

010309 DC/DC power supply................................................................................................ B-103 28

Section XXXII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXXIII. Federal stock number and reference number index ............................................................. B-104

Section XXXIV. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ......................................................................... B-106

Group 01. Conference bridge, telephone TA-920(V)1/FSC.................................................................... B-106 32

0101 Dual amplifier............................................................................................................... B-106 33

0102 4 Way-4 wire bridge .................................................................................................... B-106 34

Group 02. Conference bridge, telephone TA.-920(V)2/FSC................................................................... B-106 32

0201 Dual amplifier............................................................................................................... B-106 33

0202 4 Way-4 wire bridge .................................................................................................... B-106 34

Section XXXV. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXXVI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance .............................. B-107

Group 01. Conference bridge, telephone TA-920(V)1/FSC.................................................................... B-107 32

0101 Dual amplifier............................................................................................................... B-107 33

0102 4 Way-4 wire bridge .................................................................................................... B-110 34

Group 02. Conference bridge telephone TA-920(V)2/FSC..................................................................... B-111 32

0201 Dual amplifier............................................................................................................... B-112 33

0202 4 Way-4 wire bridge .................................................................................................... B-112 34

Section XXXVII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XXXVIII. Federal stock number and reference number index .............................................................. B-113

Section XXXIX. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ......................................................................... B-115

Group 01. Local orderwire .................................................................................................................... B-115 35

0101 Power supply .............................................................................................................. B-115 37

0102 Speaker amplifier......................................................................................................... B-115 39

0103 SF detector and oscillator ............................................................................................ B-115 22

v
TM 11-5805-647-14

Illus.

Page Figure

Section XL. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XLI. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance-............................................. B-116

Group 01. Local orderwire ..................................................................................................................................... B-116 35 and 36

0101. Power supply ....................................................................................................................... B-117 37 and 38

0102. Speaker amplifier................................................................................................................. B-120 39 and 40

0103. SF detector and oscillator .................................................................................................... B-124 22

Section XLII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XLIII. Federal stock number and reference number index .............................................................. B-125

Section XLIV. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance .............................. B-128

Group 01. Panel assembly CB2 ............................................................................................................ B-128 41

Group 02. Panel assembly CB1 ............................................................................................................ B-129 41

Section XLV. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XLVI. Federal stock number and reference number index .-........................................................... B-130

Section XLVII. Organizational maintenance repair parts list ......................................................................... B-132

Group 01. Lamp-jack panel ................................................................................................................... B-132 42

Section XLVIII. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section XLIX. Repair parts for direct support, general support and depot maintenance .............................. B-133

Group 01. Lamp-jack panel ................................................................................................................... B-133 42 and 43

Section L. Special tools list (not applicable)

Section LI. Federal stock number and reference number index .............................................................. B-135

APPENDIX C. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION

Section I. Introduction -............................................................................................................................ C-1

Section II. Maintenance allocation chart (Order Wire Unit, Express-Link-Local TA-923/FSC) ................... C-3

Section III. Maintenance allocation chart (Order Wire Unit, Remote Link TA-924/FSC) .............................. C-6

Section IV. Maintenance allocation chart (Order Wire Unit, Link TA-925/FSC) ........................................... C-9

Section V. Maintenance allocation chart (Order Wire Unit, Express-Link-Local TA-928/FSC) .................. C-13

Section VI. Maintenance allocation chart (Order-wire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-918(V)1/FSC

through TA-918(V) 8/FSC) ..................................................................................................... C-17

Section VII. Maintenance allocation chart (Orderwire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-930(V)I/FSC and

TA-930(V(2/FSC) ........................................................................................................... C-23

Section VIII. Maintenance allocation chart (Conference Bridge, Telephone

TA-920(V)ll./FSC; and TA-920(V)21 /FSC) ..................................................................... C-29

Section IX. Maintenance allocation chart (Local Orderwire, Raven 41010-97) .......................................... C-31

Section X. Maintenance allocation chart (Panel Assembly CB1 and CB2) ............................................... C-35

Section XI. Maintenance allocation chart (Jack and Lamp Panel, EFE 803101)........................................ C-37

APPENDIX D. CABINET HARNESS WIRING LIST ....................................................................................... D-1

vi
TM 11-5805-647-14

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Number Title Page

1-1 Remote Link Order Wire Unit TA-924/FSC and Order Wire-Intercommunications Termination Unit TA918(V)/FSC..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-2

1-2 Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-3 Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-928/FSC................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-4 Link Order Wire Unit TA-925/FSC and Order Wire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA930(V)/FSC..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-4

1-5 Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97 .............................................................................................................................................. 1-5

1-6 Jack and Lamp Panel JLP-l .................................................................................................................................................... 1-6

1-7 Conference Bridge Telephone TA-920(V)/1FSC and TA-920(V)2/FSC................................................................................... 1-7

1-8 Typical, orderwire/intercom EOW station equipment arrangement, block diagram ................................................................. 1-9

1-9 Typical, orderwire/intercom LOW station, block diagram ...................................................................................................... 1-10

2-1 EOW site installation procedures pictorial identification .......................................................................................................... 2-2

2-2 LOW site installation procedures pictorial identification .......................................................................................................... 2-3

2-3 Common equipment shelf, dc/dc power supply distribution..................................................................................................... 2-5

2-4 Module locations within the Order Wire Intercommunication Termination Units TA-918(V)/FSC and

TA-930(V)/FSC............................................................................................................................................................... 2-7

2-5 Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-928/FSC, connector block ........................................................................................ 2-9

2-6 Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC terminal block TB1 (bottom view from rear) ............................................. 2-12

2-7 Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC terminal blocks TB1/TB2 (bottom view from rear) ............................................................. 2-15

2-8 Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, terminal block TB2 (bottom view from rear) ........................................................ 2-17

2-9 Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, connection terminals (rear) ................................................................................................. 2-20

2-10 Jack and Lamp Panel JLP-1, strapping connections ............................................................................................................ 2-22

2-11 Typical terminal block TB1, EOW site, bottom view from rear .............................................................................................. 2-23

2-12 Typical terminal block TB1, LOW sites, bottom view from rear ............................................................................................ 2-24

2-13 Inductor assembly (LA), mounting for expansion .................................................................................................................. 2-25

2-14 Dual amplifier 40472-03/40172-03, test setup diagram......................................................................................................... 2-29

2-15 2W/4W hybrid, 49008-02, test setup diagram ...................................................................................................................... 2-29

2-16 SF detector and oscillator 41063-02, test setup diagram ...................................................................................................... 2-30

2-17 SF oscillator 49009-01, test setup diagram........................................................................................................................... 2-30

3-1 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, controls and indicators (front view) ............................................................. 3-2

3-2 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, controls and indicators (front view) ............................................................. 3-2

3-3 Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC (front view).......................................................................................................................... 3-4

3-4 Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC (front view)............................................................................................................. 3-4

3-5 Common equipment ............................................................................................................................................................... 3-6

4-1 Orderwire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-918(V)/FSC (EOW site), block diagram ................................................. 4-3

4-2 Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, simplified block diagram ....................................................................................................... 4-4

4-3 Order Wire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-930(V)/FSC (LOW site), block diagram ............................................... 4-5

4-4 Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, functional block diagram....................................................................................................... 4-9

4-5 Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828, schematic diagram ........................................................................................................ 4-12

4-6 Line card LCC9740, schematic diagram ............................................................................................................................... 4-15

4-7 Incoming ring on PBX line, functional diagram...................................................................................................................... 4-16

4-8 DTMF and E&M incoming ring functional diagram................................................................................................................ 4-17

4-9 Call answered functional diagram......................................................................................................................................... 4-19

4-10 Call on hold functional diagram............................................................................................................................................. 4-21

4-11 Interrupter INT-9740, schematic diagram ............................................................................................................................ 4-23

4-12 Interrupter INT-9740, timing diagram................................................................................................................................... 4-24

4-13 Conference functional diagram ........................................................................................................................................... 4-26

4-14 DTMF tone receiver 40452-01, simplified block diagram ...................................................................................................... 4-28

5-1 Desk set telephone, housing and faceplate detail................................................................................................................... 5-1

5-2 Typical telephone baseplate, mounting details ....................................................................................................................... 5-9

5-3 Rack mounted call director, frame and parts location (rear view)............................................................................................ 5-9

5-4 Express-Link-Local-Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC, terminal board and line cord mountings.................................................. 5-10

5-5 Typical frame securing screws, parts location....................................................................................................................... 5-10

5-6 Express-Link-Local-Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC, key frame and hookswitch details and parts location .............................. 5-11

5-7(1) 30 button key frame, component mounting (sheet 1 of 2) ..................................................................................................... 5-12

5-7(2) 30 button key frame, component mounting (sheet 2 of 2) ..................................................................................................... 5-12

5-8 18 button key frame, component mounting .......................................................................................................................... 5-13

5-9 Typical equipment cabinet, subassembly parts location ...................................................................................................... 5-15

6-1 Test Adapter QR-9848-9, pictorial diagram............................................................................................................................. 6-1

6-2 Test Adapter QR-9848-9, schematic diagram......................................................................................................................... 6-2

6-3 Test Adapter QR-9848-17, pictorial diagram........................................................................................................................... 6-3

6-4 Test Adapter QR-9848-17, schematic diagram....................................................................................................................... 6-4

6-5 Test Adapter QR-9885, pictorial diagram................................................................................................................................ 6-5

vii
TM 11-5805-647-14

Number Title Page

6-6 Test Adapter QR-9885, schematic diagram............................................................................................................................ 6-6

6-7 S. F. Oscillator 49009-01, parts location diagram ................................................................................................................. 6-7

6-8 S. F. Oscillator 49009-01, test setup diagram....................................................................................................................... 6-7

6-9 Speaker Amplifier Assembly 41030-01, test setup diagram .................................................................................................. 6-10

6-10 S. F. detector alignment, initial test setup diagram ............................................................................................................. 6-14

6-11 S. F. detector performance test, initial test setup diagram .................................................................................................. 6-15

6-12 S. F. oscillator alignment, initial test setup diagram ............................................................................................................ 6-17

6-13 Tone Receiver 40452-01, initial test setup diagram .............................................................................................................. 6-18

6-14 Digit Decoder 40451-04, initial test setup diagram................................................................................................................ 6-22

6-15 4-Way/4-Wire Bridge 40155-03 and 40455-03, initial test setup diagram.............................................................................. 6-26

6-16 4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid With Low-Pass Filter 49008-01, initial test setup diagram................................................................... 6-29

6-17 4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid 49008-02, initial test setup diagram .................................................................................................... 6-33

6-18 Dual Amplifier 40172-03 and 40472-03, initial test setup diagram ........................................................................................ 6-37

6-19 Power Supply 41028-01, initial test setup diagram ............................................................................................................... 6-40

6-20 Power Supply 41029-01, initial test setup diagram ............................................................................................................... 6-42

6-21 Line Card Assembly LCC9740, test setup diagram............................................................................................................... 6-44

6-22 Interrupter Card Assembly INT-9740, test setup diagram ..................................................................................................... 6-46

6-23 Tone Dial Assembly SC-35C3A, performance test setup diagram ........................................................................................ 6-49

6-24 Amplifier TLC-410, performance test setup diagram............................................................................................................. 6-50

6-25 Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828, parts location diagram ................................................................................................... 6-51

6-26 Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828, initial test setup diagram ................................................................................................ 6-52

6-27 Rotary Dial GB982, performance test setup diagram............................................................................................................ 6-53

1 Oscillator-buzzer assembly, parts location.......................................................................................................................... B-137

2 Call director assembly, parts location ................................................................................................................................ B-138

3 Typical key strip details, parts location ............................................................................................................................... B-139

4 Call director panel assembly and handset, parts location ................................................................................................... B-140

5 Headset, parts location....................................................................................................................................................... B-141

6 Buzzer assembly, parts location ......................................................................................................................................... B-141

7 Call director assembly, parts location ................................................................................................................................. B-142

8 Call director panel assembly and handset, parts location ................................................................................................... B-143

9 Call director assembly, parts location ................................................................................................................................. B-144

10 Call director panel assembly and handset. parts location .................................................................................................. B-145

11 Call director assembly, parts location ................................................................................................................................. B-146

12 Call director, dial assembly and speaker assembly, parts location ................................................................................... B-147

13 Speaker amplifier unit 6505-3828, parts location ................................................................................................................ B-148

14 Fuse panel SB-3751/FSC, parts location............................................................................................................................ B-149

15 PC card rack assembly, parts location................................................................................................................................ B-150

16 Line card assembly LC401-4, parts location ....................................................................................................................... B-151

17 Interrupter card assembly INT9740, parts location............................................................................................................. B-152

18 Equipment shelf 41010-96, top view, parts location............................................................................................................ B-153

19 Tone receiver 40452-01, resistor location........................................................................................................................... B-154

20 Tone receiver 40452-01, parts location............................................................................................................................... B-155

21 Digit decoder 40451-04, parts location ............................................................................................................................... B-156

22 SF detector and oscillator 41063-02, resistor location ....................................................................................................... B-157

23 SF detector and oscillator 41063-02, parts location ............................................................................................................ B-158

24 4-Wire/2-wire hybrid 49008-01, parts location................................................................................................................... B-159

25 4-Wire/2-wire hybrid with low-pass filter 49008-2, parts location....................................................................................... B-160

26 SF detector 41063-01, resistor location .............................................................................................................................. B-161

27 SF detector 41063-01, parts location.................................................................................................................................. B-162

28 Power supply 41028-01, parts location............................................................................................................................... B-163

29 Printed circuit card for power supply 41028-01, parts location ............................................................................................ B-164

30 4-Way/4-wire bridge 40455-03, parts location..................................................................................................................... B-165

31 Dual amplifier 40472-03, parts location............................................................................................................................... B-166

32 Conference bridge, telephone TA-920(V)I/FSC and TA-920(V)2/FSC ................................................................................ B-167

33 Dual amplifier 40172-03, parts location.............................................................................................................................. B-168

34 4-Way/4-wire bridge 40155-03, parts location..................................................................................................................... B-169

35 Local orderwire unit 41010-97 (front view).......................................................................................................................... B-170

36 Local orderwire unit 41010-97, connection terminal (rear) .................................................................................................. B-170

37 Power supply 41029-01, parts location............................................................................................................................... B-171

38 Printed circuit card for power supply 41029-01, parts location ............................................................................................ B-172

39 Speaker amplifier assembly 41030-01, parts location......................................................................................................... B-173

40 Printed circuit card for speaker amplifier assembly 41030-01, parts location ...................................................................... B-174

41 Typical equipment cabinet, subassembly parts location ..................................................................................................... B-175

42 Jack and lamp panel JLP-1 (front view), parts location ....................................................................................................... B-176

viii
TM 11-5805-647-14

Number Title Page

43 Jack and lamp panel JLP-1, connection terminal (rear) ..................................... ........................... B-176

FO-1 Express-Link-Local Orderwire, Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 4)

FO-1 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 2 of 4)

FO-1 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 3 of 4)

FO-1 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 4 of 4)

FO-2 S. F. oscillator, 49009-01, schematic diagram

FO-3 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 4)

FO-3 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 2 of 4)

FO-3 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 3 of 4)

FO-3 Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 4 of 4)

FO-4 Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 3)

FO-4 Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 2 of 3)

FO-4 Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 3 of 3)

FO-5 Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 3)

FO-5 Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC; wiring diagram (sheet 2 of 3)

FO-5 Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 3 of 3)

FO-6 Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, interconnection wiring diagram

FO-7 4-way/4-wire bridge and amplifier assembly 40155-03, intrawiring diagram

FO-8 Orderwire/intercom (EOW sites), functional diagram (sheet 1 of 2)

FO-8 Orderwire/intercom (EOW sites), functional diagram (sheet 2 of 2)

FO-9 Orderwire/intercom (LOW sites), functional diagram (sheet 1 of 2)

FO-9 Orderwire/intercom (LOW sites), functional diagram (sheet 2 of 2)

FO-10 Power amplifier, type TLC-410, schematic diagram

FO-11 S. F. detector and oscillator 41063-02, schematic diagram

FO-12 DTMF tone receiver 40452-01,schematic diagram

FO-13 Digit decoder 40451, schematic diagram

FO-14 4W/2W hybrid 49008-02, schematic diagram

FO-15 4W/2W hybrid 49008-01, schematic diagram

FO-16 4-way/4-wire bridge 40155/40455-03, schematic diagram

FO-17 Dual amplifier 40172/40472-03, schematic diagram

FO-18 Dc-dc power supply 41028-01, schematic diagram

FO-19 Speaker amplifier 41030-01, schematic diagram

FO-20 Power supply 41029-01, schematic diagram

FO-21 Color code markings for MIL-STD resistors, inductors, and capacitors

ix
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

Section I. GENERAL

1-1. Scope

a. This manual contains information and instructions

for installation, operation, and maintenance of orderwire

equipment (fig. 1-1 through 1-7). The maintenance

coverage includes on-site and off-site maintenance as

authorized by the maintenance allocation chart (MAC)

(app C).

b. The components of orderwire equipment are

listed in paragraph 1-7 by official nomenclature/item

name and assigned common name. The common name

will be used in test throughout this manual.

1-2. Indexes of Publications

a. DA Pam 310-4. Refer to the latest issue of DA

Pam 310-4 to determine whether there are new editions,

changes, or additional publications pertaining to the

equipment.

b. DA Pam 310-7. Refer to the latest issue of DA

Pam 310-7 to determine whether there are modification

work orders (MWO’s) pertaining to the equipment.

1-3. Maintenance Forms and Records

a. Report of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory

Equipment. Maintenance forms, records, and reports

which are to be used by maintenance personnel at all

maintenance levels are listed in and prescribed by TM

38-750.

b. Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies.

Fill out and forward DD Form 6 (Packaging Improvement

Report) as prescribed in AR 700-58/NAVSUPINST

4030.29/AFR 7113/MCO P4030.29A, and DSAR 4145.8.

c. Discrepancy in Shipment Report ( DISREP ) (SF

361). Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment

Report (DISREP) (SF 361) as prescribed in AR 55-

38/NAVSUPINST 4610.33/AFM 75-18/MCO P4610.19A,

and DSAR 4500.15.

d. Reporting of Equipment Manual Improvements.

The reporting of errors, omissions, and

recommendations for improving this publication by the

individual user is encouraged. Reports should be

submitted on DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes

to Publications and Blank Forms and forwarded direct to

Commander, US Army Electronics Command, ATTN:

AMSEL-MA-CT, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703.

1-4. Administrative Storage

For procedures, forms and records, and inspections

required during administrative storage of this equipment,

refer to TM 740-90-1.

1-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 1-1. Remote Link Order Wire Unit TA-924/FSC and Order Wire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA918(V)/FSC.

1-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 1-2. Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC.

Figure 1-3. Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-928/FSC.

1-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 1-4. Link Order Wire Unit TA-925/ FSC and Order Wire-Intercommunication Terminal Unit TA-930(V) /FSC.

1-4
Figure 1-5. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97.

1-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 1-6. Jack and Lamp Panel, JLP-1.

1-6
Figure 1-7. Conference Bridge Telephone TA-920(V )I/FSC and TA-920(V )2/FSC.

1-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

Section II. DESCRIPTION AND DATA1-5. Purpose and Use

1-5. a. General. The orderwire equipment works in

conjunction with various radio and landline transmission

media to provide voice orderwire circuits for the

exclusive use of technical control and maintenance

personnel. The major functions of the voice orderwires

are to provide the technical control facilities (TCF’s) and

patch and test facilities (PTF’s) with the necessary voice

communications to:

(1) Restore, activate, change, and deactivate

communication links, supergroups, trunks, channels, and

circuits.

(2) Allow effective supervision of subordinate

PTF’s.

(3) Satisfy communications requirements for:

(a) Quality control.

(b) Fault isolation.

(c) Maintenance coordination.

(d) Circuit and system control.

(e) Effective and timely interchange of

information or instructions with users of the Defense

Communications Service (DCS).

b. System Application. There are several

configurations of orderwire equipment included in this

manual as follows:

(1) Orderwire equipment at nodal stations provides voice

circuits with dual-tone multiple frequency (DTMF)

signaling, for Express Orderwire (EOW) networks, and

Link Orderwire (LOW) networks. In addition, the nodal

station equipment provides for further access and control

to local orderwire central office (CO) line circuitry and

station intercoms. Figure 1-8 shows in block diagram

form the nodal station equipment interconnected to

typical orderwire multiplex and local orderwire

equipment’s. The EOW circuits at nodal stations may be

further interconnected to other stations on a party-line

basis through the use of a 4w/4w bridge and amplifier

(commonly known as a junction bridge assembly), or

through-connected by means of a conference circuit.

The components and dimensions chart in paragraph 1-7

lists the equipment types used at nodal stations.

(2) Figure 1-9 shows, m block diagram form,

typical link orderwire equipment comprising an LOW

facility. Typically, a link orderwire (LOW) facility is

employed at adjacent radio stations, to provide a 4-wire

voice circuit over the interconnecting radio circuits (links).

DTMF signaling is used with a 2-digit station address

code. The LOW equipment also provides access of

local orderwire circuits, as well as a CO telephone line

circuit and the station intercom. When equipped with a

junction bridge assembly, party line interconnections

between station links are possible.

(3) Local orderwire terminals may be connected as

shown in figure 1-9. These terminals are provided at

certain facilities to provide a means of local

communication. They may also be configured to

access distant orderwire terminals over radio links.

1-8
Figure 1-8. Typical, orderwire/intercom EOW station equipment arrangement, block diagram.

1-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 1-9. Typical, orderwire/intercom LOW station,

block diagram

1-6. Technical Characteristics

a. Order Wire Intercommunication Termination

Unit TA-918 ( V )/FSC.

Number of DTMF circuits 1 to 5*

Number of ringdown circuits 1 to 5*

Number of C. O. telephone

circuits 1

Number of intercom circuits 3

Voice frequency range 300 to 2,800 Hz

Supervisory signal frequency 3,250 16 Hz over a 0-50° C.

temp. range

Supervisory signal transmit

level Adjustable 0 dbm to -20 dbm

Supervisory signal receive level -6 to -26 dbm

DTMF tones Standard CCITT tone

DTMF receive level (single tone)+10 dbm to -20 dbm

DTMF receiver bandwidth (single tone) Nominal 2% of

tone frequency 4.wire input & output impedance 600

ohms

4-wire input level (test tone) 0 to -10 dbm**

4-wire output level (test tone) . 0 to --10 dbm**

2-wire impedance 600 ohms

2-wire level 0 to -10 dbm**

E & M (ringdown) signaling frequency 3,250 Hz

E & M (ringdown) signaling transmit level O

dbm to -25 dbm (see operator's access unit)

E & M (ringdown) signaling receive level -6 dbm to --26

dbm

E & M Iringdown) detection level . 2.5.

Conference capability 2 circuits with no degradation

Input power -42 VDC to -56 VDC, 2-5A (depending 

on quantity of access units)

*Basic equipment is capable of 1-CO line circuit, 5-

DTMF circuits plus 5-E & M (ringdown) circuits. Stations

initially equipped with a lesser quantity of circuits may be

expanded to the full complement in unit increments, in

accordance with expansion chart of chapter 2.

**In the adjustment of system levels, the distant

terminal must be considered to assure a reasonable

singing margin.

b. Order Wire-Intercommunication Termination

Unit TA-930(V)/FSC.

Number of DTMF circuits 1 or 2*

Number of ringdown circuits 1 or 2*

Number of C. O. telephone

circuits 1

Number of intercom circuits 1

Voice frequency range . 300 to 2,800 Hz

Supervisory signal frequency 3,250 ±16 Hz over 0-50° C.

temp. range

Supervisory signal transmit

level Adjustable 0 dbm to -20 dbm

Supervisory signalreceive level -5 dbm to -26 dbm

Supervisory signal detector bandwidth 2.5

DTMF tones Standard CCITT tone

DTMF receive level (single tone) + 10 dbm to -20

dbm DTMF receiver bandwidth (single tone) 

Nominal 2% of tone frequency

4-wire input & output impedance 600 ohms

4-wire input level (test tone) 0 to 10 dbm**

4-wire output level (test tone) 0 to --10 dbm**

2-wire impedance 600 ohms

2-wire level 0 to -10 dbm**

E & M (ringdown) signaling

frequency 3,250 Hz

E & M (ringdown) signaling transmit level0 0 dbm to

-26 dbm (see operator's access unit)

E & M (ringdown) signaling receive level 6 dbm to --26

dbm

E & M (ringdown) detection bandwidth 2.5 ,

Input power -42 vdc to -56 vdc 2.5A max.

*Basic equipment is capable of 1-CO line circuit, 2-

DTMF circuits plus 2 E & M (ringdown) circuits. Stations

initially equipped with a lesser quantity of circuits may be

expanded to the full complement in unit increments, in

accordance with expansion chart of chapter 2.

**In the adjustment of system levels, the distant

terminal must be considered to assure a reasonable

singing margin.

c. Order Wire Unit Express-Link-Local TA928/FSC and

TA-923/FSC.

Number of line circuits

(combined DTM. ringdown,

telephone, and intercom) . Initially equipped for 14 

expandable to 26)

2-wire impedance 600 ohm bal

1-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

Voice send level -12 VU

DTMF frequency Standard CCITT

DTMF level (at 2-wire output) -6 ± 3 dbm

SF signaling frequency Factory set at 3,250 F (16) Hz

over 0° to 50° C. temp

range

SF signaling level Adjustable 0 dbm to -26 dbm

(at 2-wire output) (normally

set at -10 dbm)

Input power 48 vdc (supplied from Order

Wire-Intercommunication

Termination Unit TA918(V)/FSC equipment)

d. Order Wire, Link TA-925/FSC

Number of line circuit (combined DTMF, ringdown,

telephone, and intercom) Initially equipped for 10 lexpandable to 16)

2-wire impedance 600 ohm BAL

Voice send level -12 VU

DTMF frequency Standard CCITT

DTMF level -6 :' 3 dbm

SF signaling frequency factory at 3250 t (16) HI over a

00-500 C temp range

SF signaling level Adjustable 0 dbm to -26 dbm

(at 2-wire output) normally set

at -10 dbm

Power input 48V (supplied from Order WireIntercommunication Termination Unit TA930(V)/FSC equipment)

e. Order Wire, Remote Link TA-924/FSC

Number of line circuits

(combined DTMF and intercom) . Initially equipped for 10. (expandable to 16)

2-wire impedance 600 ohm bal

Voice send level -12 VU (Referred to 0 dbm)

DTMF frequency Standard CCITT

DTMF level (at 2-wire output) (-6 + 3 dbm)

Power input -48V Isupplied from Order

Wire Intercommunication

Termination Unit TA918(V)/FSC)

f. Local Orderwire Terminal, 41010-97

Number of line circuits 1

4-wire input impedance 600 or 150 ohms, ±10% bal

4-wire output impedance 600 or 150 ohms, 10 % bal

Transmit line level + 7 dbm to -40 dbm normally

set for - 10 VU on voice peaks

Receive line level + 10 dbm to --45 dbm

Voice frequency range 300 to 3,000 Hz

MON speaker output 1 watt with 0 dbm input

E & M (ringdown) signal freq. 3,250 Hz :-16 Hz 

over 00-500

C. temp range

E & M (ringdown) transmit

level 0 to -26 dbm normally set at

-10 dbm

E & M (ringdown) receive level -6 to -26 dbm

E & M (ringdown) detection

bandwidth 2.5%

Optional 4w/4w bridge and

amplifier module provides

three additional input and

output ports:

Transhybrid loss between a

given input and output Greater than 60 dB

Bridge input/output impedance each port 600 ohms

Bridge input level 0 to + 7 dbm

Bridge output level +2 to --16 dbm

Input power 120 or 220 vac, single phase, 47

to 63 Hz, 96 volt-amperes

1-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

1-7. Items Comprising an Operable Equipment

The components of the link orderwire (LOW). stations

and express orderwire (EOW) station are listed in the

following chart. The chart includes dimensions, weight, and

Federal stock number

Dimensions (In.)

Federal stock Item and common name Weight Figure

number Height Depth Width (lb)

5805-269-0027 Order Wire. Express-Link-Local TA-923/FSC (rack- 10 1/2 7 1/4 19

mounted operator’s access unit) consisting of:

Call Director Assembly (6506-3836)

Panel Assembly (GB11672) 10 1/2 5 19

Handset (NC1800-03GAR15T4)

Headset (1574-5)

5805-269-0321 Order Wire Unit, Remote Link TA-924/FSC (remote 10 1/2 7 1/4 19

LOW unit) consisting of:

Call Director Assembly (6505-3839)

Panel Assembly (GB11671) 10 1/2 9 19

Handset (NC1800-03G3AR05T4)

Headset (1574-5)

5805-269-0320 Order Wire, Link TA-925/FSC (link orderwire unit) 10 1/2 9 1/4 19

consisting of:

Call Director Assembly (6505-3838)

Panel Assembly (GB11670) 10 1/2 9 19

Handset (NC1800-03G3AR05T4)

Headset (1574-5)

5805-269-0323 Order Wire Unit, Express-Link-Local TA-928/FSC

(Desk-mounted operator’s access unit) consisting

of:

Call Director Assembly (6505-3837)

Rotary Dial Mounting (GB11767) 4 5 1/4 4 1/2

Speaker Assembly (6505-3828)

Handset (NC1800-03G3AR15T4)

Headset (1574-5)

Orderwire Intercommunication Termination Unit, 5 1/4 10 1/2 19

TA-918(V)1/FSC through TA-918(V)8/FSC

(common equipment) consisting of:

Fuse Panel, SB-3751/FSC (12734-1) 1 3/4 6 19

PC Card Rack Assembly (LCC9740) 5 1/4 10 1/2 19

Common Equipment Shelf (41010-96) 5 1/4 10 1/2 19

Orderwire Intercommunication Termination Unit, 5 1/4 10 1//2 19

TA-930(V)1/FSC and TA-930(V)2/FSC consisting

of:

Fuse Panel, SB-3751/FSC (12734-1) 1 3/4 6 19

PC Card Rack Assembly (LCC9740) 5 1/4 10 1/2 19

Common Equipment Shelf (41010-96) 5 1/4 10 1/2 19

Conference Bridge Telephone, TA-920(V)1/FSC 1 3/4 10 1/4 19

(40110-98) (bridge and amplifier assembly) consisting of:

5895-173-7028 Dual Amplifier (40172-03) 7/8 9-5/8 6

5895-173-7022 4 Way-4 Wire Bridge (4015503) 7/8 9-5/8 6

Conference Bridge Telephone, TA-920(V)2/FSC 1 3/4 10 1/4 19

(40110-99) (bridge and amplifier assembly) consisting of:

5895-173-7028 Dual Amplifier (40172-03) 7/8 9-5/8 6

5895-173-7022 4 Way-4 Wire Bridge (40155-03) 7/8 9-5/8 6

Local Orderwire (41010-97) consisting of: 5 1/4 10 1/4 19

Power Supply (41029-01) 5 1/8 9-5/8 4

Speaker Amplifier (41030-01) 5 1/8 9-5/8 3/2

SF Detector and Oscillator (41063-02) 5 1/8 9-5/8 7/8

Panel Assembly CB2 (9740CB2) 2 1/2 3/16 36

Panel Assembly CB1 (9740CB1) 2 1/2 3/16 36

Jack and Lamp Panel (EFE803101) 1 4 4

1-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

1-8. Description

a. Order Wire Intercommunication Termination

Unit TA-918(V)/FSC (fig. 1-1). Order Wire

Intercommunication Termination Unit TA918(V)/FSC,

commonly referred to as common equipment, is used at

nodal stations to interconnect EOW, LOW, and local

orderwire circuits. The common equipment circuitry is

packaged in modular form so that it can be expanded to

greater capacity by adding individual plug-in modules

(refer to common equipment expansion chart in chapter

2). The common equipment can accommodate a

maximum of 10 orderwire circuits (five DTMF and five E

and M ringdown) and one CO telephone line circuit. The

equipment consists basically of two common equipment

shelves (with plug-in modules and a dc power supply), a

pc card assembly (with plug-in cards), and certain

electrical components mounted at the rear of the rack.

(1) Common equipment shelves. The common

equipment shelves provide housing and interwiring of the

dc/dc power supply and the other plug-in modules

specified in paragraph 1-7. All external connections are

made at wire-wrap terminals on connectors at the rear of

the shelves (fig. 5-9).

(2) PC card assembly. The PC card assembly

provides housing and interwiring for up to 11 line cards

and an interrupter assembly. One line card is associated

with each connected communication circuit (orderwire

and CO telephone line) to control certain signaling

functions. The interrupter assembly is common to all

communication circuits; this circuit provides required

flashing or interrupting indicator signals. All external

connections to the PC card assembly are made at

terminal boards located on the rear of the equipment (fig.

5-9).

(3) Rear-mounted components (fig. 5-9). Battery

feed filter inductors and plug-in conference relays are

mounted behind the common equipment shelves.

Likewise, the component boards containing

miscellaneous circuit components along with terminal

strip TB1 are mounted behind the shelves.

b. Fuse Panel SB-3751/FSC (fig. 1-1). The fuse

panel is mounted at the top of the cabinet and provides

the distribution of the --48-volt station battery used in the

common equipment circuitry and other equipment within

the cabinet. Up to 40 fused distribution circuits are

provided and an indicator is provided to indicate blown

fuses.

c. Order Wire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA930(V)/FSC(fig. 1-4). Order Wire-Intercommunication

Termination Unit TA930(V)/FSC, commonly referred to

as the LOW support equipment, is similar to the common

equipment, except that the LOW support equipment

includes only one common equipment shelf and plug-in

conference relays are not mounted behind the unit. The

LOW support equipment is used only at the link

orderwire sites and provides for two DTMF and two E&M

ringdown, one PBX, and one intercom.

d. Express-Link-Local Order Wire Units TA923/FSC and

TA-928/FSC (fig. 1-2 and 1-3). Express-Link-Local

Order Wire Unit TA923/FSC, commonly referred to as

the rack, mounted operator’s access unit (OAU). and

Express Link Order Wire Unit TA-928/FSC, commonly

referred to as the desk-mounted operator’s access unit,

are functionally identical. The rack-mounted operator’s

access unit basically consists of a call director, a rotary

dial, and a handset. Jacks are provided for connecting

external headsets or handsets, as required. The deskmounted operator’s access unit consists of three

separate physical assemblies: a call director with

handset, a rotary dial, and a speaker amplifier unit. All

assemblies are interconnected so that they form a single

functional unit. The call director of either unit is initially

equipped with a DTMF keyset and three rows of six

selector keys to provide a minimum of 14 circuits as well

as hold, ring, and conferencing functions. By the

addition of more selector keys (rows 4 and 5), expansion

to 26 circuits is possible.

e. Remote Link Order Wire Unit TA-924/FSC (fig. 1-1).

Remote Link Order Wire Unit TA924/FSC, commonly

referred to as the remote LOW unit, is similar to the 19-

inch rack-mounted operator’s access unit, except it is

equipped with one row of selector keys to provide for four

circuits, and to provide the ring and hold functions. The

PABX line and local orderwire access is not required. An

18 button call director is used with inherent expansion

capability of 2 additional rows of push buttons for

additional lines. A monitor loudspeaker, with volume

control and ON-OFF switch is provided, along with the

headset and 4W handset jacks and a DTMF keyset. A

rotary dial is not provided.

f. Link Order Wire Unit TA-925/FSC (fig. 14). Link Order

Wire Unit TA-925/FSC, commonly referred to as the link

orderwire unit, is similar to the 19-inch rack-mounted

operator’s access unit, except that it is equipped with two

rows of selector keys for accessing two local

1-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

orderwire, one intercom circuit, one PBX line, and two

DTMF orderwires. The call director also include

switches for the hold and ring function. The link

orderwire unit includes the handset with cradle

hookswitch, the headset and 4W handset jacks, monitor

loudspeaker with volume and ON-OFF controls, and the

DTMF and rotary dial.

g. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97 (fig. 1-5). The

local orderwire panel is a self-contained, 19inch rack

mounted unit which consists of a speaker amplifier, a

power supply, and an SF detector and oscillator. The

speaker amplifier contains a jack for connecting a

handset as well as the cradle switch to hold this handset.

A speaker with volume control is also provided on the

speaker amplifier.

h. Jack and Lamp Panel, JLP-1 (fig. 1-6). The

jack and lamp panel consists of jacks to permit access to

the 4-wire send and receive lines, and lamps to provide

visual indication of an incoming call. No aural alarm is

provided for incoming calls. A set of jacks and a

separate lamp are provided for each of two LOW circuits.

The jack and lamp panel is wired to the station main

frame where it is cross-connected to desired circuits

served by the common equipment. The jack and lamp

panel is normally mounted on the end cabinet in a row of

multiplex equipment.

i. Conference Bridge Telephone TA920(V)1/FSC

and TA-920(V)2/FSC (fig. 1-7). The conference bridge

telephone, commonly called the bridge and amplifier

assembly, is mounted in a 19-inch rack. The TA920(V)1/FSC, part number 40110-99, is configured with

one (1) four-way/four-wire (4W/4W) resistive hybrid

bridge module and two (2) dual amplifier modules. The

TA-920(V)2/FSC, part number 40110-98 is configured

with two (2) 4W/4W bridges and four (4) dual amplifiers.

Both configurations are identical electrically; the

difference being only in quantity of modules. The total

assembly in each case permits interfacing of each bridge

leg on a 600 ohm, 4-wire line at a 0 dBm send and

receive level.

1-14
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 2

INSTALLATION

Section I. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF EQUIPMENT

2-1. Siting Instructions

The orderwire/intercom equipment is located in

accordance with each approved station floor plan and

equipment layout drawing.

2-2. Packaging Data

The orderwire/intercom assemblies are contained in

single, commercial grade, cardboard cartons with

adequate packing and waterproof barrier material to

protect the equipment for reasonable handling care and

exposure to the elements.

2-3. Unpacking Instructions

a. Place the packed equipment in the area where the

equipment will be installed.

b. Carefully open the container and remove the

equipment.

CAUTION

Be careful in unpacking and handling

the equipment. If damaged, the

equipment may be rendered useless

and a complete overhaul may be

required.

2-4. Checking Unpacked Equipment

a. Inspect the equipment for damage that may have

occurred during shipment. If the equipment has been

damaged, fill out and forward DD Form 6 (para 1-3 b).

b. Check to see that the equipment is complete as listed

on the packing slip. If a packing slip is not available,

check the equipment against the items listed in

paragraph 1-7. Report all discrepancies in accordance

with TM 38-750. The equipment should be placed in

service even though a minor assembly or part that does

not affect proper functioning is missing.

c. Check to see whether the equipment has been

modified. If the equipment has been modified, the MWO

number will appear on the front panel near the

nomenclature plate. Check also to see whether all

MWO’s current at the time the equipment is placed in

use have been applied.

NOTE

Current MWO’s applicable to the

equipment are listed in DA Pam 310-

7.

d. Check the latest issue of DA Pam 310-4 (never more

than 1 year old) and its latest changes (never more than

6 months old) to see whether you have the latest editions

of all applicable maintenance literature.

Section II. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

2-5. Tolls, Test Equipment, and Material Required

For installation of the equipment, use appropriate items

listed in appendix B, wire wrap tool, crimping tool type C,

wire wrap bit, wire wrap sleeve and materials as follows:

1N4003 diodes; 1300 ohms ± 5 %, 1-watt resistors:

1200ohm - 5 %, 2-watt resistors; screws, MPH 6-32X 5/8

inches; and washer, flat round #6 screws.

2-6. Installation Procedures

a. Orderwire/Intercom Common Equipment. The

orderwire/intercom common equipment (EOW site only,

shown in fig. 2-1) and the link orderwire support

equipment (LOW sites only, shown in fig. 2-2) are

prewired within the shelves. The rack shelves are wirewrapped to the internal cable harness which is wired to

cabinet-mounted terminal block TB1 and, thus, should

only require additional wiring following a major repair or

for telephone circuit expansion purposes. Refer to

appendix D for wiring harness connection information for

the common equipment and the LOW support

equipment.

(1) External connections. For external VF and control

connections to TB1, refer to the station cable running list

and wiring information.

2-1
Figure 2-1. EOW site installation procedures pictorial identification.

2-2
Figure 2-2. LOW site installation procedures pictorial identification.

2-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

(2) Power connections. For external power

connections to the fuse panel, refer to site power

distribution drawing and/or site cable running list. Refer

to figure 2-3 for required dc power distribution within the

common equipment shelf.

2-4
Figure 2-3. Common equipment shelves, dc/dc power supply distribution.

2-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

(3) Module and PC card location. Refer to

connector assignment charts below in conjunction with

figure 2-4 for correct module and PC card installation

within their respective shelves.

(4) Connector assignment chart for common

equipment modules and PC cards.

Location

Item Description Part No.

No. Shelf Conn

1 SH3 J1-J11 Line card LC401-4

2 SH3 J12 Interrupter INT-9740

3 SH2 J2-6 SF detector & oscillator 41063-02

4 SH2 J7, 9. 11, 13 and 15 DTMF tone receiver 40452-01

5 SH2 J8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 Digit decoder 40451-04

6 SH2 J1 DC/DC power supply 41028-01

7 SH1 J2-6 4W/2W hybrid module with 2.7 kHz low pass filter 49008-02

8 SH1 J7, 9, 11, 13 and 15 4W/2W hybrid module . 49008-01

9 SH1 J8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 SF detector 41063-01

(5) Connector assignment chart for LOW support equipment modules.

Location

Item Description Part No.

No. Shelf Conn

1 SH2 J1-J5 Line card LC401-4

2 SH2 J12 Interrupter INT-9740

3 SH1 J2 & 6 4W/2W hybrid module with 2.7 kHz low pass filter 49008-02

4 SH1 J3 & 7 SF detector & oscillator 41063-02

5 SH1 J4 & 8 DTMF tone receiver 40452-01

6 SH1 J5 & 9 Digit decoder 40451-04

7 SH1 J10 & 12 4W/2W hybrid module 49008-01

8 SH1 J11 & 13 SF detector 41063-01

9 SH1 J14 & 16 Dual amplifier 40472-03

10 SH1 J15 4W/4W bridge (party line) 40455-03

11 SH1 J1 DC/DC power supply 41028-01

2-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-4. Module locations within the Order Wire Intercommunication Termination Units TA-918(V)/FSC and TA930(V)/PSC.

2-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

b. Desk-Mounted Operator Access Unit. Refer to

figures 2-1 and FO-1 in conjunction with the following

installation procedure. Installation information for the

operator’s access unit is general in nature and is

applicable to sites with a desk-mounted type.

(1) Interconnection. The call director, the

speaker, and the rotary dial are interconnected in

accordance with figure FO-1.

(2) External connection. The desk unit is supplied

with a line cord and connectors through which all

external connections are made. For external VF and

control connections to the connectors and connector

block, refer to the cord connection chart below, figure 2-

5, and the station cable running list. Mount the

connector block on the side or rear of the desk or table.

(3) Express Link Local Order Wire Unit TA928/FSC.

Cord Connector

connector block color

J1 ..................................... Blue

J2 ..................................... Red

J3 ....................................Green

J4 ....................................Yellow

J5 .................................... Black

2-8
Figure 2-5. Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-928/FSC, connector block.

2-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Rack-Mounted Operator’s Access Unit. Refer to

figures 2-1 and FO-3 in conjunction with the following

installation procedure.

(1) Interconnection. The terminal block (TB1)

component mounting and installation procedure is as

follows:

(a) Connect the 10-foot line cord (SE25CX10) to

terminal block TB1, in accordance with the cord

connection chart ((3) below) and figure 2-6. Connect to

the bottom side of the block. Each cord is identified by

stencilling J1, J2, and J3 on the appropriate connectors.

All unused wires are to be insulated and tied back.

(b) Mount the components, diodes, and resistors

listed in paragraph 2-5, and the straps on the bottom of

the terminal block in accordance with figure 2-6; use #24

awg white wire for straps. (Bare wire may be used on

adjacent terminal straps.)

(c) Remove the mounting brackets supplied with

the terminal block. Mount TB1 on the left side (rear

view) of the mounting bar (VH1). Use screws and

washers listed in paragraph 25 as required for mounting

the block. Install the mounting bar on the cabinet rear

vertical angles, to the rear of the operator’s access

panel, using panel mounting hardware. The top of the

terminal block shall be even with the top of the panel.

The terminals on the block shall face the rear of the

cabinet.

(d) Coil up the excess cable, and lace to the

cabinet rear vertical angle. Mate the like-numbered

connectors associated with the panel and the terminal

block. (The connector numbers are marked on the cord

boot of the cord associated with the panel.)

(2) External connection.

(a) For external VF and control connections to the

terminal block, refer to the station cable running list.

(b) For external power connections to the terminal

block,-refer to the site power distribution drawing and/or

site cable running list. Connect row J of TB1 to the 48

Vdc return as shown in figure 2-6.

(3) Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA923/FSC.

2-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

2-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-6. Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC, terminal block, TB1 (bottom view from rear ).

2-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

d. Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC. Refer to

figures 2-2 and FO-4 in conjunction with the following

installation procedure.

(1) Interconnection. Terminal block component

mounting and installation as follows: (a) Connect the 10-

foot line cord (SE?5CS10) to the terminal block,

TB1/TB2, (1301229) in accordance with the cord

connection chart ((3) below) and figure 2-7.

NOTE

When the LOW terminal is collocated

with the LOW support equipment, the

terminal block is designated TB2;

when the terminal is in any other

location, the block is designated TB1.

Connect to the bottom side of the

block. Each cord is to be identified

by stencilling J1 and J2 on the

appropriate connectors. All unused

wires are to be insulated and tiedback.

(b) Install the straps on the terminal block in

accordance with figure 2-7 using #24 awg solid white

wire. (Bare wire may be used on adjacent terminals.)

(c) Mount the components, listed in paragraph 2-

5, and the straps on the bottom side of TB1/TB2 in

accordance with figure 2-7.

(d) Remove the mounting brackets supplied with

the terminal block. Mount TB2 on the right side (rear

view) of the mounting bar associated with the LOW

support equipment.

Mount TB1 on the left side (rear view) of the mounting

bar (VH-1). Use screws and washers listed in paragraph

2-5 for mounting the block. Install the mounting bar and

TB1 on the cabinet rear vertical angles, to the rear of the

LOW panel, using panel mounting hardware. The top of

the terminal block shall be even with the top of the panel.

The terminals on the block shall face the rear of the

cabinet.

(e) Coil up the excess cable, and lace to the

cabinet rear vertical angle. Mate the likenumbered

connectors associated with the panel and the terminal

block. (The connector numbers are marked on the cord

boot of the cord associated with the panel.)

(2) Terminal external connection.

(a) Interconnect the LOW support equipment with

the LOW terminal (TB2) by performing the wiring

operations listed in wiring to LOW support equipment

chart and dc power wiring to LOW support equipment.

(b) For external VF and control connections to the

terminal block (TB1), refer to the station cable running

list.

(c) For external power connections to terminal

block (TB1), refer to site power distribution drawing

and/or site cable running list. Connect row J of TB1/TB2

to the 48 Vdc return as shown in figure 2-7.

(3) Link orderwire unit cord connection to

TB1/TB2 chart.

2-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

2-14
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-7. Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC terminal blocks TB1/TB2 (bottom view from rear ).

(4) Link orderwire unit wiring to LOW support equipment.

2-15
TM 11-5805-647-14

(5) DC power wiring to LOW support equipment.

e. Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC.

Refer to figures 2-1 and/or 2-2 and FO-5 in conjunction

with the following installation procedure:

(1) Interconnection terminal block (TB-2)

installation.

(a) Connect the 10-foot line cord (SE25CX) to the

terminal block, TB2 (130-729), in accordance with cord

connection chart (3) below) and figure 2-8. The terminal

block is assigned as TB2 due to its final location with the

common equipment or the low support equipment.

Connect to the bottom side of the block as mounted in

the cabinet. All unused wires are to be insulated and tied

back. The cord is to be identified by stenciling J1 on the

connector.

(b) Install straps on the terminal block in accordance

with figure 2-8 using #24 awg solid white wire. (Bare

wire may be used on adjacent terminals.)

(c) Mount the resistors and diodes listed in

paragraph 2-5 on the terminal block in accordance with

figure 2-8.

(d) Remove the mounting brackets supplied with the

terminal block. Mount TB2 on

the right side (rear view} of the terminal block mounting

bar associated with the common equipment or the LOW

support equipment. Use screws and washers listed in

paragraph 2-5 for mounting the block.

(e) Coil up the excess cable and lace to the cabinet

rear vertical angle. Mate the connectors associated with

the panel and the terminal block.

(2) Terminal block (TB-2) external connection.

(a) At common equipment sites, interconnect the

common equipment with the remote LOW terminal by

performing the wiring operations listed in charts for wiring

to common equipment and DC power wiring to common

equipment.

(b) At LOW sites, interconnect the LOW support

equipment with the remote LOW terminal by performing

the wiring operations listed in charts for wiring to LOW

support equipment and DC power wiring to LOW support

equipment.

(3) Remote link orderwire unit cord connection to

TB2.

2-16
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-8. Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, terminal block TB2 (bottom view from rear ).

2-17
TM 11-5805-647-14

(4) Remote link orderwire unit wiring to common equipment.

(5) Dc power wiring to common equipment.

(6) Remote link orderwire unit wiring to LOW support equipment.

(7) Dc power wiring to LOW support equipment.

2-18
TM 11-5805-647-14

f. Local Orderwire Unit, 41010-97 Installation. The

local orderwire shelf is provided for all in. terminal

connections including the optional modules (40472-03

dual amplifier and 40455-03 4W/4W bridge). External

connections are made to the rear terminals shown onfigure 2-9. Refer to figure FO-6, wiring diagram, for

interconnection layout.

(1) Without the optional modules inserted, the

input and outputs are connected to the shelf as follows:

(a) 600-ohm input-TB1 pins 1 and 3.

(b) 150-ohm input-TB1 pins 2 and 3.

(c) 600-ohm output-TB1 pins 4 and 6.

(d) 150-ohm output-TB1 pins 5 and 6.

(2) When the 40472-03 dual amplifier

modules and the 40455-03 4W/4W bridge module are

installed, the #1 Input connection is not used; the input to

the speaker amplifier is derived from the 40472-03

module inserted in J4. A combination of other inputs and

outputs can be utilized.

NOTE

When the 40455-03 bridge module is

installed, IT IS NECESSARY TO

TERMINATE ALL UNUSED INPUTS

AND OUTPUTS WITH 600 OHMS.

2-19
Figure 2-9. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, connection terminals (rear).

2-20
TM 11-5805-647-14

g. 4W/4W Bridge and Amplifier Assembly 40110-98

(Commonly Called Bridge Assembly). The following

procedure provides detail information required to install

the 4-way/4-wire bridge assembly at all EOW sites

equipped with a 4W/4W bridge assembly.

(1) Panel interconnection.

(a) Connect the bridge assembly to the

power supply mounted on shelf 2 of the common

equipment, in accordance with the bridge assembly DC

power wiring chart ((3) below). Refer to figure 2-10 for

terminal point locations on rear mounted terminal strips.

(b) For the VF connections to the

assembly refer to the applicable station cable running

list.

(2) Plug-in module installation. Install the

plug-in in accordance with each sites requirement and in

accordance with the plug-in module connector

assignment chart ((4) below) and figure FO-7, wiring’

diagram.

(3) Bridge assembly DC power wiring.

From bridge To common Color

assembly equipment SH2 ( * 24 awg)

TB1-3 J1-A Black

TB1-1 J1-U White

(4) Plug-in module connector assignment for the

bridge assembly.

Bridge 4W / 4W Dual

circuit no bridge PWB Amp PWB

No. 1 J3 J1 & J5

No. 2 J4 J2 & J6

h. Jack and Lamp Panel, JLP1 Installation (fig.

210). Prior to mounting the jack and lamp panel,

perform the strapping operations on the barrier strips

TB(1) and TB(2).

2-21
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-10. Jack and Lamp and Lamp Panel JLP-1, strapping connections.

i. Expansion.

(1) General. At sites requiring less than the full

orderwire capabilities, the common equipment is

installed with only the quantity of modules required to

satisfy the orderwire circuit requirements. Expansion to

full capability is accomplished by the addition of

components

listed in k below (expansion chart). An expansion of up

to 10 orderwire circuits (5 DTMF and 5 ringdown) can be

accomplished by inserting the required modules and

performing the necessary connections and strapping

options to the common equipment involved.

2-22
TM 11-5805-647-14

(2) Expansion chart. The expansion chart in k

below provides the unit equipment requirement based on

orderwire circuit expansion. Refer to figures 2-11 and 2-

12 for identification and physical location of connection

points on the cabinet mounted terminal blocks (TB1) for

strapping requirements. The following paragraphs

provide strapping option information and installation

information for those components affected by expansion

of the equipment capability.

j. Strapping Requirements. The following

subparagraphs provide strapping requirements to be

performed prior to component installation.

(1) Common equipment terminal block TB1

strapping option(fig. 2-11). A strapping option is

provided for receiving an incoming audible ring on the

desk mounted operator’s access unit. A distant end

station can only initiate an audible ring to the desk unit

when the associated ring control (RC) terminal point on

TB1 of the common equipment is strapped to the

negative side of the associated diode which is mounted

on TB1. Physical location of each ring control point and

its associated diode is shown in figure 2-11.

(2) 4-Way/4-wire bridge, 40155/40455-03

strapping option (fig. FO-16). Strapping option of the

attenuators on the 4W/4W bridge are given below.

Strapping for Strapping for

Pad pad in pad out

Leg 1 E11 to E12 & E14 to E15 E11 to E14 & E13 to E16

Leg 2 E2 to E4 & E3 to E5 E2 to E3 & E7 to E8

Leg 3 E17 to E18 & E20 to E21 E17 to E20 & E19 to E22

Leg 4 E28 to E30 & E29 to E31 E35 to E26 & E30 to E31

NOTE

TWO STRAPS ARE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE CORRECT CONNECTION WHETHER THE PAD IS

"IN" OR "OUT". As an example: to connect the Leg 3 pad "in" the circuit, strap E17 to E18 and

E20 to E21.

Figure 2-11. Typical terminal block TBI, EOW sites, bottom view from rear.

2-23
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-12. Typical terminal block TB1, LOW sites, bottom view from rear.

(3) Line card LC AC ring strapping option (fig. 59).

The following is a list of terminal board jumper wire

requirements to provide AC ring excitation sensing.

Terminal boards TB1 and TB2 are mounted on the rear

of PC Card Assembly LCC9740.

TB1 Purpose

E1 to 11 .................................AC ring into line card #1

E2 to 12 .................................AC ring into line card #2

E3 to 13 .................................AC ring into line card #3

E4 to 14 .................................AC ring into line card #4

E5 to 15 .................................AC ring into line card #5

E6 to 16 .................................AC ring into line card #6

E7 to 17 .................................AC ring into line card #7

E8 to 18 .................................AC ring into line card #8

E9 to 19 .................................AC ring into line card #9

E10 to 110 .............................AC ring into line card #10

E1 to 11 .................................AC ring into line card #11

H10 to G10 ............................Provide interrupted ring

excitation from INT9740

to all line cards

(4) Digit Decoder 40451-04, strapping option

(fig. 21, app B). The dc output from each of the seven

tone detectors in the tone receiver module is connected

to the strappable terminals within the digit decoder

module. The tone pair options for the first digit are

strappable from E17 to either E14, E15 or E16 for the

high tone, and from E18 to either E10, Ell, E12 or E13 for

the low tones. Likewise, the tone pairs for the second

digit are strappable from E8 to either E5, E6, and E7 for

the high tones, and from E9 to either El, E2, E3 or E4 for

the low tones. Refer to chart below for specific

frequencies associated with each of the dialing digits.

Remove the digit decoder from the shelf and strap the

board for the system assigned two-digit address (refer to

fig. 21, app B, and fig. FO-13 physical location of

strapping terminals). Reinstall the decoders.

2-24
TM 11-5805-647-14

Frequency in Hz

Digit Lo tone Hi tone

1 697 1209

2 697 1336

3 697 1477

4 770 1209

5 770 1336

6 770 1477

7 852 1209

8 852 1336

9 852 1477

0 941 1336

(5) Conference relay assembly (CRA) installation.

The mounting bar for the conference

relays is prewired to accommodate circuit expansion. All

that is necessary for adding relays is to plug the relay in

the relay sockets located on the mounting bar. See the

expansion chart (k below) for unit quantity per circuit.

(6) Inductor assembly (LA) mounting procedure for

telephone expansion. Mount additional inductors

(T61130) on the inductor mounting bars in accordance

with figure 213 and the expansion chart requirements (k

below) using identical type mounting hardware

supporting previously mounted inductor assemblies. For

example, if the applicable site is expanded by two DTMF

circuits and/or by two E&M circuits, mount inductors L1,

L2, L6 and L7 in the appropriate locations on the

mounting bars.

Figure 2-13. Inductor assembly (LA ), mounting tor expansion.

2-25
k. Common Equipment Expansion Chart.

UNIT QUANTITY OF EQUIPMENT/COMPONENT/MODULE

DTMF CIRCUIT NUMBER E&M C

Item Mfg. Part No. Description Basic Line ckt No. equipment (PBX) 1 2 3 4 51 

1 GRM FP-40 Fuse panel 1 - - - - - -- 2 Teltronies LCC-9740 PC card rack assembly 1 - - - - - -- 3 Teltronies LC4014 Line card - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 Teltronies INT-9740 Interrupter assembly 1 - - - - - -- 5 Raven 41010 Common equipment shelf 2 - - - - - -- 6 Raven 40452-01 DTMF tone receiver - 1 11111 -7 Raven 40451-04 Digit decoder - 1 11111 8 Raven 41063-02 SF detector & oscillator - 1 11111 -9 Raven 49008-01 4W/2W hybrid module - 1 ----- 1

10 Raven 49008-02 4W/2W hybrid module with

2.7 kHz LP filter - - 11111 -

11 Raven 41063-01 SF detector - - ----- 112 Raven 41028-01 DC/DC power supply 1 - - - - - -- 13 MWI ER7700 Cabinet, equipment 1 - - - - - -- 14 Ceccola VH-1 Mounting bar, terminal block 1 - - - - - -- 15 Cook 130-1229 Terminal block 1 - - - - - -- 16 Ceccola Mounting bar, inductor/relay

assy. and inductory assy 4 - - - - - -- 

17 Thordarson T61130 Inductor, dual winding - - 2 2 1 1 1 1 

Meissner

18 Stromberg 702009-167 Relay, line pick-up 3 - - - - - -- 

Carlson

19 Automatic RY-98 Mounting Strip, Relay 1 - - - - - -- 

Electric

20 Automatic RM-28B Relay, Magnetic latch ERM - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

Electric

21 Automatic TT-37 Socket, relay (EIN) 11 - - - - - - - 

Electric

22 Automatic RV-49 Cover, relay (EIN) - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

Electric

23 EFE 9740-CB1 Component board assy., CB1 2 - - - - - -- 24 EFE 9740-CB2 Component board assy., CB2 1 - - - - - -- 25 Philco-Ford 6505-3826 Equipment wiring harness 1 - - - - - -- 26 Ceccola VH-2 Mounting strip relay 3 - - - - - -- 

NOTE: Basic quantity provides for 3 station intercom circuits.

2-26
TM 11-5805-647-14

2-7. Initial Check and Adjustment of Equipment

a. General. After installation of the equipment at a

given station, check each plug-in module for proper

insertion, and check any condition that may constitute

any safety hazard.

b. Dual Amplifier Modules 40472-03. Perform

initial system alignment as follows on the link orderwire

support equipment at LOW sites.

(1) Using the test equipment setup shown in

figure 2-14, set the oscillator for the following: 1kHz

frequency (dial accuracy), 600-ohm impedance and 0-

dbm level (set with the voltmeter terminated into 600

ohms).

(2) Set the voltmeter of the test set for an

input of bridging impedance and 0-db level.

(3) Sequentially connect the test set oscillator

and the voltmeter to dual amplifier jack locations as

directed by the dual amplifier check and adjustment chart

(g below).

(4) Adjust the respective A GAIN ADJ and B

GAIN ADJ for specified level indicated on right-hand

column of the adjustment chart.

c. Dual Amplifier Modules 40172-03. Perform

initial system alignment as follows on the common

equipment located at the express orderwire (EOW) sites.

(1) Using the test setup shown in figure 2-14

set the oscillator portion for the following: 1-kHz

frequency (dial accuracy), for 600-ohm impedance and a

0-dbm level (adjust with the voltmeter bridging the

oscillator’s output).

(2) Set the voltmeter portion of the test set for

600-ohm impedance and a 0-dbm level.

(3) Sequentially connect the test set oscillator

cables and the voltmeter cables to the 4W /4W bridge

legs and the dual amplifier legs as specified by the dual

amplifier check and adjustment chart (g below).

(4) Adjust the respective A GAIN ADJ and B

GAIN ADJ for specified level indicated on right-hand

column of the adjustment chart.

d. 2W/4W Hybrid Module.

(1) General. The following adjustment

procedure is applicable to both 2W/4W modules (49008-

01) and (49008-02) used in common equipment at EOW

sites and link support equipment used at LOW sites.

(a) It is assumed that the 4-wire send and receive

legs are terminated into respective circuit load

impedance’s of 600 ohms. In the following adjustment

procedure, the amplifiers will be adjusted for unit gain

(zero loss) from-the 2 wire port to the 4 wire transmit and

receive ports. It may be desired to decrease the transmit

gain and correspondingly increase the receive gain, in

order

to lower the fixed DTMF tone level (a nominal 6 dbm on

the 2-wire line). (For example, if a -13 dbm is desired for

the DTMF single tone level, a 7 db may be set in the 4

wire transmit leg. At the distant station, the amplifier in

the receive leg can be adjusted to overcome the 7-db

loss and provide a unity gain path.) (b) It is important that

the order wire system transmission level be

preestablished at all stations, and that the adjustment of

the 2W/4W hybrids does not result in a system gain,

which, in turn, would result in a decrease of the singing

margin on the round-trip path. It may be desired to

operate at a loss of 3 to 10 db on poor quality land line

circuits to increase the singing margin.

(c) A 2W/4W hybrid adjusted for a 7-db transmit

loss, 7-db receive gain is permissible to interconnect with

other systems which operate at unity transmit and

receive gain. (A 7-db transmit loss and 7-db receive gain

results in unity gain within the 2W/4W termination at the

station.)

(2) 2W output adjust. The 2 wire output of the

2W/4W hybrid is determined by the gain of the 4 wire

receive amplifier. If unity gain is desired, the amplifier is

adjusted to compensate for the 6-db loss in the resistive

hybrid. For the initial adjustment, on DTMF circuits it is

recommended that the 4W receive path be broken at the

multiplex equipment or station patch field, in order to

remove the 3,250-Hz supervisory tone which might result

from another station on the party line circuit being offhook. Make certain the line to the hybrid is terminated.

Also make certain that all operator units at the local site

are on-hook. Proceed as follows and refer to the test set

up in figure 2-15.

(a) Set the oscillator output impedance of the

telephone test set to 600 ohms.

(b) Set the oscillator to 1 kHz and the level to

minimum.

(c) Connect the oscillator cable to TP3 and 4 of the

2W/4W hybrid.

(d) Set the voltmeter impedance to BRG and

connect the meter cable across the oscillator output

(connected to TP3 and 4). Set meter to 10-db range.

(e) Adjust oscillator for a 0-245V rms reading.

(f) Remove meter from TP3 and 4 and connect to

TP1 and 2. Adjust the 2W OUTPUT ADJUST for 10

dbm for unity gain within the hybrid (-3 dbm for the 7-db

gain example).

(g) Remove test equipment.

(3) 4W output adjust. The 4-wire output in the

transmit leg is determined by the gain of the 4

2-27
TM 11-5805-647-14

wire transmit amplifier. If unity gain is desired, the

amplifier is adjusted to compensate for the 6db loss

through the resistive hybrid. Make certain the 4 wire

transmit line is terminated in its circuit impedance (600

ohms) and that the operator panels are all on-hook.

Proceed as follows and refer to the test setup in figure 2-

15.

(a) Set the oscillator output impedance of the

telephone test to 600 ohms.

(b) Set the oscillator to 1 kHz and the level to

minimum.

(c) Connect the oscillator output to the 600-ohm

input of the bridging transformer.

(d) Connect the 10K-output of the bridging

transformer to TP1 and 2.

(e) Set the voltmeter impedance to BRG and

connect the meter across the 10K output of the bridging

transformer (also connected to TP1 and 2).

(f) Adjust the oscillator for a --10-dbm reading

across the TP1 and 2.

(g) Remove the voltmeter from the bridging

transformer and connect to TP5 and 6.

(h) Adjust the 4W OUTPUT ADJUST for 10 dbm for

unity gain within the hybrid (--17dbm for the 7 db loss

example).

(i) Remove test equipment.

e. SF Oscillator and Detector Module ( Common or

LOW Support Equipment ). The SF detector is factory

set for operation on a minimum signal of --20 dbm and

requires no further adjustment. The SF oscillator portion

should be adjusted for the desired system level (normally

-15 dbm). Adjustment of the 2W/4W hybrid shall be

accomplished prior to adjustment of the SF oscillator.

Refer to figure 2-16 and proceed as follows for

adjustment of the SF oscillator.

(1) Set the voltmeter portion of the telephone

test set to BRG and connect it to pins J and H of the rear

connector for the SF oscillator and detector module.

(2) Depress the CALL button on the front

panel, and adjust R71 front panel control for a reading of

--15 dbm. Release CALL button and remove test

equipment.

f. SF Oscillator (Desk and Rack-Mounted Operator

Access Units, Link Order Wire Unit). Perform initial

adjustment of the SF oscillator within the call director of

the operator’s access units or link order wire unit. This is

accomplished as follows:

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure

2-17. Connect alligator clips of test cable to applicable

terminals as indicated.

(2) Lift handset from unit under adjustment.

(3) Depress RING key on unit under

adjustment. Insure that ac voltmeter indicates 10 dbm +

2 db. Insure that frequency counter indicates 3,250 Hz +

5 Hz.

NOTE

Access to desk-mounted operator

access unit level adjustment (R15) is

gained through access hole located

in lower front section of call director.

Access to frequency adjustment (L1)

is gained by removing cover on call

director. Access to both controls of

rack-mounted units is gained by

unfastening unit from rack,

supporting it with wires or rope, and

then pivoting the rear mounting panel

slightly outward by removing two

lower screws.

(4) Adjust R15 on SF oscillator for an

indication of --10 dbm on ac voltmeter.

(5) Adjust L1 on SF oscillator for an indication

of 3,250 Hz on frequency counter.

(6) Disconnect all test equipment and restore

unit-under-adjustment to its normal operational status.

g. Dual Amplifier Check and Adjustment Chart

(EOW and LOW Sites).

Connect oscillator Voltmeter Adjustment Level

Step to Leg connection Leg # (if necessary) Location Required

1 Jack for leg 1 receive 1 receive Leg 2 send jack 2 send Dual amp--R3(A) J14 0 dBm+ 0.1 db

2 Jack for leg 1 receive 1 receive Leg 3 send jack 3 send Dual amp--R19(B) J16 0 dBm + 0.1 dB

3 Jack for leg 1 receive 1 receive Leg 4 send jack 4 send Dual amp-R3(A) J16 0 dBm+ 0.1 dB

4 Jack for leg 2 receive 2 receive Leg 1 send jack 1 send Dual amp--R19(B) 314 0 dBm + 0.1 dB

NOTE

Location J14 and J16, refer to the module position within the equipment shelf.

2-28
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-14. Dual amplifier, 40472-03/40172-03, test setup diagram.

Figure 2-15. 2W/4W hybrid, 49008-02, test setup diagram.

2-29
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2-16. SF detector and oscillator, 41063-02, test setup diagram

Figure 2-17. SF oscillator 49009-01, test setup diagram.

2-30
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 3

OPERATION

Section I. OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

3-1. General 3-2. Controls and Indicators

This section describes the function of each a. Operator’s Access Units (Desk Type and

operator’s control and indicator on the front Rack Type) (fig .3-1 and fig. 3-2).

panels of the orderwire/intercom equipment.

Controls and indicators Function

PBX select key .................................... When depressed, it connects the call director circuitry to the PBX or C. O. line

circuit.

PBX switch lamp indicator................... Assumes four states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing-for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Rapid Flashing-for indicating a conference condition.

Winking-for indicating call on hold.

IC select keys/lamp indicators............. When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned intercom

circuit. Associated indicator lamp lights steady to indicate line is busy.

E select keys ....................................... When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned local

circuit.

E switch lamp indicators...................... Assumes four states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing-for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Rapid Flashing-for indicating a conference condition.

Winking-for indicating call on hold.

CON key.............................................. When depressed, it places a selected line in conference. Associated indicator

is not used.

REL key............................................... When depressed, it releases the selected line from the conference condition.

Associated indicator is not used.

D select keys ....................................... When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned DTMF circuit

D switch lamp indicators...................... Assumes four states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy condition.

Flashing-for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Rapid flashing-for indicating conference condition.

Winking-for indicating call in hold.

R key ................................................... When depressed, it initiates a ringdown signal on the selected local orderwire or

intercom circuit. Associated indicator is not used.

H key ..........................................................When depressed, it places the selected line in the hold condition (except for intercom). Associated indicator is not used.

Rotary Dial..................................................Provides means of sending dial pulse signals on the 2-wire PBX line.

Pushbutton DTMF dial................................Provides means of dialing on a 2-digit DTMF party-line circuit.

VOLUME switch (desk type only)...............Provides means of turning on speaker and adjusting the volume level.

HEADSET jack ...........................................Provides jack-in capability for stand card 4-wire headset.

4W HANDSET jack ....................................Not connected.

Hookswitch .................................................When operated (by removal of handset), enables use of handset and mutes

speaker.

Handset ......................................................Provides earphone and microphone for use by operator during communication.

Speaker ......................................................When turned on, reproduces incoming audio signal.

3-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 3-1. Express-Link Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, controls and indicators (front view).

Figure 3-2. Express-Link Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, controls and indicators (front view ).

3-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

b. Link Orderwire Unit (fig. 3-3).

Controls and indicators Function

PBX select key...............................................When depressed, it connects the call director circuitry to the PBX or C. O. line

circuit.

PBX switch lamp indicators ...........................Assumes three states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing state for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Winking state for indicating call on hold.

IC select key/lamp indicator ...........................When depressed, it connects the call director circuitry to the assigned intercom

circuit. Associated indicator lamp lights steady to indicate line is busy.

E select keys..................................................When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned local

orderwire circuit.

E switch lamp indicators ................................Assumes three states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing state for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Winking state for indicating call on hold.

D select keys .................................................When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned DTMF circuit.

D switch lamp indicator..................................Assumes three states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing state for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Winking state for indicating call in hold.

R key..............................................................When depressed, it initiates a ringdown signal on the selected local orderwire or

intercom circuit. Associated indicator is not used.

H key..............................................................When depressed, it places the selected line in the hold condition (except for intercom). Associated indicator is not used.

Rotary dial......................................................Provides means of dial pulse signals on the 2-wire PBX or C. O. telephone

circuit.

Pushbutton DTMF dial ...................................Provides means of dialing on a 2-digit DTMF party-line circuit.

4w HANDSET jacks.......................................For manual patch of the handset into a four-wire telephone circuit Jacks are not

wired.

HEADSET jacks.............................................Provides jack-in capability for standard 4-wire headset.

Switch and volume control .............................Provides means of turning on loudspeaker and adjusting the volume level.

Hookswitch ....................................................When operated (by removal of handset), enables use of handset and mutes

speaker.

Handset .........................................................Provides earphone and microphone for use by operator during communication.

Speaker .........................................................When turned on, reproduces incoming audio signal.

c. Remote Link Orderwire Unit (fig. 3-4).

Controls and indicators Function

D select keys .................................................When depressed, connect the call director circuitry to the assigned DTMF circuit.

D switch lamp indicators ................................Assumes three states of illumination:

Steady state for indicating busy from supervision from distant end.

Flashing-for indicating incoming call or off-hook recall.

Winking-for indicating call on hold.

IC line key/lamp indicator...............................When depressed, it connects the call director circuitry to the station intercom

circuit. Associated indicator lights ready to indicate line is busy.

R key..............................................................When depressed, it initiates a ringdown signal on the selected intercom line.

Associated indicator is not used.

H key..............................................................When depressed, it places the selected line in the hold condition (except for intercom). Associated indicator is not used.

Pushbutton DTMF dial ...................................Provides means of dialing on a 2-digit DTMF party-line circuit.

4w HANDSET jacks.......................................For manual patch of the handset into a four-wire telephone circuit. Jacks are not

wired.

HEADSET jacks.............................................Provides jack-in capability for standard 4-wire headset.

Switch and volume control .............................Provides means of turning on loudspeaker and adjusting the volume level.

Hookswitch ....................................................When operated (by removal of handset), enables use of handset and mutes

speaker.

Handset .........................................................Provides earphone and microphone for use by operator during communication.

Speaker .........................................................When turned on, reproduces incoming audio signal.

3-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 3-3. Link orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC (front view).

Figure 3-4. Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC (front view ).

3-4
TM 11-5805-647-14

d. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97 (fig. 35, app B).

Controls, indicators, and jacks Function

SF Detector and Oscillator 41063-02:

XMT LEVEL ADJ .................................... Provides for the adjustment of the SF oscillator (3250 Hz) output (max 0 dbm to

................................................................ --20 dbm)

CALL button............................................ When depressed, ring signal (3,250 Hz) is initiated to distant end station

Speaker Amplifier, 41030-01:

VOLUME control..................................... Provides means of adjusting volume level.

Alert indicator.......................................... When illuminated, indicates an incoming call is present.

TEL SET jacks........................................ Provides for handset or headset plug

Hookswitch ............................................. When operated (by removal of handset), enables use of handset.

Speaker .................................................. Reproduces incoming audio signal.

Power Supply 120/220-vac input, 41029-01:

POWER switch ....................................... Controls application of input ac power to power supply.

POWER ON lamp................................... Indicator illuminates when power is ON.

24 volt DC ADJ ....................................... Provides means of adjusting output voltage of power supply to 24 volts dc.

24 VDC jacks.......................................... Provide means of monitoring output voltage of power supply.

e. Jack and Lamp Panel (fig. 3-6).

Control and indicators Function

L1 indicator lamp ........................................... Lights to indicate incoming call to the order-wire set that is wired to adjacent

................................................................ jacks.

J 1 jack .......................................................... Permits access of the 4-wire send or receive lines.

J2 jack ........................................................... Permits access of the 4-wire send or receive lines.

L2 indicator lamp ........................................... Lights to indicate incoming call to the order-wire set that is wired to adjacent

................................................................ jacks.

33 jack ........................................................... Permits access of the 4-wire send or receive lines.

J4 jack ........................................................... Permits access of the 4-wire send or receive lines.

f. Bridge and Amplifier Assembly 40110-98 (fig. 32, app B).

Controls, indicators, and jacks Function

Dual Amplifier, 40172-03:

A GAIN ADJ control................................ Provides means of adjusting output level of channel A.

A OUTPUT jacks .................................... Provides means of monitoring channel A output signal.

A INPUT jacks ........................................ Provides means of monitoring channel A input signal.

B INPUT jacks ........................................ Provides means of monitoring channel B input signal.

B OUTPUT jacks .................................... Provides means of monitoring channel B output signal.

B GAIN ADJ control................................ Provides means of adjusting output level of channel B.

4W-4W Bridge, 40155-03:

LEG 1 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level to leg 1.

LEG 2 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 2.

LEG 3 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 3.

LEG 4 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 4.

3-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

g. Common Equipment Shelf (fig. 3-5).

Controls, indicators, and jacks Function

48 VDC Input Power Supply, 41028-01:

POWER switch ....................................... Controls application of input dc power.

24 VDC jacks.......................................... Provides means of monitoring output of power sup ply.

24 VDC ADJ control ............................... Provides means of adjusting output voltage of power supply.

4W/2W Hybrid with Low Pass Filter, 49008-

02:

2W OUTPUT ADJUST control................ Provides means of adjusting signal level of 2-wire output.’

4W INPUT jacks ..................................... Provides means of monitoring input signal on 4-wire side of hybrid.

2W LINE jacks ........................................ Provides means of monitoring input and output signals on 2-wire side of hybrid.

4W OUTPUT jacks ................................. Provide means of monitoring output signal on 4-wire side of hybrid.

4W OUTPUT ADJUST control................ Provides means of adjusting signal level of 4-wire output.

SF Detector and Oscillator, 41063-02:

CALL button............................................ When depressed, ring signal (3,250 Hz) is initiated to distant end station.

XMT LEVEL ADJ control ....................... Provides means of adjusting output level of SF oscillator.

Digit Decoder, 40451-04 RING TIME ADJUST control .................................................. Provides means of adjusting repetition rate of ring signal.

Dual Amplifier, 40472-03:

A GAIN ADJ control................................ Provides means of adjusting output level of channel A.

A OUTPUT jacks .................................... Provides means of monitoring channel A output signal.

A INPUT jacks ........................................ Provides means of monitoring channel A input signal.

B INPUT jacks ........................................ Provides means of monitoring channel B input signal.

B OUTPUT jacks .................................... Provides means of monitoring channel B output signal.

B GAIN ADJ control................................ Provides means of adjusting output level of channel B.

4W-4W Bridge, 40455-03:

LEG 1 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level to leg 1.

LEG 2 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 2.

LEG 3 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 3.

LEG 4 INPUT jacks................................. Provides means of monitoring input level of leg 4.

Figure 3-5. Common equipment.

3-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

Section II. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

3-3. Preoperational Checks

Before starting the equipment, it is advisable to check

that the properly assigned PC cards and plug-in modules

are installed and securely in place as shown in figure 2-

4. Also check that in-terconnection wiring is properly

terminated. Insure that all pushbuttons on the orderwire

call directors are unlatched (in their normal out position).

3-4. Starting Procedure

The orderwire/intercom common equipment and the

LOW support equipment are started by applying 48-vdc

from the power supply source located at the station.

3-5. Operating Procedure

a. General. The orderwire/intercom common

equipment and the LOW support equipment assemblies

are designed for continuous operation with minimum

operator intervention. The following subparagraphs

provide a step-by-step call and answer procedure for

each orderwire call direct panel associated with the

common equipment and the LOW support equipment.

b. Operation of Operator’s Access Unit (Desk or

Rack) (fig. 3-1 and 3-2).

(1) Making DTMF call.

(a) The handset is taken off-hook and the

appropriate D line key is depressed.

(b) Associated key lamp is illuminated in

the steady state.

(c) Dial the associated two-digit number

of party being called on the pushbutton dial.

(d) Wait for distant end party to answer.

(2) Receiving DTMF call.

(a) On incoming DTMF signals, a flashing

indication is present on the D line key associated with

party initiating the call and the interrupted audible alarm

sounds.

(b) Take handset off-hook; flashing

indicator changes to steady state.

(c) Conversation can now commence.

(3) Initiating E&M ringdown (land line only ).

(a) Pick up handset and push E line key

associated with distant end station to be called.

(b) The associated key lamp is

illuminated in the steady state.

(c) Depress ringdown key R. A 3,250-Hz

S. F. oscillator ring signal is heard in receiver.

(4) Receiving E&M ringdown from a local

orderwire.

(a) On an incoming E&M ringdown signal,

a flashing indication is present on the E line key

associated with the calling party, and the audible alarm

sounds.

(b) After picking up the handset (offhook), the flashing indicator changes to steady state and

the alarm stops.

(c) Conversation can now commence.

(5) Making a PBX call.

(a) Pick up handset and depress PBX

line key.

(b) After dial tone is heard, dial sevendigit number of party to be called with the rotary dial.

(c) The ringing signal at distant end can

be heard in receiver.

(6) Receiving a PBX call.

(a) On incoming PBX call signals a

flashing indication is produced at the PBX key and an

audible alarm is sounded.

(b) After the handset is picked up (offhook), the flashing indication changes to a steady state

and the audible alarm stops.

(c) Conversation may now commence.

(7) Intercom call and answer function.

(a) Initiating an Intercom call requires

only to pick up the handset (off-hook) and depress the IC

line key of party to be called and depress the ringdown R

key.

(b) An incoming ring from distant end

intercom, produces a steady (off-hook) light and an

audible alarm for the duration of the incoming ring.

(c) Go off-hook and depress the

illuminated IC line key. Conversation can now

commence.

(8) Hold function.

(a) An incoming caller can be placed on

hold by depressing the associate line key and then

depressing the H key.

(b) The line key lamp will now indicate

that the party is in hold by a winking light. Taking a party

from the hold position is accomplished by simply

depressing the winking line key of the held line. The hold

function is not applicable to the intercom circuits.

(9) Conference function.

(a) Two or more incoming callers are

placed in conference by sequentially depressing a caller

line key then depressing the CON key and so on.

3-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

(b) Releasing a party from conference is

accomplished by simply depressing line key of the party

to be released and at the same time depressing the REL

key.

c. Operation of Link Orderwire Unit and Remote

Link Orderwire Unit (fig. 3-3 and 3-4). Operation of both

the link orderwire and the remote link orderwire units are

essentially identical to that outlined in b above for the

operator’s access units, except no provisions are

provided for conference services.

d. Operation of Local Orderwire Unit.

(1) Initiating an outgoing call to distant end

station.

(a) Take handset off-hook.

(b) Depress the call button for distant

signaling.

(2) Receiving incoming call at local orderwire

unit.

(a) The incoming E&M signal produces a

lamp key illumination and an audible alarm over the loud

speaker. The lamp key remains illuminated for the

duration of the incoming ring signal.

(b) By picking up the handset (go offhook) the lamp key is extinguished and the speaker

alarm is stopped.

(c) Conversation can commence.

3-8
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 4

FUNCTIONING OF EQUIPMENT

4-1. General

a. The following paragraphs provide circuit

description of the orderwire/intercom system. The basic

description for the orderwire/intercom system is first

given on a station block diagram level, followed by a

typical operational sequence description, which is

supported by the individual module circuit diagram

description, with references made where applicable.

b. The block diagrams (fig. 4-1 and 4-2) and the

schematic diagrams (fig. FO-1 through FO-20) are to be

used in conjunction with the functional descriptions to aid

in obtaining a basic understanding circuitry of the

orderwire/intercom system.

4-2. Block Diagram Description (fig. 4-1 and fig.

4-2).

There are two basic site configurations of the

orderwire/intercom system: the express orderwire (EOW)

and the link orderwire LOW.

a. Express Orderwire Sites (fig. 4-1). The common

equipment at the express orderwire sites is

complemented by the operator access units and remote

link orderwire unit, local orderwire units and at certain

sites, intercom equipment.

(1) SF detector and oscillator. On DTMF

circuits, the SF detector provides a means of detecting

the 3,250-Hz busy supervisory signal on the 4-wire

receive line. The SF oscillator portion provides a 3,250-

Hz supervisory signal on the 4-wire send lines. The SF

oscillator is con-trolled from the line card.

(2) Second SF detector. A second SF detector

is provided within the common equipment shelf for

detecting E&M ringdown signals originating from a local

orderwire unit.

(3) DTMF tone receiver. The tone receiver has

a high impedance input which bridges the 4-wire receive

line to detect the dual tone multifrequency signals on the

party line circuit. Narrow band filters transform the

detected tones into DC levels for their application to the

digit decoder.

(4) Digit decoder. The digit decoder is used to

detect a valid 2-digit code assigned to the station. The

digit decoder accepts two out of seven detected DC

signals from the tone receiver (for

each digit), if they are present for at least 40 m seconds.

The solid-state logic within the digit decoder actuates an

output relay which, in turn, completes the ring control

signal to the line card.

(5) Line card, LC401-4. The line card provides

necessary switching and control to interconnect the

audible and visual outputs from the interrupter to the

appropriate operator access units or orderwire units

(remote or link, depending on whether they are located at

EOW or LOW sites). On DTMF circuits, the LC-401-4

line card detects the dc tone control signals from the digit

decoder, and initiates the appropriate switching control

for visual and audible indication. On local orderwire

(ringdown) circuits, the line card circuits detect the ring

control signal from the SF detector connected to the 4W

REC E&M line circuit and initiates appropriate visual and

audible indication. On a PBX or base telephone circuit,

the line card accepts standard 20-Hz ring signals from

the line and performs the alarm indications and control

functions required.

(6) Interrupter, INT9740. The INT9740

interrupter is shared by all line circuits and provides lamp

flash (LF) signals for indication of an incoming call, lamp

wink (LW) signals for an indication of a call or hold, a

rapid conference lamp flash signals for an indication of a

call in conference, and it provides interrupted ring signals

for audible indications of an incoming call.

(7) 4W/2W hybrid. Incoming and outgoing VF -

signals on the VF circuits (T&R circuits) are applied to

the 4W/2W hybrid circuit. The 4W/2W hybrid circuit

interfaces the 4-wire line (4 REC) to the 2-wire receive

circuits of the line card; conversely, the 4W/2W also

interfaces the 2W SEND circuit to the 4-wire line (4W

SEND).

(8) Conference relay. Any orderwire circuit

may be interconnected or switched to any other

orderwire or to the PBX circuit through the use of the

associated conference relays and a common conference

bus.

(9) Bridge and amplifier shelf assembly. The

bridge and amplifier assembly is composed of a shelf, a

4W/4W bridge 40455-03, and two dual amplifiers 40472-

03. The bridge and amplifier assembly is used to

provide a three-direction path

4-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

for a party-line DTMF circuit along with a drop at the

common equipment. All four 4-wire send and receive

ports of the assembly are normally connected to the

station equal level patch field to permit conferencing of

party line circuits as required. The assembly is

independent from the common equipment except for 24-

volt dc input power.

(10) Jack and lamp panel, JLP-1. The jack and

lamp panel provides for access to two link orderwire

circuits with limited operation. The jack and lamp panel

is primarily used as an ex-tension of the operator’s

access unit in the multiplex equipment area. The jack

and alarm panel permits a call which originates or is

answered from an operator’s access unit to be remoted

to the multiplex equipment area when the operators

handset is plugged into it. See figure 2-10 for strapping.

(11) Local orderwire unit (fig. 4-2). The local

orderwire unit provides a means of local ringdown

communication. The local orderwire unit consists of the

following modules mounted in a 19-inch shelf.

(a) SF detector and oscillator 41063-02.

This module provides a circuit to detect any E&M

ringdown signal received from a distant station

unit. An oscillator circuit provides a means of initiating

E&M ringdown signaling to distant stations.

(b) Speaker amplifier 41030-01. This

module provides the input and output interface for voice

signals. A speaker is included for reproducing incoming

audio. A handset connection is provided to allow normal

two-way communication by an operator.

(c) 120-vac input power supply. This

module provides --24-volt dc power for use by the

speaker amplifier and SF detector and oscillator

modules.

b. Link Orderwire Site (LOW) (fig. 4-3). The link

orderwire support equipment at LOW sites is

complemented by the link orderwire units, local orderwire

units and at certain sites intercom equipment. The

equipment configuration is basically identical to that for

the express orderwire equipment configuration except

that the link orderwire sites are limited to a lesser

quantity of circuits and include the 4 way/4 wire bridge

and dual amplifier modules vertically mounted in the

support equipment shelf. The 4-wire send and receive

legs are normally connected to the station equal level

patch field.

4-2
Figure 4-1. Oderwire-Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-918(V )/FSC (EOW site ), block diagra

4-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-2. Local Orderwire Unit 41010.97, simplified block diagram.

4-4
Figure 4-3. Orderwire Intercommunication Termination Unit TA-930( V )/FSC (LOW site ), block diagra

4-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

4-3. Operational Sequence Description

The following subparagraphs describe the operational

sequence of the orderwire/intercom configuration.

a. DTMF Circuit (fig. FO-8 and fig. FO-9). The

basic off-hook, call, and answer functions on a DTMF

circuit, as shown in figure FO-8, are discussed in (1) and

(2) below. Detailed functioning of each module is

contained in paragraphs 4-5, 4-6, and 4-7. The

operation of the hold functions and conference circuitry is

discussed in paragraphs 4-5 a (5) and 4-5 b (7).

NOTE

The EOW and LOW DTMF circuits

shown on figures FO-8  and FO-9 

are identical. The LOW DTMF circuit

shown on figure FO-9  is identical,

except that the conference circuitry is

omitted.

(1) Receive circuitry (fig. FO-8). Incoming

signals are applied to the RT and RR terminals of TB1 in

the common equipment and thence to the paralleled SF

detector, 4W/2W hybrid and DTMF receiver. The

following assumes a logical sequence of signals

(supervision, DTMF tones and voice) transmitted from

the distant station.

(a) When any party-line operator goes

off-hook at a distant station, a 3,250-Hz busy supervision

tone is transmitted for the duration he has selected the

circuit. The incoming 3,250 Hz signal is detected in the

SF detector to operate its associated relay. This applies

a -48-Vdc lamp voltage from pin H of the line card,

through K1 pin 14 and 15, contacts N and M of the SF

detector, contacts 4 and 5 of the conference relay,

contacts E and D of the digit decoder to the L (lamp) lead

in the operator’s access unit. The line lamp will

illuminate in a steady state for the duration of these

circuit conditions.

(b) If the distant operator dials a 2-digit

number, the DTMF tones will be detected by the DTMF

receiver bridged across the 4-wire receive line. The DC

outputs of the DTMF receiver are applied to the digit

decoder. Assuming that a valid 2-digit code is received,

the digit decoder relay will operate, applying --48 vdc

through pins H and J to the line card. The associated

DC ring detector and logic circuits in the line card will

operate K 1. An interrupted lamp flash (LF) signal from

the common interrupter is applied through 11 and 12 of

K2, 6 and 7 of K1 in the line card to the L (lamp) lead

causing the local operators steady busy light to start

flashing. An interrupted ring voltage is also applied to

the audible alarm in the operator’s access unit from

the RN bus, contacts 9 and 10 of K1, 8 and 9 of

K2 to the RC pin of TB1 finally to-the audible alarm.

(Refer to paragraph 4-7 for a detailed discussion of the

common equipment modules associated with the receive

path.)

(c) When the local operator goes offhook to answer the call, line card relay K2 is energized

by the A lead and K1 will deenergize, the digit decoder is

reset, the alarm stops, and the line lamp again goes to a

steady busy indication. In addition, the idle line

termination relay in the 4W/2W hybrid is energized.

(d) After the call is established, received

speech signals are passed through the 4W/2W hybrid to

the operator’s access unit via the T&R leads. The 3,250-

Hz supervision tone is blocked from the 4W/2W hybrid

by the low pass filter within that unit.

(2) Transmit circuitry. Assuming the call is to

be originated locally and no one is on the party line, but

the party line is off-hook, the 3,250-Hz signal will be

absent.

(a) When the local operator goes offhook on a selected line, the A lead is grounded at the

operator’s unit and causes line card relay K2 to operate.

This causes a -48-vdc voltage to be applied from H&F of

the digit decoder, through 1&2 of the conference relay,

15 and 16 of line card relay K2, S and T of the SF

detector, to the SF oscillator. This causes the SF

oscillator to be keyed on and results in a --15-dbm,

3,250-Hz busy, supervision tone to be transmitted. (The

SF detector relay prevents busy tone from being

generated by more than one station at a time on a

circuit.)

(b) When the operator dials a 2-digit

number, the DTMF tones from the tone-pad are

impressed across the T&R leads, to the 4W/2W hybrid,

SF DET & OSC module transformer, to the TT & TR

leads of the common equipment.

(c) Speech signals are likewise

generated in the handset of the operator’s access unit

and applied to the T&R leads of the 2 wire line and then

to the 4W/2W hybrid in the common equipment. The 48-

vdc battery feed is applied to the operator’s access unit

through inductor assembly LA in the common equipment.

A blocking capacitor isolates the talk battery from the

4W/2W hybrid.

b. E&M Circuit (fig. FO-9). The basic call and

answer functions on an E&M ringdown circuit, as shown

in figure FO-9, are discussed in (1) and (2) below.

Detailed functioning of each module is contained in

paragraphs 4-5, 4-6, and 4-7. The

4-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

operation of the hold functions and conference circuitry is

discussed in paragraphs 4-5a (5) and 4-5 c.

NOTE

The E&M circuits shown on figure

FO-9  is identical to that shown on

figure FO-9ô, except that the

conference circuitry is omitted.

(1) Receive circuitry. Incoming signals are

applied to the RT and RR terminals of TB1 in the

common equipment and thence to the paralleled SF

detector and 4W/2W hybrid module. The following

assumes. a logical sequence of events on an incoming

call.

(a) When the distant station initiates a

call, 3,250 Hz is applied to the SF detector and causes

the associated relay to operate for the duration of the

ring. A - 48 vdc voltage is applied through pins R&S of

the SF detector to the line card signal control circuitry.

The associated DC ring detector and logic circuits cause

K1 to operate and complete the paths for the interrupted

audible (RN) and visual (LF) signals from the interrupter

to the operator’s unit, causing the line lamp to flash and

the audible alarm to sound.

(b) When the local operator goes offhook to answer the call, line card relay K2 is energized

by the A lead, and K1 will deenergize, again breaking the

path from RN and LF interrupter buses. With K2

operated, a -48-vdc voltage is applied from contacts 1

and 2 of the conference relay to the L (lamp) lead and

provides a steady off-hook lamp busy indication at all

paralleled operator’s access units. This same voltage

operates the idle line termination relay in the 4W/2W

hybrid.

(c) After the call is established, receive

signals are passed through the 4W/2W hybrid to the

operator’s access unit via the T&R leads.

(2) Transmit circuitry.

(a) When the local operator goes offhook on a selected line, the A lead is grounded at the

operator’s access unit and causes line card relay K2 to

operate, and enables the 2-wire path to the 4W/2W

hybrid. With the path enabled, operation of the ring key

in the operator’s access unit, keys the SF oscillator which

applies a 3,250-Hz ringdown signal to the distant local

orderwire station.

(b) After the call is answered, transmit

speech signals generated in the operator’s hand-set are

applied to the T&R leads of the 2-wire line and then to

the 4W/2W hybrid in the common equipment. The 48-

Vdc battery feed is applied to the operator’s access unit

through inductor

assembly LA in the common equipment. A blocking

capacitor isolates the talk battery from the 4W/2W

hybrid.

c. PBX Circuit (fig. FO-8). The PBX or central

office (CO) base telephone circuit terminates in the

common equipment on a 2-wire basis. The basic call

and answer functions of the PBX or CO line circuit are

discussed in (1) and (2) below. Detailed functioning of

the line-card, hold circuitry, and conference circuitry is

discussed in paragraphs 4-5, 4-5a(5), and 4-5c

respectively. An inductor assembly KLA is associated

with the conference circuitry for the PBX circuit and

functions to complete the DC path on the 2-wire loop

when in the conference condition. This permits the

operator to set up a conference on any two circuits and

then himself go on-hook without dropping the line pickup

relay at the central office.

NOTE

PBX circuits shown on figures FO-8 ô and

FO-9 ô are identical, except that the

conference capability is omitted on FO-9 ô

circuitry.

(1) Receive circuitry. On an incoming call, a

80- to 120-vac 20-Hz ringing voltage from the central

office is impressed on the 2-wire line and is detected by

the line card circuitry to cause K1 to operate. This

completes the path for interrupted audible (RN) and

visual (LF) signals from the interrupter to the operator’s

unit causing the line lamp to flash and the audible alarm

to sound. When the local operator goes off-hook, line

card relay K2 is energized by the A lead, and K1 will

deenergize, again breaking the path from RN and LF

interrupter buses. With K2 operated, a --48 vdc voltage

is applied from contacts 1 and 2 of the conference relay

to the L (lamp lead) and provides the steady off-hook

lamp busy indication. Receive speech signals are

applied to the operator’s access unit on the T&R leads.

(2) Transmit circuitry. When the operator goes

off-hook, he will hear the normal dial tone and proceed to

dial pulse the distant party through the central office

equipment. Line battery is furnished the handset from

the central office over the T&R leads.

d. Local Orderwire Unit, 41010-97 (fig. 4-4).

(1) Incoming call. An incoming E&M ringdown

to the local orderwire on the 4W REC lines is detected by

the S.F. detector portion of the S.F. detector and

oscillator module. (See paragraph 4-6a for detail circuit

explanation of the S.F. detector.) Subsequent closure of

the relay contacts associated with the S.F. detector

extends ground to the CALL Alert oscillator,

4-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

which places a variable pitch alarm on the loud speaker

(LS1), and illuminates the alert lamp. By going off hook,

the hook switch completes the audio receive amplifier to

the handset receiver. The hook switch also completes --

48-volt dc battery voltage to the handset transmitter.

(2) Outgoing call. When the handset is taken

off-hook, sidetone is provided in the handset

receiver by the sidetone amplifier. Depression of the call

button activates the S.F. oscillator which place a 3,250-

Hz ring frequency on the 4-wire output via the transmit

amplifier and the unbalanced to balance transformer. All

audio signals from the handset transmitter are amplified

by the audio transmit amplifier located in send circuits of

the orderwire.

4-8
Figure 4-4. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, functional block diagram.

4-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

4-4. Operator’s Access and Orderwire Panels,

Functional Description

a. Desk Type Operator’s Access Unit (fig. FO-1).

The orderwire unit consist of a call director, an S.F.

oscillator, a speaker amplifier, a rotary dial, a sonalert,

and a handset.

(1) Call director. As described earlier the call

director is comprised of the pushbutton keys for line

selection and signal control. Each of these line select

keys when depressed, complete the V.F. circuits (T&R)

to the telephone network and the control signal circuits

(A-lead) to the common equipment or LOW support

equipment circuits. The line selector keys D

representing DTMF orderwire circuit selection is used in

conjunction with a DTMF pushbutton dial. The

pushbuttons numbered 1 through 0 provide a means of

dialing a two-digit party at a distant end station.

(a) Pushbutton dial assembly (fig. FO-1

ô). The two-digit pushbutton dial assembly includes two

tuning coils and two capacitors. The tuning coils have

several taps-each tap representing a frequency tuned

circuit associated with a dial digit when it connects to its

associated capacitor. Depressing a pushbutton rotates a

horizontal crank and a vertical crank. In the early part of

the downstroke, each crank operates a specific spring

contact to connect a tuning capacitor to a specific coil tap

which represent a specific frequency. During the

downstroke of horizontal crank contact causes the

common switch to operate. The vertical (column) cranks

operate switches connected to the high band coil, and

the horizontal (row) cranks operate switches connected

to the low band coils. The common switch is

mechanically linked to each pushbutton dial switch. The

common switch performs the following function.

1. Attenuates the side tone in the

telephone receiver to a comfortable level.

2. Applies power to transistor.

3. Opens the transmitter circuit.

4. Initiates the signal

(b) Network (fig. FO-1 ô). The following

circuit description for the network circuit is applicable to

all the network assemblies associated with the call

director of the orderwire/intercom.

1. Equalization. Equalization is

provided by varistors V1 and V2. Shunt varistors V1 and

V2 effect resistance changes inversely to the current

flowing through them and, thus, produce increased

losses in short loops and yet having negligible effect in

long loops.

2. Transmission. The received

speech currents pass via windings TA1, TB, and TA2,

each of which produces an additive voltage in winding

TC. The received currents also produce a voltage

across the 68-ohm resistor that opposes and is almost

equal to that produced by the induced voltages in

winding TC. There is, therefore, very little power loss in

the resistor and varistor and maximum power in the

receiver. The low impedance of the transmitter is

matched to the loop by the turns ratio of winding TB to

winding TA1 and TA2.

3. Sidetone balancing. The current

variations due to the transmitter are in opposite phase in

windings TA and TB. The induced voltages in winding

TC are also in opposite phase and the resultant voltage

is opposed by the voltage produced across the 68-ohm

resistor. The net effect is that very small signals are

produced in the receiver due to transmitter current

changes and sidetone is very low. Also, as there is little

power loss in the receiver, maximum transmitting levels

are attained. Both varistors contribute to this condition

by automatically compensating for various loop

conditions to provide close matching of the loop

impedance and the balancing network impedance with

the transmitter circuit.

4. Radiofrequency filtering.

Filtering is provided to suppress high frequency signal

components of the dial pulses which might otherwise be

radiated from the telephone line and cause local

interference with broadcast radio reception.

(2) S.F. oscillator 490096 (fig. FO-2). A 3,250-

Hz supervisory signal is placed on the V.F. circuits on

depressing of the R switch on the call director. The R

switch completes a operating voltage of -48 vdc to a S.F.

oscillator unit. The unit contains three sections: an

oscillator, a gate, and an amplifier. The S.F. oscillator

contains a regulated power supply which consists of R1,

C1, VR1, and VR2. The current drawn by the unit

passes through resistor R1, causing a voltage drop.

VR1 and VR2 operate as shunt zeners, drawing the

required current through R1 to maintain the specified

operating voltage. Capacitor C1 filters the voltage and

assures a low impedance power supply. Inductor L1,

capacitors C3 and C4 comprise a parallel tank circuit

which is tuned to the desired output frequency. Signals

from the tap of the coil pass through R7 to the base of

transistor Q2 where they are amplified. The amplified

signals are taken from the collector of Q2 and pass

through capacitor C2 to the base of Q1. These signals

are again amplified and taken from the collector of Q1,

through resistor R5 and

4-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

back to the tap of the inductor. Therefore, we have inphase feedback which causes the oscillation. The

signals from the tank circuit then are taken via resistor

R8 to the base of Q4. Transistor Q4 operates as a

current amplifier and its input signals are present across

resistor R15. Transistor Q3 is normally "on" and shunts

the signals from the base of Q4 to ground. However,

under conditions of signalizing, Q3 is biased "off" through

the action of resistor R13 or switch S1. Resistor R15 is

the level adjust and the signals pass through the wiper of

R15, through capacitor C5 to the base of transistor Q5.

Q5 amplifies the signals and they are taken from its

collector directly to the base of Q6. Transistor Q6

amplifies the signals. Signals are taken from the

collector of Q6 and are passed to the primary of

transformer T1. The secondary of T1 is connected to the

telephone handset. In the output amplifier, there is a

feedback loop. Feedback is taken from the

collector of transistor Q6 through resistor R20 to

the emitter of transistor Q5. This serves to lower the

output impedance of the stage and lower the quiescent

current.

(3) Speaker amplifier 6505-3828 applicable to

desk set only (fig. 4-5). Receive signals enter the

speaker amplifier via pins 1 and 2 and primary of T1 with

a 2-kilohm impedance. Input signals are transformed to

secondary winding of T1 for balance audio input to the

amplifier circuitry. Q1 and Q2 and their related

components constitute a direct coupled amplifier. R6

and C2 decouple Q1 bias network from the +48 dc

source, similarly R8 and C3 decouple Q2 bias network

from the --48-dc source. R10 (the volume control)

adjusts the input signal level to Q1. Voltage regulation is

provided by zener diode CR2 and ripple filtering is

provided by C5, C6, and R9. T2 transformer provides

the proper impedance matching between the speaker

and the Q2 collector audio output.

4-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-5. Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828, schematic diagram.

b. Rack-Mounted Operator Access Unit (fig. FO-3).

The rack-mounted operator’s access unit is functionally

identical to the desk type, except the rack-mounted

operator’s access unit is not furnished with a loud

speaker. Thus, the circuit explanation provided for desk

operator’s access unit is also applicable to the rack type

operator’s access unit.

c. Link Orderwire Unit and Remote Link Order

Unit (fig. FO-4 and FO-5).

(1) General. These units are both functionally

identical to the desk type, except for the loud speaker

amplifier circuit. Detailed circuit description of the loud

speaker applicable to the

link orderwire unit and the remote link orderwire unit is

provided in (2) below.

(2) Power amplifier type TLC-410 (fig. FO-10).

(a) The amplifier module is a selfcontained, solid-state, plug-in unit connected through an

11-pin plug. Four transistors are used. Fixed bias is

employed with capacitive coupling to the driver stage,

and transformer coupling to the input and output stage.

(b) The driver stage is a PNP commonemitter connected stage with selectable input

impedances provided by windings on T1. Pins 1 and 2

on TB-1 provide a 12,000-ohm input im4-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

pedance. The 8-ohm balanced output of the amplifier

appears across pins 3 and 4 of the 11 pin plug. Monitor

jacks J 1 and J2 are provided on the front panel of the

module for checking the output without removing the

cover. The input is ad-justable through variable gain

control R1, which can be adjusted externally and locked

in place.

(c) The 48-volt dc station supply is

connected through pins 8 and 9. Pin 8 is the negative

terminal and pin 9 is the positive terminal. Protective

diode CR2 is connected in series with the positive lead

so that the power circuit will be opened if the polarity is

reversed; polarity must be correct to provide forward bias

for the units to operate. Hence, reversal of polarity will

not damage the transistors.

(d) Feedback is provided in the output

stage to produce a 2-watt output with low distortion and

high stability. The feedback is controlled through output

from winding sec 2 on output transformer T3, and

controlled by diode CR3 and transistor Q4. Diode CR1

prevents overdriving and peak limiting. Thermal

stabilization is also provided to produce maximum output

and prevent runaway. Output transistors are NPN type.

(e) An overall gain of 33 db is provided

and, with an input of 0 dbm, a full 2-watt output can be

obtained with less than 4-percent distortion of 1,000 Hz.

A minimum idling current of 10 ma is used at 48V;

maximum drain is 105 ma.

4-5. PC Card Rack Assembly LCC9740, Functional Description

(fig. 4-6)

a. Line Card Circuit Function.

(1) Incoming call-PBX ring. (fig. 4-7). Incoming

110-vac ring signal is detected directly from the PBX

telephone line pair shown in bold lines. J1 program

jumper on the LC-401-4 line card is placed in the AR

position. The ring signal passes through capacitor C4

through VTR through J 1 jumper, then through R2

current limit resistors to card pin R. From card pin R the

ring signal passes through the LCC9740 harness to the

interconnect terminal block and back from in-terconnect

terminal block to card pin Y and from card pin Y to the

RING side of the PBX line. The detector (a neon type

lamp) illuminates photo sensitive resistor (R16A) within

the VTR pack-age, causing the resistor to change from a

"dark" resistance of 10 megohms to a "light" resistance

of approximately 2K ohms. The neon illuminates on

each half cycle of the incoming AC ring signal. One side

of the photo sensitive resistor is tied to

Q3 emitter which is biased at approximately +7 volts

positive with respect to -48 vdc. The other side of the

photo sensitive resistor is connected to R12 and then to

capacitor C2 and R9. Current through the photo

sensitive resistor (indicated by heavy line) causes C2 to

charge to a voltage approximately equal to the voltage

appearing on Q3 emitter. When voltage across C2

reaches approximately 50 % of the voltage at Q3 emitter,

IC gate #1D detects this voltage level as a logic 1 instead

of a logic 0 at ID pin 13. The integrated circuit logic

gates are defined as NOR gates, indicating that if either

input of a gate section is positive (logic level 1) the gate

output is 0 (logic level 0).The logic 1 at ID pin 13 causes

ID pin 11 to be logic 0. If the telephone instrument is on

hook, IC input pin 8 is at logic 0. IC output pin 10 is,

therefore, at logic 1 and Q1 is caused to conduct thus

energizing K1 relay. Energization of K1 causes the

interrupter lamp flash (LF) input to the line card on card

pin S to be connected through relay contacts 11 and 12

through relay K1 contacts 6 and 7 to card output pin K

and to the appropriate line indicator lamp (L). Also, the

interrupter RING (RN) input to the line card on card pin J

is connected through relay K1 contacts 9 and 10 to relay

K2 contacts 8 and 9 to card pin X and then to the local

ringer. K1 relay contacts 14, 15, and 16 provide a single

pole double throw output for future optional flexibility.

(2) DC incoming call DTMF on E&M (fig. 4-8).

The incoming ring control signal is applied to the line

card pins R with card pin D positive. The LC-401-4 card

connector J1 is programed to the DR option. The

incoming -DC signal is im-pressed on pin R of the LC401-4. It passes through R2 to jumper bridge J1 to DET

to card pin C. The DET is a light emitting diode coupled

to a photo sensitive resistor R16. Current through the

LED causes the resistance of the photo sensitive resistor

changes from 10 megohms to 2K ohms. R16 is

connected in parallel with R16A and its function is

similar.

(3) Time-out of ring-up circuit (fig. 4-7 and 4-8).

The potential across C2 before a ring is detected is

determined by the voltage divider ratio composed of R12

+R16/R9 +R12 +R16, or R12 +R16/R9 +R10 +R12 +R16

depending upon the time out option desired. The

potential is also dependent upon the voltage of Q3

emitter with respect to Q3 collector since it regulates the

overall voltage applied to the voltage divider. Voltage

across C2 is typically one-tenth volt prior to ring

detection. It increases to ninety-five percent of Q3

voltage during a typical ring cycle.

4-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

Resistor R12 is used to slow the charge rate of C2 to

preclude false triggering due to line transients detected

by VTR. When the ringing stops, C2 discharges across

R9 or R9 in series with R10. The effect of R16 when

central office ringing stops is negligible since its

resistance is 30 times greater than R9. The effect of IC1

pin 13 is also negligible since it is 107 times higher

resistance than R9. C2 discharges to its one-tenth volt,

illustrative value, original idle state. At the 50 % voltage

level, IC input pin 13 interprets the capacitor discharge

as a change in logic state from a 1 to a 0 and 1C1

returns K1 to a nonconducting

idle state by removing base drive from Q1. The time

constant of R9 and C2 is typically such that time out

occurs in 6 to 10 seconds. The time constant of R9 plus

R10 and C2 is typically such that time out occurs in 20 to

120 seconds. Time out can be programed with

connector J2, position P for short time, position Z for long

time. There is no electrical connection, of any type,

between the T, R telephone circuit paths and the key

system control electronics. This condition greatly

reduces the possibility of lightning transients on

telephone lines from causing key system component

failure due to surge voltages.

4-14
Figure 4-6. Line card LCC9740, schematic diagram.

4-15
Figure 4-7. Incoming ring on PBX Line, functional diagram.

4-16
Figure 4-8. DTMF and E & M incoming ring, functional diagram.

4-17
TM 11-5805-647-14

 (4) Answering an incoming call and making an

outgoing call (fig. 4-9). By picking up the handset and

pushing the appropriate line key, A-lead at card pin B is

then tied to ground causing the integrated circuit pins 2

and 8 to detect the logic 1 level. 1A output pin 3

changes to a logic 0 and to output pin 4 changes to a

logic 1. Q2 conducts and the light emitting diode lamp

LED and relay K2 are energized. IC output pin 10

changes to a logic 0 state. Q1 stops conducting and K1

is deenergized. When K2 is energized, contacts 5 and 6

open the short circuit across relay K3 coil, allowing K3 to

become energized by the telephone line loop current. K3

make contacts close, causing a logic 1 input at IA and ID

pins 1 and 12. This causes IA and ID output pins 3 and

11 to assume a logic 0 state, Q2 conducts, K2 is

energized. Now the conduction of Q1 is dependent upon

the logic state of IC input pin 8 since IC input pin 9 is at a

logic 0 level. Energization of relay K2 causes the Local

Ring excitation to be removed by opening contacts 8 and

9 of K2. Interrupter lamp wink LW input to line card pin

U is now connected through K2 contacts 12 and 13 to

K1 relay contact 7. Since K1 has deenergized, (LW)

signals stop at this point. Minus 48V DC enters the line

card at card pin W and is connected through K2 contacts

15 and 16 to K1 contacts 5 and 6 to card pin K and then

to the appropriate line indicator lamp. This provides a

steady ON lamp indication as long as 48V DC is applied

to card connector W.

4-18
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-9. Call answered functional diagram.

4-19
TM 11-5805-647-14

 (5) Holding circuit (fig. 4-10).

(a) Holding circuit operation takes place

when the hold key break contact opens ground which

was extended to line card input pin B. While the hold key

is in a depressed condition, the line pickup key is still

depressed and Tip, Ring line current continues to flow

through relay K3 and the subset. With K3 energized, K2

is held energized regardless of the status of card pin B

input. When card in B input drops to a logic 0 level, Q1

conducts, energizing K1. With K1 energized, the line

holding bridge resistor R1 is connected from the top line

through contacts 12 and 13 of K1, through R1, through

contacts 6 and 7 of K2, through K3 coil to the ring side of

the line. With R1 across tip and ring, the hold key may

be released. Releasing the hold key mechanically

disengages the line pickup key. This action removes the

subset from the phone line. The line will remain in this

hold condition until card pin B is connected to +48V DC,

such as when a station connects to the line or until the

line is opened at the central office. In the hold condition,

K1 K2, and K3 are energized. (LW) from the interrupter

enters the line card at car pin U. (LW) is connected

through K2 contacts 12 and 13 to K1 contacts 6 and 7

then to card pin K and to the appropriate line indicator

lamp.

(b) At the central office on PBX the line

circuit is released from the connecting switching

equipment by a momentary interruption of telephone

line current. This causes relay K3 to release. IC inputs 1

and 12 become logic 0 levels and with IC inputs 2, 8, and

13 at logic 0 level K2 releases and K1 releases, restoring

the circuit to its idle state. The line interruption time

required to release K3 is independent of the

electromechanical characteristics of K3, but is a function

of the time constant of R6 and C1. The time constant is

set so that unwanted line transients, noise spikes, line

reversal, and lightning are not misinterpreted as an open

circuit line.

(c) Any station of the key telephone

system that seizes a held line by operating the

associated pickup key with its handset off-hook causes

relay K1 to become deenergized, removing holding

bridge resistor R1 from across the line by release of

contacts 12 and 13 of K1. Uninterrupted station lamp

excitation is provided through line K, contacts 5 and 6 of

K1, make contacts 15 and 16 of K2 to card pin W.

4-20
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-10. Call on hold functional diagram.

4-21
TM 11-5805-647-14

b. Interrupter Circuit Function (fig. 4-11 and 4-12).

Audible and visual indications are accomplished by

means of Interrupter, INT 9740. The interrupter

functional circuit operation is as follows:

(1) Interrupted local ring excitation is provided

on pin Z. This consists of an alternating ON/OFF

switching transistor with switching characteristics

defined in timing diagram. Transistor Q3 is capable of

switching ring loads up to 500 milliamps DC.

(2) Lamp flash (LF) is provided on pins T and

U to indicate an incoming call and is capable of switching

lamp loads of up to 5 amps, in a sequence defined by

the timing diagram.

(3) Lamp wink (LW) is provided on pins X and

Y to indicate when a call is on hold and is capable of

switching lamp loads of up to 5 amps in a sequence

defined by the timing diagram.

(4) Conference flash (CF) is provided on pins

R and S to indicate when a call has been put on

conference and is capable of switching lamp loads of up

to 5 amps in a sequence defined by the timing diagram.

(5) Timing is provided by an oscillator

comprised of two gate-sections of IC1. Timing is preset

such that the oscillator runs at 10 pulses per second as

determined by C1 and R1. The oscillator is enabled

whenever card pin E (ST) is connected to minus 48V

DC. The output of the timing oscillator (IC1 pin 3) drives

IC3 pin 14 providing a clock input to IC3. It also

connects to CR11 cathode for the purpose of providing a

warble effect to the local audible ring device. IC3 counts

the positive going oscillator pulses and provides a

decimal output on 10 lines. Output time interval #0 and

#5, IC3 pin 3 and 1, respectively, drive IC1 so that IC1

pin 10 goes to 0 volt during time intervals 0 and 5. IC1

pin 10 drives transistor Q8 through current limit resistor

R4. When IC1 pin 10 is at 0 volt, Q8 is turned OFF and

Q9 is turned OFF, causing card pins X and Y to be

effectively an open circuit. This R7 provides Q8

transistor collector current limiting. Q8 and Q9 are ON

during all other time intervals providing the ON intervals

for Lamp Wink.

(6) IC3 pins 1, 2, 6, 7, and 11 are ORed

together with diodes CR2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 providing base

drive to transistor Q6 through R5. R6 provides a leakage

path to guarantee that Q6 turns OFF during each

alternate time interval. Q6 drives Q7 which, in turn,

provides CF output on pins R and S of the card. R 8

provides collector current limiting for transistor Q6. This

circuit output changes state with each oscillator cycle.

IC3 pin 12 drives Q10 through resistor R12. Q10

collector controls Q4 which, in turn, drives Q3, providing

lamp flash output on card pin T and U. R9 provides Q4

collector current limiting. R11 provides Q10 collector

current limiting and Q4 base drive.

(7) IC3 pin 4 provides a count output to IC2

pin 3 input. IC2 contains two identical flip-flop circuits

wired as a two stage binary counter. Pin 3 input positive

going transition signals are counted. IC2 output pins 1

and 12 are AND in IC1. IC1 pin 11 output drives Q2

through R13. Q2 drives Q3. Q3 output provides 500

milliamps switching capability on card pin Z for driving

the local ringing device. R10 provides Q2 collector

current limit. R13 provides Q2 base current. IC3 pin 15,

IC2, pin 6 and 8, and IC1 pin 1 are reset lines and will

disable all INT9740 signal outputs when in a logic 1

state. IC3 pin 16, IC2 pin 14 and IC1 pin 14 are plus

power terminals foy their respective IC circuits. IC3 pin

8, IC2 pin 7, IC1 pin 7 are negative power terminals for

their respective IC circuits. IC3 pin 13, IC2 pins 4, 7, and

10 are connected to negative power lines to enable the

integrated circuits to function in their required mode of

operation.

(8) Zener diode CR1 is a 54V zener. It

provides circuit protection to the INT9740. Transistor Q1

is connected so that its emitter provides a zener diode

voltage of approximately 7 volts. R2 provides current

path from 48V power to drive all logic circuitry on the

INT9740 card. Capacitor C2 provides ripple filtering and

pulse signal bypass for the logic input power. Dioded

CR7, 8, 9 and 10 provided reverse voltage protection for

the signal output transistors. LED is a solid-state light

provided to indicate when the 5-amp power fuse has

blown. R3 provides the necessary current limit to

illuminate the LED at the proper level.

4-22
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-11. Interrupter INT-9740, schematic diagram.

4-23
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-12. Interrupter INT-9740, timing diagram.

4-24
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Conference Circuit Function (fig. 4-13).

Conferencing of two or more circuits is accomplished on

a 2-wire basis. Any orderwire circuit may be

interconnecting or switched to any other orderwire or to

the PBX circuit through the use of associated conference

relays and a common conference bus. The intercom

circuits are not provided in the conferencing capability.

(1) The conference relays K1 through K11

(depending on the number of circuits equipped) are

miniature impulse latching relays that use remnant

(residual) magnetism of the core for latching. Referring

to figure FO-8 (D), the T&R leads of the two wire lines

are connected to the conference bus through the lefthand contacts 2, 3, 5, and 6, respectively. The left-hand

contacts 1, 2, and 3 function to transfer the-control

voltage on a circuit for the idle line termination relay in

the 4W/2W hybrid circuit and S.F. oscillator when in a

conference condition. Left-hand contacts 4, 5, and 6

transfer the negative line lamp voltage from a steady to

the interrupted conference flash (CF) bus.

(2) Each conference relay, K1 through K11, is

identical. K1 (used for the PBX circuit) is discussed as

typical. The relay is bistable. When the operate winding

is pulsed, the special alloy core retains sufficient

magnetism to hold the armature operated indefinitely

without coil energization. Pulsing of the operate winding

occurs from momentary depressing of the conference

key in the operator’s access unit, as shown in figure 4-

13.

(3) Conference release is accomplished as

follows: With line key position 1, row 1 selected at the

operator’s access unit and the handset offhook, the

momentary operation of the CONF REL key applies +48

vdc to one side of K1 release winding, through isolation

diode D1, selector key, hold key, diode switch,

conference key break contact, CONF REL key, to the

signal ground (SG).

4-25
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 4-13. Conference functional diagram.

4-26
TM 11-5805-647-14

4-6. Common Equipment Shelf 41010-96,

Functional Description

a. S.F. Detectorand Oscillator 41063-02 (fig. FO11). All input signals, supervisory or voice frequency,

enter the SF detector module on pins L and K. These

signals are presented to the primary of transformer T1

and transferred to the secondary. The signals are then

presented to transistor Q1 (common emitter amplifier).

(1) The 3,250-Hz supervisory signal voltage is

developed across C4 and presented to the base of Q2.

Transistor Q2 is an emitter follower and serves as a

driver for the high pass filter (L1, L2, C5, and C12). This

filter keeps voice frequency signals out of the supervisory

signaling path. The supervisory signals are amplified by

transistors Q3 and Q4. Q5, Q6, Q7, and Q8 provide a

constant level output for the tone detector. During the

positive half cycle of the incoming signal, transistor Q6 is

biased "on" through CR1, R21, and C16. When Q6 is

"on", it also turns Q7 "on". During the negative half cycle

of the incoming signal, transistor Q6 is biased "on"

through CR1, R21, and C16. When Q6 is "on", it also

turns Q7 "on". During the negative half cycle of the

incoming signal, Q5 is turned "on" through CR2, C17,

and R19. Transistor Q5 turns Q8 "on", so the wave form

at the collector Q8 is a square wave at the incoming

frequency whose amplitude is constant. The square

wave at the collector of transistor Q8 goes through C34

and the parallel combination of R40 and R41 to the tone

detector. The tone detector responds to the frequency

which is determined by C22, C23, and L4.

(2) The action of the tone detector is such that

the voltage across C24 will be 0 volt with no signal in,

and 4 to 6 volts when a signal of the correct frequency is

present. The voltage at the plus end of C24 will turn Q16

"on" when the correct signaling frequency tone is

present. Q16, in turn, drives the output of relay K1.

Transistors Q15 and Q16 and Q16 being a set, reset flipflop (such that when either transistor is "on", it is latched)

will remain "on" until an external signal is sent to turn it

"off". Normally, Q15 is "on" by being continually reset by

Q14 which is gated "on" or "off" by Q13. The signaling

tone present at Q13 which is biased "on", prevents Q14

from resetting the flip-flop. When no signaling is present,

Q13 is "off" and Q14 continually resets or turns Q15 "on".

The rate at which Q14 turns Q15 "on" is determined by

the setting of R48 and whether terminals E5 and E6 are

strapped.

(3) Incoming voice signals are presented to

the base of Q1. From the collector of Q1 signals go

through R30 and C13 and through C18, L3, and C19 to

the base of transistor Q9. R30 and C13 form a low pass

filter. The band reject filter, C18 and L3, which is tuned

to the supervisory frequency (3,250 Hz) prevents the

supervisory frequency from being amplified by transistor

Q9. Transistor Q9 then amplifies the voice frequency

input signals which are applied to the transistor Q10

which is an ac signal detector. When no voice is

present, the voltage across C21 is zero. When voice is

present, the voltage across C21 will vary between 12 and

24 volts. This voltage across C21 causes current to flow

through resistors R36 and R37 to turn Q11 "on". When

Q11 turns "on", it discharges C24 through R39 and

prevents any signaling tone from turning on the relay.

Had signal tone been present first, transistor Q16 turns

"on" and through CR3 prevents Q11 from being turned

"on". Therefore, a priority system has been set up;

whichever signal is present first (whether voice or

supervisory), it will control; i.e., if we have voice present

first, we cannot receive signaling tones to actuate the

relay; if we have signaling first, voice signals will not

cause the relay to fall out.

(4) Transistors Q17 and Q19 form an

amplifier with a zero degree phase-shift. Both the input

and output of the amplifier are connected together and to

the parallel tank circuit (L6, C28, and C29). Under

normal conditions, the tank circuit will oscillate; oscillation

is prevented when Q18 is turned "on". This causes the

collector of Q19 to be shorted out to the -24 vdc,

preventing gain in that stage, hence oscillation. When

switch S1 is closed, transistor Q18 is turned "off"

allowing the oscillator to function normally. Also, when

pin F is at -48 vdc, this biases Q18 "off" and again allows

the oscillator to function normally. The signal is sampled

from the L3 network via R69 to the base of Q20.

Transistor Q20 (common collector or emitter follower)

serves as an impedance lowering stage. The output

signal is taken from the wiper of R71 which serves as a

level adjust. Transistor Q21 serves as a power amplifier

and drives the output transformer T2 via C32. The

secondary windings of T2 are set up to either drive two

600-ohm lines, or to serve as a summing point for voice

and tone signals.

b. DTMF Tone Receiver 40452-01 (fig. 4-14 and

FO-12). The input signals from the 4W REC LINE pins

C and D and are coupled by high impedance transformer

T1 to the base of input amplifier transistor Q19, the input

amplifier (common emitter) provides isolation, gain and a

low impedance drive source for the filters. The

4-27
TM 11-5805-647-14

signals from Q19 are fed to the filters, which have

adjustable controls to set the minimum input level for a

detectable output. The low pass filter has a cutoff

frequency of 940 Hz and passes only the four lower

DTMF tones. The cutoff frequency of the high pass filter

is 1,200 Hz and passes the three high DTMF tones.

Transistor Q18 and associated circuitry, which form the

high pass filter with a cutoff frequency of 1,200 Hz,

passes only the three highest frequency tones. The

cutoff frequency of the Low Pass filter, Q17, is 940 Hz

enabling it to pass only the four lower frequency tones.

The signals are then passed to the amplifier. The

amplifier input signal is developed across resistor R45

and passes through capacitor C1 to the base of

transistor Q1. Q1 and Q2 are voltage amplifiers.

Transistors Q3 and Q4 are driven "on" during the positive

and negative cycle, respectively, excursions of the signal

at the collector of Q2. This sets and resets the flip-flop

(Q5 and Q6), producing a square wave whose frequency

is equal to that of the incoming signal, but whose

amplitude is constant. The flip-flop output is amplified by

the complementary pair, Q7 and Q8, which drive the tone

detectors.

(1) The tone detectors convert the presence

or absence of their particular tone into a corresponding

dc level. The detected tones are resistively summed and

sent to the tone summing output. As shown in figure 4-

14, transistors Q20 and Q21 are the detector transistors

for the 697-Hz tone. The input signal is received from

the amplifier limited through resistor R59. The receipt of

a signal of the proper frequency causes regeneration

due to the positive feedback of R60. The emitter current

of Q20 is filtered by C24 to provide a dc input level to

Q21. Therefore, Q21 is "off" when no tone is present

and "on" when the tone detector receives a signal of the

correct frequency. The operation of the other tone

detectors is identical to that of the 697-Hz circuit.

(2) Resistors R101 through R107 form the

tone summing network whose output is a complex

waveform consisting of the sum of the detected

frequencies. The tone summing output (decoded tone

pair) is applied to transistor Q17 of the digit decoder.

Figure 4-14. DTMF tone receiver 40452-02, simplified block diagram.

c. Digit Decoder 40451-04 (fig. FO-13). The dc

outputs from each of the seven tone detectors in the tone

receiver module are connected to the strappable

terminals within the digit decoder module. The tone pair

options for the first digit are strappable from E17 to either

E14, E15, E16 for the high tone, and from E18 to either

E10, Ell, E12, or E13 for the low tones. Likewise, the

tone pairs for the second digit are strappable from E8 to

either E5, E6, or E7 for the high tones, and from E9 to

either El, E2, E3, or E4 for the low tones.

(1) A flip-flop and gate circuit is associated

with each digit (Q17, Q18, and Q19 for the first digit, and

Q14, Q15, and Q16 for the second digit). Assuming a

quiescent state, and that the decoder is strapped for 2

digit dialing (E19 and E20), Q20 and K1 will be turned off

by the conducting states of Q16 and Q19 through diodes

CR24 and CR25, respectively.

(2) Q17 is normally conducting and CR22 is

forward-biased, causing the junction of R60, C6 to be

low. When the proper tone pair is received, Q17 will turn

off and allow C6 to charge through

4-28
TM 11-5805-647-14

R60 and R61. Also, when Q17 turns off, CR20 will be

reverse-biased turning Q9 "on" and disabling the reset

timer Q3.

(3) C6 will remain charged for the duration of

the tones associated with the first digit. When the first

digit tone pair disappears, Q17 will again turn "on",

causing a negative pulse to be coupled from C6 through

CR23 and R67 to the base of Q19, turning off Q19 and

causing the Q18, Q19 flip-flop to set. When Q19 turns

off, CR25 becomes reversed-biased, but Q20 remains

turned "off" by CR24, Q16.

(4) When the first digit tone pair disappears

and Q17 turns back on, Q9 will turn off enabling the reset

timer circuitry to operate. Assuming the second digit

tone pair arrives before the reset timer times out, the

following will occur. Q14 will turn off during the receipt of

the second tone pair. Q9 will turn "on" through CR11,

disabling the reset timer circuit. When Q9 turns "on", it

turns Q10 "off" enabling the parity delay on the second

digit. The parity delay is determined by the charge time

of R36 and C4, reference the PUT circuit description.

After the parity delay, transistor Q11 fires, turning Q12

"on" and Q13 "off" for a short period of time. During this

time, C5 charges through R47 and R48.

(5) When transistor Q13 turns back "on", a

negative pulse is coupled to the base of transistor Q16

through diode CR16 and resistor R54, turning it "off" and

setting flip-flop Q15 and Q16. Diode CR24 is now

reversed-biased. Since CR24 and CR25 are both

reversed-biased after receipt of the second digit, Q20 will

conduct and K1 will actuate. After the second digit tone

pair is removed, Q14 will again conduct, causing Q9 to

turn "off". When Q9 turns "off", relaxation oscillator Q3 is

enabled. After a time period determined by C1, R8 and

R9, transistor Q3 will fire. This causes Q6 to conduct

momentarily. The conduction of transistor Q6 causes

Q16 and Q19 to turn "on", resulting in the fall-out of the

Digit Accept Relay, K1. This time period is controlled by

the setting of CALL TIME ADJUST CONTROL R9.

(6) If the tone pair for the second digit are

transmitted before the first digit tone pair (we reverse

order) Q19 will be on and will forward bias CR14 so that

C5 cannot charge when Q13 is turned "off", thereby

preventing the Q15, Q16 flip-flop from setting.

(7) Upon receipt of the 94]-Hz and 1,209-Hz

tone pair, Q7 turns "off". This tone pair undergoes the

same parity check as do all tones. At the end of the

parity check, Q8 turns "on" and, in turn, Q18 and Q15

turns "on". This action reverse biases diodes CR24 and

CR251 allowing transistor Q20 to actuate the relay.

When the 941Hz and 1,477-Hz tones are decoded,

transistor Q1 turns "off". After the parity check, Q2 turns

Q19 and Q16 "on", releasing the Digit Accept Relay.

The ALL Reset function is not applicable to the operation

of the orderwire system.

d. 4W/2W Hybrid 49008-01 and 49008-02 (fig. FO14 and FO-15). The 4W/2W hybrid module provides the

conversion function with amplification from the 4-wire

input to the 2-wire line and from the 2-wire line to the 4-

wire output. The Low Pass Filter between the 4-wire

input and the 2-wire line deletes the signaling tone

frequency in the 49008-01 module.

(1) VF signals at the 4-wire input terminals are

amplified and passed through the Low Pass Filter and

presented to a resistive 4-wire/’2-wire hybrid. In the

opposite direction, the 2-wire line goes through the 4-

wire/2-wire converter, to an amplifier (with an adjustable

input level), and passed through a transformer to the 4-

wire output line. Signals presented to the 4-wire input

line (pins E and by pass through transformer T2 and are

impressed across resistors R18 and R19 which

determine the 600-ohm input impedance. R18, a

variable resistor, determines the input level of the

amplifier. The signal is developed across the wiper of

R18, passes through capacitor C8, and presented to the

base of transistor Q4. The selected value resistor (R17)

is used to bias the entire amplifier. Diode CR3 is a

temperature compensating device to assure that the dc

levels in the amplifier are constant regardless of

temperature changes. Transistor Q4 acts as an amplifier

and the signal is derived from the collector and

presented to the base of transistor Q3. Q3 amplifies the

signal and presents it to the base of Q2. Transistor Q2

again amplifies the signal. Feedback is derived from the

emitter of Q2 and fed to the emitter of transistor Q4 via

resistor R6. Resistor R7 and capacitor C4 also

contribute to the feedback network and serve to roll off

the high frequencies of the amplifier, thereby limiting the

amplifier’s high frequency response, Capacitor C2, which

is in parallel with the collector load of transistor Q2, also

serves to roll off the high frequencies and lowers any

high frequency noise. The signal from the collector of

transistor Q2 passes through capacitor C1 and resistor

R29 to the low pass filter. This three section LC type

filter has a cutoff frequency of 2,700 Hz. Resistor R28

provides a dc ground for the filter. The signal leaving the

filter passes

4-29
TM 11-5805-647-14

through capacitor C11 and is presented to the base of

transistor Q5. Transistor Q5 operates as a common

emitter amplifier stage. The amplified signal passes

through capacitor C10 to the primary of transformer T1.

The secondary of T1 is coupled to one-half of the

4W/2W resistive hybrid (R2, R3, and R4). These

resistors form the hybrid network and pass signals

received from the secondary of T1 to the 2-wire line with

a 6-db loss. Resistor R1 serves to terminate the 4W/2W

resistive network when there is no load on the 2wire line.

This prevents crosstalk under mismatched impedance

conditions.

(2) Signals coming in the 4-wire input and

destined for the 2-wire line, leave the module on pins J

and K. Signals generated by a source connected to the

2-wire line arrive via pins J and K and may be monitored

at test points TP1 and TP2. These signals are presented

to the 4W/2W hybrid (R2, R3, and R4) and passed on to

the primary of transformer T3. The signals are coupled

to the secondary of T3 and are impressed across

resistors R30 and R31. From the wiper of resistor R31,

the signals pass through capacitor C26 to the base of

transistor Q6. The selected value resistor (32) is used to

bias the entire amplifier (Q6, Q7, and Q8). Diode CR4 is

a temperature compensating device for the amplifier.

Signals present on the base of Q6 are amplified and

passed on to the base of Q7. Q7 amplifies the signal

and feeds it to the base of transistor Q8. Feedback is

derived from the emitter of Q8 and is fed back to the

emitter of Q6 via resistor R41: Capacitor C31 and

resistor R42 serve to cut down the frequency response

of the amplifier. The collector of Q8 is bypassed by

capacitor C32 to minimize high frequency noise. The

signals from the collector of Q8 pass through capacitor

C33 to the primary of transformer T4. These signals are

coupled to the secondary of T4 and presented to the 4-

wire output line via pins M and N. Pin S is connected to

an external source which determines the state of the 2-

wire terminating resistor R1. In normal operation, pin S

is "open" and Q1 is "on" (being forward-biased through

R21 and CR2). When pin S is connected to -48 vdc, Q1

turns "off" releasing the relay K1. This is normally

accomplished when a telephone that is connected to the

2-wire line goes "off-hook". When the telephone goes

back "onhook", pin S is "open", Q1 turns "on" actuating

relay K1. K1 contacts are closed and connect R1 across

the 2-wire line.

e. 4 Way/4 Wire bridge 40155/40455-03 (fig. FO16). The module contains strappable pads (refer to

chapter 2 for strapping option information) and a bridge

for the purpose of terminating up to four-wire lines.

(1) Any input is connected to three other

outputs through resistors, which produce a 15-db

insertion loss. Because of the bridge configuration, the

signal on the input leg does not go to its own output.

NOTE

All legs of the bridge work in an identical

manner; therefore, the following

discussion will be limited to Leg 1 only.

(2) A signal is applied to LEG 1 IN, pins L and

K. The signal is presented to a 9-db pad, which may be

bypassed if no attenuation is desired. If the pad is

strapped into the circuit there will be a 24-db attenuation

from the input to any of the other three outputs. (The

pad is not used in these orderwire applications.) The

4W/4W bridge receives the signals from the pad (if

strapped in) and attenuates them by 15 db, and transfers

them to the OUT terminals of legs 2, 3, and 4. Located

in the send portion of each leg is a dual amplifier circuit

to compensate for transmit losses. Further discussion of

the amplifier is discussed in f below for dual amplifier

modules 40172 and 40472-03.

NOTE

The 40155-03 4 way/4wire bridge is not

mounted within the common equipment

shelf; it is located within bridge and

amplifier shelf assembly 40110-98.

f. Dual Amplifier 40172/40472-03 (fig. FO-17).

The dual amplifier module functions as two independent

amplifiers on a single printed circuit board. Input and

output levels can be monitored by the use of available

test points for each amplifier. The power supply leads

are decoupled to provide a maximum power supply

rejection level. Both amplifiers function in an identical

manner and are electrically the same.

NOTE

Dual amplifier plug-in module 40172-03

is not mounted in the common

equipment shelf; it is located within

bridge and amplifier shelf 40110-98.

(1) A signal is applied to the module at the

input pins and coupled across a transformer. A variable

resistor is provided in order to adjust the input to the 3-

stage, direct-coupled amplifier. The output of the

amplifier is fed to a second transformer and coupled

through to the output pins to a 600-ohm external load.

NOTE

Since both the "A" and "B” amplifiers are

4-30
TM 11-5805-647-14

electrically and functionally identical, the

discussion below will cover only the "A"

amplifier.

(2) The input signal is applied to pins H and J

on the module. Input level can be monitored at TP1 and

TP2. The signal is then applied across the primary of

transformer T1 and coupled to the secondary. The

secondary of T1 feeds resistors R2 and R3 (which are in

parallel). These resistors form the terminating

impedance for the transformer. R3 provides a variable

input level to the amplifier itself. The amplifier input

signal is developed across the portion of R3 (between

the wiper and ground) and passes through C2 to the

base of transistor Q1. Capacitor C3 serves to decouple

the base bias current of Q1. Resistor R4 (selected

value) is in parallel with resistor R7 and serves to bias

the amplifier correctly. Diode CR1 is a temperature

compensating device to assure that the correct dc levels

in the amplifier are constant regardless of the

temperature changes. Transistor Q1 is the initial input

amplifier and drives Q2 directly. Capacitor C5 bypasses

the emitter to Q1, giving a high ac gain but a low dc gain.

The emitter of Q2 is bypassed by capacitor C6 for low dc

gain and high ac gain. Transistor Q2 amplifies the signal

and feeds it directly to the base of Q3 (the output

amplifier). Feedback is obtained from the emitter of Q3

and is fed back to the emitter of the input amplifier Q1

via the combination of R13, C7 and R14. Resistor R13

determines the broadband gain of the amplifier while

capacitor C7 and resistor R14 serve to roll off the gain of

the amplifier at high frequencies. The collector of Q3 is

bypassed by capacitor C8, eliminating high frequency

noise in the output stage. The output signal passes

through capacitor C9 to the primary of transformer T2.

The secondary of T2 is coupled via pins C and D to an

external 600-ohm load. The -24-vdc operating voltage

for this amplifier is applied to pin A and fed across

resistor R1 (the power supply decoupling resistor).

Capacitor C1 filters the power supply voltage and

provides low impedance power for the total amplifier.

g. Dc-Dc Power Supply 41028-01 (fig. FO-18).

The module contains a series regulator, a foldback

current limited, and monitoring, control, and protective

devices.

(1) Input current is applied to pins S and T

and passes through the PC board to terminal E2,

through fuse Fl and switch S1 to terminal E.From El, it

passes back out the board on pins J and K to resistor R1

(shelf) and transistor Q1 (shelf) to pins C and Current

then passes through R2 to pins A and B. Resistors R9,

R10, and Rll provide a voltage divider sampling network.

This sampling voltage, which is a fraction of the output

voltage, is presented to the emitter of transistor Q4.

Transistor Q4 operates as a grounded base stage and

amplifies the signal. The signal output is then taken from

the collector of Q4 and applied to the base of transistor

Q2. Transistor Q2 amplifies the signal and presents it to

the base of Q1. Transistor Q1 then drives Q1 (shelf).

When the output voltage rises, Q1 (shelf) turns "off" and

lowers the output voltage to the original value.

(2) The zener diode (VR1) is the voltage

reference for the regulator. Resistors R6 and R7

constitute a voltage divider and provide the proper bias

voltage for transistor Q4. Resistor R10 (adjustable) is

used to set the output voltage of the regulator board.

Resistor R2 is a current sampling resistor. When the

voltage across R2 reaches a predetermined value (at

greater than 1.5A output current) transistor Q3 will turn

"on", causing Q1 to turn "off". Q1, in turn, turns Q1

(shelf) "off". The voltage required to turn Q3 on is less

when the output is short-circuited than it is when the

output is functioning normally. Therefore, we have

foldback current limiting; i.e, short circuited output

current is less than normal operating current. Capacitor

C1 bypasses the collector to base of transistor Q2 at

high frequencies preventing oscillation. Resistor R12

limits the current to the test points, preventing accidental

shorting out of the regulator output. Fl protects the

external power source. S1 is the "on/off" switch. DS1 is

illuminated by the output voltage and will not be

illuminated if the output is short circuited. The output

voltage may be monitored at TP1 and TP2.

4-7. Local Orderwire Unit, 41010-97, Functional

Description

a. Speaker Amplifier 41030-01 (fig. FO-19). The

microphone is connected to J1. Microphone current

comes from "A" to terminal El, through the contacts of

switch S1 (which are closed when off-hook), through

resistor R1, Terminal E2, out microphone J1, Terminal

E4 and through "B" to ground. Talking into the

microphone changes its impedance and these audio

signal variations are taken through R2 and R3, through

capacitor C1 through the emitter the transistor Q2.

Transistor Q2 functions as a common base amplifier.

The signals are taken from the collector of Q2 and

presented directly to the base of Q1, and at the emitter of

Q1 we see the amplified signal. Resistor R12 serves to

terminate the secondary of transformer T1 or drive the

secondary of T1 in its

4-31
TM 11-5805-647-14

characteristic impedance. Signal flow is through R12 to

C4 to the primary of T1. Capacitor C5 acts to filter out

high frequency noise. Signals from the secondary of T1

pass through pins C and E for the 600-ohm output, or

through pins D and E for the 150-ohm output. Both

outputs are balanced. The signaling tone is presented to

pin F and ground. Resistor R5 serves to provide a 600-

ohm input impedance. Signals go from the junction of

R5 and pin F through R6 and C2 to the emitter of Q2

(where they follow the same path as do the voice

signals). The signals coming into the module arrive via

pins M and P for 600-ohm balanced input, or pins N and

P for 150-ohm balanced input. Signals are coupled

across transformer T2 and are derived at across R21.

The same signals now may be taken off pin K and

ground for external sampling. The signals are presented

to terminal E9 and pass through resistor R43 (VOLUME

CONTROL) to terminal E8 and to ground. The wiper of

R43 samples part of the input signals and presents this

portion to terminal E6, through C7, to the base of

transistor Q3. Transistor Q3 is used as a buffer stage for

the VOLUME CONTROL. Output signals are taken from

the emitter of Q3 and pass through resistor R16 to a

summing point. Transistor Q4 is a sidetone amplifier. It

samples the transmitted signals through R11 and C8.

The sidetone signals are taken from the emitter and pass

through R17 to the common summing point. The

summed signals of the sidetone and receive signals

pass through capacitor C6 to terminal E7. The signal

present at terminal E7 may go either to the handset

earpiece or to the speaker power amplifier, depending on

the external conditions. If the handset is plugged in and

is off-hook, switch S1 will be in the position as shown on

the schematic. Signals will pass through switch S1 to the

handset jack J1 to terminal E3, through resistor R4 to

point "A" (-24 vdc). If the handset is on-hook, S1 will be

in the lower position and signals will go from terminal E7

to terminal E12 and to the input of the speaker power

amplifier. If the handset is not plugged in, the signals will

pass from terminal E7, through the normally open

contacts of S1, to the lower section of the handset jack

through the normally closed connection of the handset

jack and back down to terminal E12 to the input of the

speaker power amplifier.

(1) The speaker power amplifier consists of a

common emitter gain stage (Q9) and two emitter

followers operating in a class AB mode. Input signals

from terminal E12 are developed across R32 and

presented to the base of Q9. These signals are

amplified by Q9 and are seen on its collector. The

signals are then presented to transistors Q7 and Q8.

Transistors Q7 and Q5 operate as a Darlington pair while

Q8 and Q6 operate as the gain stage. Diodes CR1,

CR2, and CR3 are temperature compensating devices

for the amplifier and bias it correctly. Capacitor C11

provides shunting at high frequencies and lowers the

gain of the amplifier. The current will be amplified by the

two output pairs and will be seen at the junction of R22,

C10, and Q6. Feedback from the output is derived

across R25 and C13 and is fed back to the input; C14

serves to roll off the high frequency gain of the amplifier.

The output of the amplifier passes through capacitor C10

to terminal E14, through the loudspeaker, and back to

terminal E13 to ground.

(2) The alert call circuit is a modulated

injunction stage. Transistors Q10 and Q11, the two

injunction relaxation oscillators, will operate when pin S

is connected to ground.

Simultaneously, ALERT LAMP DS1 will light.

Capacitor C16 charges through R37 until it reaches the

firing point of transistor Q10, which is approximately sixtenths of the supply voltage.

At this time, the transistor "fires", causing C16 to

discharge through it and across R35. The rate at which

the charging and discharging occurs determines the

basic frequency as heard in the speaker. At the same

time C16 charges and discharges, Q11 provides a

means of charging and discharging capacitor C17. This

is done at a much spower rate than that of Q10 and C16.

This action produces the frequency modulated signal

seen at the emitter of Q10. The signal from the emitter

of Q10 passes through resistor R34 and capacitor C15 to

the speaker power amplifier. The signal is amplified and

is heard through the speaker.

b. Power Supply, 41029-01 (fig. FO-20) The

module front panel contains a fuse, power switch,

indicator lamp, and test points (for monitoring the output

voltage). A split-winding primary transformer is used in

the module to achieve the 120/220-vac input capability.

The use of a bridge rectifier with a capacitive input filter

converts the ac to a usable dc voltage. The module uses

a feedback type regulator for voltage regulation and

incorporates a foldback current limiting feature to limit

the maximum output current.

(1) When 120 vac is used as the input

voltage, it is applied to pins L and N; passes through the

module to terminal E20 of the voltage regulator board.

From terminal E20, the voltage goes through the power

switch (S1) and the fuse (F1) to the power transformer

(T1). The two

4-32
TM 11-5805-647-14

sections on the primary are connected in parallel for 120-

vac operation. See Note 1, figure FO-20.

(2) For 220-vac operation, terminals E15 and

E17 are jumpered. The 220-vac input voltage is applied

to pins L and N and pins K and P and passes through the

module to terminal E20 of the voltage regulator board

and on through the switch and fuse to the transformer.

The two sections on the primary of the power

transformer (T1) are connected in series for 220-vac

operation.

(3) The secondary of the power transformer

(T1) is connected to terminals E1l and E8 on the rectifier

board (1410-1990). The rectifier board contains bridge

rectifier CR1 through CR4 and makes connections to the

filter capacitor, (C5). CR1 through CR4 rectify the

incoming sinewave from the secondary of T1 and

present a full wave rectified ac signal to the filter

capacitor. C5 filters the signal and its outputs are taken

from terminals E3 and E6 of the rectifier board and

presented to terminals E10 (-) and E9 (+) on the voltage

regulator (1410-1202). The minus lead from the filter

capacitor is tied to terminal E10 which is connected to

the emitter of Q5 (the external series pass transistor).

Base current of Q5 reenters the regulator board via pin H

to the collector of transistor Q1. The collector of the

external transistor (Q5) is connected to pins C and D. It

can be seen that the unregulated input power arriving at

terminal E10 will become a regulated output at pins A

and B. Resistors R9, R10, and Rll provide a voltage

divider sampling network. This sampling voltage is

presented to the emitter of transistor Q4. Transistor Q4

operates as a grounded base stage and amplifies the

signal. The signal output is taken from the collector of

Q4 and applied to the base of transistor Q2. Transistor

Q2 amplifies the signal and presents it to the base of Q1.

Transistor Q1 then drives Q5. The zener diode (VR1) is

the voltage reference for the regulator. Resistors R6 and

R7 constitute a voltage divider and provide the proper

bias voltage for transistor Q4. Resistor R10 (adjustable)

is used to set the output voltage of the regulator board.

Resistor R2 is a current sampling resistor. When the

voltage across R2 reaches a predetermined value

(approximately 7.6A output current), transistor Q3 will

turn "on", causing Q1 to turn "off". Q1, in turn, turns Q1

(shelf) "off". The voltage required to turn Q3 on is less

when the output is short-circuited than it is when the

output is normally functioning; therefore, we have

foldback current limiting; i.e., short-circuited output

current is less than normal operating current. Capacitor

C1 bypasses the collector to base of transistor Q1 at

high frequencies, preventing high frequency

oscillation. Resistor R12 limits the current to the test

points, preventing accidental shorting out of the

regulator.

4-33
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 5

ON-SITE MAINTENANCE

5-1. Scope of On-Site Maintenance

a. This chapter contains instructions for performing

preventive and corrective maintenance operations and

associated testing procedures. If the performance of

authorized corrective maintenance procedures does not

result in a serviceable equipment, off-site maintenance is

required.

b. On-site maintenance includes:

(1) Preventive maintenance checks and

services (para 5-3).

(2) Fault isolation to a defective assembly

(para 5-4 and 5-5).

(3) Adjustment and alignment procedures for

the overall Orderwire/Intercom facility (para 5-6).

(4) Removal and replacement procedures for

defective assemblies (para 5-7).

5-2. Tools, Test Equipment, and Materials

Required

a. The tools and test equipment required for on-site

maintenance are listed in the maintenance allocation

chart (app C).

b. The materials required for on-site maintenance

are listed below:

(1) Lint-free cloth.

(2) Brush, paint, 1/2-inch width.

(3) Trichloroethane.

5-3. Preventive Maintenance

a. General. Preventive maintenance is the

systematic care, inspection, and servicing of equipment

to maintain it in serviceable condition, prevent

breakdowns, and ensure maximum operational

capability. Preventive maintenance includes the

inspection, testing, and replacement of assemblies and

sub-assemblies that inspection and tests indicate would

probably fail before the next scheduled periodic service.

b. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

Periods. The preventive maintenance checks and

services for the equipment are given in e, f, and below.

These checks and services must be performed during

the specified periods. Records and reports of the

preventive maintenance checks and services must be

made in accordance with requirements set forth in TM

38-750.

c. Cleaning.

WARNING

Dangerous electrical potentials and

currents are present within the

equipment and associated station

cables. Before cleaning any internal

areas, remove input power. Failure to

comply with this warning could result in

injury or DEATH

 (1) The exterior and interior surfaces of the

equipment should be free of dust, dirt, grease, and

fungus.

(2) Access to the interior of the cabinets is

made by removing rear cover on each cabinet.

CAUTION

Use extreme care not to disturb

component lead dress or cause damage

to components within the cabinet. Do

not apply excessive pressure to any

wiring harness or assembly mounted

with the cabinet.

(3) Using a vacuum cleaner equipped with a

plastic cleaning head and extension hose, carefully

remove any accumulated dust and dirt from the cabinet

interior.

WARNING

The funes of trichloroethane are toxic.

Provide thorough ventilation whenever

used. DO NOT use near an open flame.

Trichloroethane is not flammable, but

exposure of the fumes to an open flame

converts the fumes to highly toxic,

dangerous gases.

(4) Use a dry, clean, lint-free cloth or brush to

remove persistent dust or dirt. If necessary, moisten

cloth with trichloroethane. After cleaning, wipe dry with a

clean cloth.

WARNING

Compressed air is dangerous and can

cause serious bodily harm. It can also

cause mechanical damage to the

equipment. Do not use compressed air

to dry parts where cleaning compound

has been used.

(5) Dry compressed air (not to exceed 60

pounds per square inch) may be used to remove dirt and

dust from inaccessible places.

(6) Clean the display panel and pushbuttons,

using a soft, clean cloth. If dirt is difficult to

5-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

remove, dampen the cloth with water Mild soap may be

used

d. Refinishing. Remove rust and corrosion from

metal surfaces Refer to the applicable cleaning and

refinishing practices specified in TB 746-10.

NOTE

If the equipment must be kept in

continuous operation, check and service

only those items that can be checked

and serviced without affecting

operation; make the complete checks

and services when the equipment can

be shut down.

e. Weekly Preventive Maintenance Checks and

Services. Perform the following weekly checks.

Sequence

No Item Procedure References

1 Cabinet condition ......................................... Clean exterior surfaces of cabinet Para 5-3c

2 External wiring ............................................. Inspect external wiring at terminals for None.

..................................................................... tightness.

3 Modules ....................................................... Inspect seating of all modules None.

f. Monthly Preventive Maintenance Checks

and Services. In addition to the weekly checks,

perform the following monthly checks.

Sequence

No Item Procedure References

1 Cabinet condition (exterior surfaces) ..... Examine cabinet exterior surface for

............................................................... corrosion or need for refinishing.

2 Interior of cabinets ................................. Clean interior of cabinets. Touch up Para 5-3c and 5-3d.

............................................................... paint as required.

3 Publications ........................................... Check to see that all publications are DA Pam 310-4.

............................................................... complete, serviceable, and current.

4 Modifications .......................................... Check DA Pam 310-7 to determine if TM 38-750 and DA Pam 310-7

............................................................... new applicable MWO’s. must be

............................................................... applied immediately. All normal

............................................................... MWO’s must be scheduled.

5 Spare parts ............................................ Check all on-site spare parts for

............................................................... general condition and method for

............................................................... storage There should be no evidence

............................................................... of overstock, and all shortages must

............................................................... be on valid requisitions.

6 Operation ............................................... Perform system operational test Para 5-5b.

5-4. Corrective Maintenance

a. General. On-site corrective maintenance

consists of those activities that can be accomplished by

on-site personnel to restore a defective equipment to

normal service. This activity normally includes

localization of the fault to the module or PC card and

then repair of the equipment by replacement of a module

or pc card or through adjustment.

b. Maintenance Procedure. Procedures are

provided in paragraph 5-5 that enable testing of all

functions of the equipment. If any function cannot be

satisfactorily performed, corrective action procedures are

provided.

5-5. Operational Test and Troubleshooting

a. General. The operational tests outlined in the

chart below are designed to verify acceptable operation

of the equipment. If the normal indication specified is not

observed, perform the corrective action given in the last

column.

b. Operational Test Procedures. Perform the

operational checks given in the chart below in the order

listed.

5-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Operational Test and Troubleshooting Procedure.

Step Test Test procedure Normal indication Corrective Action

No.

1 DTMF circuit operation a. Request that a a. Incoming call causes ap- a. Troubleshoot as follows:

distant station calls. pliable DTMF indicator

Place handset on lamp to flash and audible (1) If indicator lamp does not

hook. indicator to sound. flash. replace indicator

lamp. If this does not

correct problem, replace

interrupter card.

(2) If audible indicator does

not sound, replace

audible indicator. If this

does not correct problem.

replace interrupter card.

(3) If both visual and audible

indicators do not

operate, alternately

replace following cards

until fault is corrected

(replace original card if

fault has not been

corrected with substitution for that card):

(a) Interrupter card.

(b) Line card.

(c) Digit decoder card.

(d) DTMF tone receiver

card.

(e) S. F. detector and

oscillator card.

b. Remove handset and b. Sidetone is audible and b. Troubleshoot as follows:

initiate conversation normal two-way con- (1) If sidetone cannot be

with distant station. versation can be main-. heard, check for dc

tained. power (approx 2 to 4

volts) across resistors

associated with circuit

under test (refer to A,

fig. 5-9 and FO-8). If

normal reading is not

obtained, check applicable inductors and

resistors. If normal

reading is obtained,

check handset receiver

and replace if necessary.

(2) If normal two-way

conversation cannot be

maintained and external

equipment is not at fault,

alternately replace

following components

until fault is corrected

(replace original part if

that part is not at fault):

(a) S. F. detector and

oscillator card

(transmit problem

only).

(b) 4W/2W hybrid card.

(c) Orderwire set

hookswitch.

(d) Orderwire set call

director network.

(e) Orderwire set handset.

5-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Test procedure Normal indication Corrective Action

No.

2 E & M circuit operation a. Request a call from a. Incoming call causes ap- a Troubleshoot as follows:

(not applicable to distant station. Place plicable E& M indicator (1) If indicator lamp does not

local orderwire unit). handset on-hook. lamp. to light and audible light, replace indicator

indicator to sound. lamp. If this does not

correct problem, replace

interrupter card.

(2) If audible indicator does

not sound, replace

audible alarm. If this

does not correct problem,

replace interrupter card.

(3) If both visual and audible

indicators do not

operate, alternately

replace following cards

until fault has been

corrected (replace

original card if that part

is not at fault):

(a) Interruptor card.

(b) Line card.

(c) S. F. detector and

oscillator card.

b. Remove handset and b. Sidetone is audible and b. Troubleshoot as follows:

initiate conversation normal two-way con- (1) If sidetone cannot be

with distant station. Versation can be main- heard, check applicable

tained. resistors and indicators

in battery circuit.

Replace any defective

part. If parts are not

defective, check receiver

in handset and replace if

necessary.

(2) If normal two-way

conversation cannot be

maintained and external

equipment is not at fault,

alternately replace

following components

until fault is corrected

(replace original part if

that part is not at fault):

(a) 4W/2W hybrid card.

(b) Orderwire set

hookswitch.

(c) Orderwire set call director

network.

(d) Orderwire set

handset.

3 PBX circuit operation a. Request a call from a. Incoming call causes ap- a. Troubleshoot as follows:

distant station. Place plicable PBX indicator (1) If indicator lamp does not

handset on hook. lamp to flash and audible flash, replace indicator

indicator to sound. lamp. If this does not

correct problem, replace

interrupter card.

(2) If audible indicator does

not sound, replace

audible alarm.

(3) If both visual and audible

indicator do not operate,

alternately replace interrupter card and line

card. (Replace original

card that is not at fault.)

See footnote at end of paragraph.

5-4
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Test procedure Normal indication Corrective Action

No.

b. Remove handset from b. Sidetone is audible and b. Troubleshoot as follows:

hookswitch and normal two-way con- (1) If sidetone cannot be

initiate conversation versation can be main- heard, check applicable

with distant station. trained. resistors and indicators

in battery circuit.

Replace any defective

part. If parts are not

defective, check receiver

in handset and replace if

necessary.

(2) If normal two-way

conversation cannot be

maintained, and external

equipment is not at fault,

alternately replace

following parts until

fault has been corrected

(replace original part if

that part is not at fault):

(a) Orderwire set

handset.

(b) Orderwire set

hookswitch.

(c) Orderwire set call

director network.

4 Hold circuit operation a. Call distant station a. Applicable line indicator a. Replace applicable line inand request a return winks to indicate hold dicator lamp. If this does not

call. Place handset status of call. correct fault, replace inon-hook. Upon terrupter card.

receiving incoming

call indication,

remove handset from

hookswitch. Depress

applicable line key

and then depress

hold key.

b. Depress and release b. Call on hold is released and b. Replace line and associated

winking line in- conversation can com- with circuit under test.

dicator key. mence.

5 Conference circuit

operationa. Call two or more a. Flashing indicator on each a. Troubleshoot as follows:

distant stations and line indicator that is in

request return call conference. (1) If a particular line in.

From each. Place dicator lamp does not

handset on-hook. flash, replace lamp.

Upon receiving each (2) If each line indicator lamp

incoming call in- does not flash, replace

dication, remove interrupter card. If fault

handset from hook- is not corrected, replace

switch, depress conference switch

applicable line key assembly.

and then depress

conference switch.

b. Converse over con b. All parties in conference b. Replace conference relay (fig

ference circuit ..... circuit can take part in 5-10) applicable to any circuit

two-way communication. that cannot enter conference.

5-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Test procedure Normal indication Corrective Action

No.

6 Jack and lamp panel

operation a. Using an orderwirn a. Applicable lamp on jack and a. Replace indicator lamp. If

unit that is wired to lamp panel flashes to in- fault is not corrected, fault

a remote jack and dicate incoming call. probably is with interunit

lamp panel, request a wiring to jack and lamp panel.

call from a distant

station. Place

handset on-hook.

b. Insert headset plug b. Normal. two-way con- b. Check applicable resistors

into applicable jacks versation can take place. and indicators in battery

on jack and lamp circuit. Replace any defective

panel. part. If parts are not defective, fault is with headset or

with external wiring to orundernier set.

5-6. Alignment and Adjustment Procedures

a. Test Equipment. The test equipment which may

be required for alignment and adjustment of certain

assemblies during their operation within the system and

after servicing of the unit is listed below. For specific

model and type information refer to the maintenance

allocation chart (MAC) (app C).

(1) Telephone test set.

(2) Multimeter.

b. Dc-Dc Power Supply 41028-1 Output’ Voltage

Adjust and Check.

(1) Using multimeter 210, connect its common

test lead to common test point (black test jack) of power

supply and its positive lead to the positive test point

(white test jack).

(2) Note the indication on the multimeter.

(3) Adjust for meter indication of -24vdc + 0.3-

vdc output voltage.

(4) Disconnect test equipment.

c. Dual Amplifier Modules 40472-03 and/or 40172-

03 Adjustment. Refer to paragraph 2-7 for alignment

and adjustment of the respective dual amplifiers.

d. 2W/4W Hybrid Module Adjustment. Refer to

paragraph 2-7 for alignment and adjustment of the

2W/4W hybrid module.

e. SF Oscillator and Detector Modules. Refer to

paragraph 2-7 for alignment and adjustment of the SF

oscillator and detector modules.

5-7. Removal and Replacement Procedures

The following subparagraphs provide information for

removal and replacement of those assemblies and

subassemblies which are to be repaired onsite or which

are to be removed on-site and sent off-site for repair.

a. Removal and Replacement of Modules.

Removal and replacement procedures for the

common equipment shelf and the PC card shelf are the

same as those provided in paragraph 2-6.

NOTE

The removal and replacement

procedures in c through l below are

applicable to both the desk type and

rack-mounted access orderwire units

unless stated otherwise.

b. Station Number Card Removal and

Replacement.

(1) Remove bezel and faceplate (c below).

(2) Slide paper facemat out of bezel.

(3) Remove old station number card and slide

new card into place.

(4) Reassemble paper facemat, faceplate, and

bezel, and replace on phone (c below).

c. Faceplate and Mat Removal and Replacement

(Desk Set). Use the following procedure to fit a new

mat or faceplate. (See figure 5-1 for parts identification.)

NOTE

Removal and replacement of bezel for

the desk telephone is applicable to the

rack-mounted units also.

(1) Remove bezel, facemat, and faceplate by

prying the bezel out from the top of the housing with

fingertip pressure. Raise the bezel until it clears the dial

and key buttons, then lift away from the telephone with

an upward motion to disengage the lower clips of the

bezel from the housing. Use care in removing the bezel

to avoid marring the housing.

(2) Slide the faceplate and mat out of the bezel.

(3) Slide the new faceplate and mat into the

bezel and align the cutouts in the mat with those in the

faceplate and bezel.

(4) Insert bezel clips into the slots at the bottom

of the housing, then swing the bezel down

5-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

to engage the top spring clips in the slots at the top of the

housing.

(5) Press top edge of bezel to engage spring,

clips.

(6) If the bezel does not seat properly, or is

loose, check clips on the bezel and reform as necessary.

d. Desk Set Housing Removal and

Replacement.

(1) Removal.

(a) Remove bezel (c above).

(b) Loosen the two housing securing

screws at rear of telephone (fig. 5-2).

(c) Raise rear of housing until clear of

securing screws, then disengage clips from the slots on

the front of the telephone base and lift off housing.

(2) Replacement.

NOTE

When replacing housing, check that

cords exit through the proper openings

and are not pinched between housing

and base.

(a) Hook housing clips into slots located at

the front of the telephone base.

(b) Slide housing in and down over the

telephone until housing slots fit over the housing

securing screws.

(c) Tighten the securing screws.

(d) Replace bezel (c above).

e. Call Director Mounting Panel Removal and

Replacement (Rack-Type Only).

(1) Removal of the rack-mounted link orderwire

unit or the rack-mounted remote orderwire unit from the

station cabinet is accomplished by removing the four

front panel retaining screws.

(a) Removal of the retaining screws

permits the rack-mounted unit to be easily lifted out of

the cabinet.

(b) To prevent front panel damage while

removing or installing a component on the rear of

the call director, make sure the mounting panel is face

down on foam or a soft surface.

(c) Remove the two angle brackets from

the mounting panel.

(d) The call director may now be turned

over to clear the mounting panel. If extensive work is

required on the call director, the wiring between the

mounting panel and the call director should be

disconnected at the respective spade lug terminals.

(2) Replacement of the call director on the

mounting panel is a reverse procedure, with the following

added instructions.

(a) As call director is returned to mounting

panel, properly dress and position interconnecting

harness leads and reconnect if required.

(b) Install angle bracket on one side but

do not tighten screws.

(c) Turn assembly on end (top side up)

and insure that the key strip assemblies and blank strips

are properly seated in the mounting panel cutout.

Slightly reposition call director if necessary.

(d) Install the second angle bracket.

(Pressure must be exerted on the base of the call

director.)

(e) Reinstall the faceplate and bezel on

the front of the unit.

(f) After inspection of assembly for proper

alignment, tighten screws on both rear angle brackets.

Pressure should be maintained on the plastic faceplate

while securing angle brackets in order to prevent

excessive bowing of the faceplate.

(g) If the dial assembly has been loosened

during disassembly, it should be tightened after dial

alignment.

5-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-1. Deck set telephone, housing and faceplate details.

58
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-3. Rack mounted call director, frame and parts location (rear view ).

Figure 5-2. Typical telephone baseplate, mounting details

5-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

f. Hookswitch Replacement.

(1) Desk-type orderwire unit.

(a) Remove housing (d above).

(b) Remove cord clamp (fig. 5-4).

(c) Loosen key frame locking screws (fig.

5-5) and lift key frame.

NOTE

Be careful not to lose the spacing

washers behind the screws.

(d) Remove the two terminal board

securing screws.

(e) Lift terminal board away from

hookswitch.

(f) Remove hookswitch restoring spring

(fig. 5-6).

NOTE

Take care not to lose brass washer from

end of pivot bar.

(g) Remove hookswitch pivot bar by

pushing on rounded end and allowing fiat end to drop to

the lower part of its mounting hole.

(h) Remove hookswitch by disengaging

the nylon spring lifter from the hookswitch springs and

turning the nylon lifter sideways in hookswitch frame.

(i) Install new hookswitch by reversing

above procedure.

(2) Rack-mounted orderwire units.

(a) Remove housing.

(b) Remove hookswitch restoring spring.

(c) Remove hookswitch assembly

mounting screws and remove hookswitch assembly from

mounting panel (fig. 5-3).

(d) Install new hookswitch by reversing the

above procedure.

Figure 5-4. Express-Link-Local-Order Wire Unit TA923/FSC,

terminal board and line cord mountings

Figure 5-5. Typical frame securing screws, parts location.

5-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-6. Express-Link-Local-Order Wire Unit TA-923/FSC, key frame and hookswitch details and parts location.

g. Lamp Removal and Replacement.

NOTE

Do not use metal tool to remove lamp or

adjust lamp springs.

(1) Remove bezel (c above).

(2) Remove light shield (fig. 5-1).

(3) Inset tip of an orange stick beneath plastic

end of lamp and pry lamp out of socket (fig. 5-7 and 5-

8).

(4) Clean the metal contact surfaces of new

lamp and check tension and alignment of lamp springs.

(5) Insert new lamp with glass end towards

key button and metal contact surfaces against lamp

springs.

(6) Replace bezel (c above).

h. Handset Cord Removal and Replacement.

(1) Remove housing. (Refer to and e above for

the rack-mounted unit and desk type units, respectively.)

(2) Remove dial. (Refer to i below for the

DTMF dial and the rotary dial).

(3) Disconnect old handset cord leads from the

network.

(4) Install new handset cord by reversing above

procedure.

5-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-7 (1). 30 button key frame, component mounting (sheet 1 of 2 ).

Figure 5-7 (2). 30 button key frame, component mounting, (sheet 2 of 2 ).

5-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-8. 18 button key frame, component mounting

i. Dial Removal and Replacement.

(1) DTMF pushbutton dial.

(a) Remove housing (d and e above).

(b) Disconnect the dial leads.

(c) Tip the telephone to expose the

underside of the baseplate.

(d) Hold the dial with one hand, and

remove the dial mounting-bracket screws from the

baseplate.

(e) Lift out the dial complete with mounting

bracket (fig. 5-7 and 5-8).

(f) Loosen the two screws holding the dial

to the bracket and remove the dial.

(g) Install new dial by reversing the above

procedure.

(2) Rotary dial.

(a) Remove entire panel from rack (e

above).

(b) Loosen the two screws holding the dial

to the brackets and remove the dial (fig. 5-3).

j. SF Oscillator/Sonalert Removal and Assembly

From Telephone Panel Call Directors.

(1) Removal.

(a) Unsolder blue lead (BL) from terminal

E3.

(b) Unsolder yellow-brown-brown (Y-BR)

lead from terminal E2.

(c) Unsolder white-yellow wire from

terminal El.

(d) Remove slate-yellow (SL-Y) lead from

positive ( +) lug of sonalert.

(e) Unsolder violet-orange lead from

negative (-) lug of a sonalert.

(f) Remove the sonalert from the

mounting board (fig. 5-7).

(2) Replacement. Perform reversal of removal

procedure for replacement of SF Oscillator/Sonalert

assembly.

k. Key Strip Removal and Replacement.

(1) Remove housing (d and e above).

(2) Loosen both captive screws holding key

strip to the mounting frame. (fig. 3).

(3) Grasp both ends of key strip and pull key

strip from connector socket.

(4) Move key strip towards top of frame until

front end clears mounting frame.

5-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

(5) Lift front end of key strip up and forward to

remove.

NOTE

Remove latch-bar return spring and pin

(fig. 3) from replacement key strip (if

fitted) before installing key strip in

mounting space.

(6) Lower top end of replacement key strip into

mounting space.

(7) Move key strip towards top of frame until

front end of key strip clears mounting frame then push

front end down into place.

(8) Push key strip connector firmly into socket.

(9) Tighten both key strip securing screws.

(10) Replace housing (d and e above).

(11) Random test the buttons for proper locking

and releasing operation.

NOTE

Figure 5-8 shows a removed key strip

from a rack-type telephone unit.

l. Network Assembly Removal and

Replacement.

(1) Remove housing (d and e above).

(2) Disconnect all leads on the old network

assembly.

(3) Remove two network mounting screws and

loosen the third mounting screw. (Refer to figures 5-6

and 5-7 for desk type, and figure 5-8 for rack type.)

(4) Remove old network.

(5) Install new network by reversing the above

procedure. Connect network leads as shown in figures

FO-1 through FO-4.

5-14
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 5-9. Typical equipment cabinet, subassembly parts location.

5-15
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 6

OFF-SITE MAINTENANCE

6-1. Scope of Off-Site Maintenance

This chapter contains performance tests and

troubleshooting information for the printedcircuit cards

used in the orderwire equipments. Similar information

also is included for the speaker amplifier unit.

Performance test standards are provided for some

nonrepairable items to determine whether or not these

items are serviceable; items in this category include tone

dial assembly, TLC 410 amplifier, rotary dial, key

assembly and telephone network. Where applicable,

alignment and adjustment procedures also are given.

6-2. Tools and Test Equipment Required

Refer to appendix C, Maintenance Allocation Chart, for a

listing of all tools, test equipment, and materials required

for off-site maintenance.

6-3. Test and Module Adapters Required

a. General. The following test and module

adapters are required for offsite maintenance.

b. Module Adapter QR-9848-7. Module

Adapter QR-9848-7 is required when testing the TLC

410 Amplifier in accordance with the procedures given in

paragraph 6-18. This module adapter is an 11-pin

receptacle (Amphenol 78Sll) with 3-foot leads attached

to each terminal. The other end of each lead has an

0.080-inch diameter phone tip attached.

c. Test/Adapter QR-9848-9. Test Adapter

QR9848-9 is required when testing and

troubleshooting Power Supply 41029-01 in accordance

with the procedures given in paragraph 6-14. A pictorial

diagram of this test adapter is shown in figure 6-1 and a

schematic diagram is shown in figure 6-2.

Figure 6-1. Test Adapter QR-9848-9, pictorial diagram.

6-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-2. Test Adapter QR-9848-9, schematic diagram.

d. Module Adapter 9848-10. Module Adapter

9848-10 is required when testing and troubleshooting

printed-circuit plug-in cards in accordance with the

procedures given in paragraphs 6-5 through 6-12. This

module adapter is an 18-pin receptacle (Amphenol

143018-01) with 3-foot leads attached to each terminal.

The other end of each lead has an 0.080inch phone tip

attached.

e. Test Adapter QR-9848-17. Test Adapter

QR-9848-17 is required when testing and

troubleshooting Power Supply 41028-01 in accordance

with the procedures given in paragraph 6-13. A pictorial

diagram of this test adapter is shown in figure 6-3 and a

schematic diagram is shown in figure 6-4.

6-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-3. Test Adapter QR-9848-17, pictorial diagram.

6-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-4. Test Adapter QR-9848-17, schematic diagram.

f. Test Adapter QR-9886. Test Adapter

QR9885 is required when testing and troubleshooting

Line Card LC-401-4 and Interrupter Card INT9740 in

accordance with procedures given in

paragraphs 6-15 and 6-16, respectively. A pictorial

diagram of this test adapter is shown in figure 6-5 and a

schematic diagram is shown in figure 6-6.

6-4
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-5. Test Adapter QR-986, pictorial diagram.

6-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-6. Test Adapter QR-9885, schematic diagram.

6-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

64. S. F. Oscillator 490094)1

a. General. This paragraph includes

preliminary procedure and chart for performance testing

and troubleshooting the S. F. oscillator.

Alignment procedure for selection of R12 also is

included. The schematic diagram for the S. F. oscillator

is shown in figure FO-2 and the parts

location diagram is shown in figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7. S. F. Oscillator 490009-01, parts location diagram.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart (c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect the equipment as shown in figure

6-8. Tack solder the resistor to the terminals.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the power supply for 48

vdc.

6-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chars.

Step Test procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures

(b above).

2 Adjust R15 to its maximum clockwise 0.92 vac minimum If voltage is normal proceed to next

position and then observe ac step: otherwise. proceed to step (7).

voltmeter.

3 Observe frequency counter 3250 :- 5 Hz If frequency is normal, proceed to next

step: otherwise. adjust L1. If normal

indication can not be obtained,

proceed to step (7).

4 Connect vtvm (15-vdc range) across Difference in voltage observed during If difference voltage is normal.

proceed

the ends of R15, and then alter- both conditions is less than 0.1 to next step: otherwise. replace R12

nately connect and disconnect vdc. in accordance with the procedure

jumper cable between terminals E2 given in d below.

and ES.

5 Remove jumper cable connected AC voltmeter indicates zero volt. If indication is normal, proceed to next

between terminals E2 and E5. step; otherwise, check and replace

Q3 and associated parts.

6 Replace jumper cable between ter- Ac voltmeter decreases 3.5 t 0.2 db. If indication is normal, remove adminals E2 and E5. Connect an ditional 150-ohm resistor and adjust

additional 150-ohm resistor across R15 for 0.11 vrms on the ac voltterminals E3 and E4 while ob- meter; test is complete. If indication

serving ac voltmeter. is not normal. check and replace Q5,

Q6 and associated parts.

7 Connect dc voltmeter across C1; --24 :t 4.8 vdc If indication is normal, proceed to next

observe polarity on capacitor. step; otherwise, check and replace

R1, C1 VR1, and VR2.

8 Connect oscilloscope probe to center Sine wave, 3,250 t 5 Hz at 1.7 V pp If indication is abnormal check and

tap of LI. Connect ground lead of minimum replace Q1, Q2 and associated parts.

oscilloscope to terminal El.

6-8
TM 11-5805-647-14

d. S. F. Oscillator Adjustment.

(1) Connect test equipment to S. F.

oscillator printed-circuit card as shown in figure 6-8.

(2) Set potentiometer R15 to maximum clockwise

position.

(3) Observe that ac voltmeter indicates 0.92 volt or

greater. If it does not, troubleshooting is necessary; refer

to b above.

(4) Adjust L1 for an indication of 3,250 + 5 Hz on

frequency counter.

(5) Connect a vtvm (15-volt dc scale) across R15.

(6) Observe indication on vtvm and record.

(7) Disconnect jumper that is connected between

terminals E2 and E5 and then observe indication on vtvm

and record.

(8) If difference in indications obtained in steps (6)

and (7) above is less than 0.1 vdc, proceed to step (14);

otherwise, replace R12 as directed in steps (9) through

(13).

(9) Turn off power supply and remove R12.

Connect leads from resistance decade across R11 and

then turn on power supply.

(10) Select a resistance value on resistance decade.

(11) Connect a jumper between terminals E2 and E5.

Each time step (10) is repeated in the sequence, select a

different resistance value.

(12) Repeat steps (6) through (8), (10) and (11)

above until the voltage difference is less than 0.1 vdc.

Each time step (10) is repeated in the sequence, select a

different resistance value.

When voltage difference is less than 0.1 vdc as required

in step (8), proceed to step (13).

(13) Disconnect the resistance decade. Install a

resistor whose value is closest to the final value selected

on resistance decade in R12 position. After R12 is

installed, repeat steps (6) through (8) above to verify

proper selection of R12.

(14) Connect jumper between terminals E2 and E5

and then adjust R15 for 0.11 volt on ac voltmeter.

(15) Turn off and then disconnect test equipment.

6-5. Speaker Amplifier Assembly 41030-01

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the speaker amplifier. Adjustment

procedure for selection of R32 also is included.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart (c below), perform the following procedure: (1)

Connect the test equipment as shown in figure 6-9.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the power supply for 24 vdc.

6-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-9. Speaker Amplifier Assembly 4103O01, test setup diagram.

6-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set output impedance of oscillator for

600 ohms.

3 Set input impedance of ac voltmeter for

bridging.

4 Set frequency of oscillator for 1000 Hz.

5 Adjust output level of oscillator for

0.077 vrms.

6 Set input impedance of ac voltmeter for Ac voltmeter indicates -20 ’ 3 dbm. If performance standard is normal,

600 ohms and change alligator clips proceed to next step; otherwise,

of ac voltmeter cable from terminals disconnect adapter QR-9848-6 and

E2 and E4 to leads C and E of then proceed to step 11.

module adapter QR-9848-10. If

necessary, adjust R2 to obtain

performance standard.

7 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -35 ’ 3 dbm. If performance standard is normal,

cable from leads C and E to terminals proceed to next step; otherwise,

E7 and E4. Set input impedance of check and replace Q4 and

ac voltmeter for bridging. associated parts.

8 Disconnect adapter QR-9848-6 and Ac voltmeter indicates at least -3 If performance standard is normal,

connect oscillator to terminals F and dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

B (ground lead). Set oscillator for check and replace R5, R6, and C2.

1000 Hz and output level of 0 dbm.

Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter

cable from terminals E7 and E4 to

leads C and E of module adapter QR9848-10. Set input impedance of ac

voltmeter for 600 ohms.

9 Increase output level of oscillator to Ac voltmeter remains within +1 and If performance standard is normal,

obtain 0 dbm on ac voltmeter. Vary --1 dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

oscillator frequency from 300 to 3000 check and replace C2, C4, and C5.

Hz while observing ac voltmeter.

10 Set oscillator frequency to 1,000 Hz Ac voltmeter indication decreases if performance standard is normal,

and output level to 0 dbm. Connect 3.5 - 0.2 db from level obtained in disconnect 600-ohm resistor and

600-ohm resistor across terminals C step 8. oscillator and then proceed to next

and E of module adapter QR-9848-10 step; otherwise, check and replace

while observing ac voltmeter. Q1, Q2, and associated parts.

11 Connect handset to J1 and change Ac voltmeter indicates at least 0.03 If performance standard is normal,

alligator clips of ac voltmeter cable vrms. proceed to next step; otherwise,

from leads C and E to across R8, but check and replace R1, R2, R3, R42,

connect 1 Af capacitor in series with C1, R8, and C9.

voltmeter lead. Set input impedance

of ac voltmeter to bridging. Insure

hookswitch is in off-hook position.

Blow into transmitter of handset

while observing ac voltmeter.

12 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates at least 0.4 If performance standard is normal,

cable and capacitor from across R8 to vrms. proceed to next step; otherwise,

across R9. Blow into transmitter of check and replace Q1, Q2, and

handset while observing ac volt- associated parts.

meter.

13 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates between --10 If performance standard is normal,

cable from across R9 to leads C and and 0 dbm. transmitter section of amplifier is

E of module adapter QR-9848-10. Set functioning properly, proceed to

input impedance of ac voltmeter for step 14 to test receiver section. If

600 ohms. Blow into transmitter of performance standard is abnormal.

handset while observing ac volt- check and replace R12, C4. C5, and

meter. T1.

14 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter

cable from leads C and D to terminals E8 and E9.

6-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

15 Change alligator clips of oscillator

cable from leads F and B to leads M

and P of module adapter QR-9848-

10.

16 Set frequency of oscillator for 1,000 Hz

and output level of oscillator for 0

dbm.

17 Set input impedance of ac voltmeter for Ac voltmeter indicates at least 0.616 If performance standard is normal,

bridging. vrms. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace T2 and R21.

18 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates at least 0.62 If performance standard is normal,

cable from terminals E8 and E9 to vrms. proceed to next step; otherwise,

across R15 but connect 1 Sf check and replace R43, Q3, and

capacitor inseries with voltmeter associated parts.

cable. Set VOLUME control R43 to

maximum clockwise position.

19 Plug in handset. Insure hookswitch is 1,000-Hz tone is heard in earpiece. If performance standard is normal,

in off-hook position. Rotate Level of tone varies as VOLUME proceed to next step: otherwise,

VOLUME control. control is rotated. check and replace C6, hookswitch,

J1, and R4.

20 Change alligator clips of ac voltmeter 1,000-Hz tone is heard in speaker. If performance standard is normal,

cable from across R15 to terminals Level of tone varies as VOLUME proceed to next step; otherwise,

E13 and E14. Remove handset. control is rotated. Ac voltmeter check and replace Q5 through Q9

Insure hookswitch is in on-hook indicates between 2.8 and 3.2 vrms. and associated parts. If no

position. Rotate VOLUME control defective parts can be located,

but leave VOLUME control in substitute new value resistor for

maximum clockwise position when R32 as described in d below.

observing voltmeter indication.

21 Place hookswitch in off-hook position Same as step 20 ........................... If performance standard is normal,

and repeat step 20. disconnect test equipment and

proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace hookswitch and

J1.

22 Connect a jumper wire between ter- ALERT lamp lights and modulated If performance standard is normal,

minals S and U. tone is heard from speaker. receiver section of amplifier is

functioning properly. If tone is

normal but ALERT lamp does not

light, replace lamp. If tone is not

normal, check and replace Q10, Q11

and associated parts.

d. Selection of Resistor R32.

(1) Remove R32 and substitute a resistance decade

in its place.

(2) Connect the power supply to the speaker

amplifier as shown in figure 6-9.

(3) Connect oscillator to leads M and P of module

adapter QR-9848-10.

(4) Set output impedance of Oscillator for 600

ohms.

(5) Adjust oscillator for an output of 1000 Hz at 0

dbm.

(6) Set VOLUME control R43 to maximum

clockwise position.

(7) Connect ac voltmeter to terminals E13 and E14.

(8) Set input impedance of ac voltmeter for bridging.

(9) Adjust resistance decade to obtain an indication

of 2.8 vrms or greater on ac voltmeter.

(10) Turn off power supply and disconnect resistance

decade.

(11) Install a resistor whose value is closest to final

value selected on resistance decade in R32 position.

After R32 is installed, turn on power supply and verify

that voltmeter indicates 2.8 vrms or greater.

(12) Turn off power supply and disconnect

equipment.

6-6. S.F. Detector 41063-01 and S.F. Detector

and Oscillator 41063-02

a. General. Because the circuitry of the S.F.

Detector 41063-01 is identical to the detector portion of

S.F. Detector and Oscillator 41063-02,

6-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

most of the following maintenance information is

applicable to both printed-circuit cards; only the oscillator

procedure (h below) is applicable exclusively to the

41063-62 card. To insure the S.F. detector circuit is

functioning properly, the performance tests and

alignment procedures given in b through g below should

be performed in the sequence presented. If the

specified standards are not obtained for any step and a

corrective action is not given within the procedure, use

standard troubleshooting techniques to isolate the

defective part within the affected area. As an aid in

troubleshooting, voltage, both ac and dc, and resistance

values are given on the schematic diagram, figure FO10. Similarly, to insure the oscillator circuit on the 41063-

02 card is functioning properly, perform the S.F.

oscillator performance test and alignment procedure

given in h below. If specified standards are not obtained,

use standard troubleshooting techniques. Voltage and

resistance values of this circuit are also included on the

schematic diagram in figure FO-10. Alignment of the

S.F. detector should not be required unless associated

frequency determining elements have been replaced,

and the module cannot meet the performance tests

given in c and e below.

b. S.F. Detector Alignment.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-10.

Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Set oscillator of telephone test set for frequency

of 1,752 Hz, an output impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of - 10 dbm.

(3) Set ac voltmeter of telephone test set for

bridging input impedance.

(4) Adjust R4 to its maximum counterclockwise

position.

(5) Tune L1 for a minimum indication on ac

voltmeter.

(6) Change ac voltmeter from junction of C5 and C9

to junction of C9 and C11. Leave other alligator clip

connected to lead V of module adapter.

(7) Adjust frequency of oscillator for an indication of

2,466 Hz on frequency counter.

(8) Tune L2 for a minimum indication on ac

voltmeter.

(9) Change ac voltmeter from junction of C9 and

C11 to collector of Q9. Leave other alligator clip

connected to lead V of module adapter.

(10) Adjust frequency of oscillator for an indication of

3,250 Hz on frequency counter.

(11) Change output level of oscillator to --20 dbm.

(12) Tune L3 for minimum indication on ac voltmeter.

(13) Tune L4 for maximum indication on multimeter.

Decrease output level of oscillator as necessary to make

peak easier to distinguish.

(14) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

6-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-10. S. F. detector initial test setup diagram.

c. S.F. Detector Bandwidth Performance Test.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-

11. Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Set oscillator of telephone test set for frequency

of 3,140 Hz, an output impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of 0 dbm. Multimeter, set to ohms, should

indicate infinity (relay K1 is not energized) if not,

decrease frequency of oscillator until multimeter

indicates infinity.

(3) Very slowly increase frequency of oscillator until

multimeter indicates zero ohm (relay K1 is energized).

Frequency of oscillator must be between 3,169 and

3,201 Hz.

(4) Adjust frequency of oscillator for 3,360 Hz.

Multimeter should indicate infinity; if not, increase

frequency of oscillator until multimeter indicates infinity.

(5) Very slowly decrease frequency of

oscillator until multimeter indicates zero ohm. Frequency

of oscillator must be between 3,298 and 3,331 Hz.

(6) Set oscillator for frequency of 3,140 Hz and an

output level of -26 dbm. Multimeter should indicate

infinity; if not, decrease frequency of oscillator until

multimeter indicates infinity.

(7) Very slowly increase frequency of oscillator until

multimeter indicates zero ohm. Frequency of oscillator

must be between 3,168 and 3,201 Hz.

(8) Adjust frequency of oscillator for an indication of

3,360 Hz. Multimeter should indicate infinity; if not,

increase frequency until multimeter indicates infinity.

(9) Very slowly decrease frequency of oscillator until

multimeter indicates zero ohm.

Frequency of oscillator must be between 3,298 and

3,331 Hz.

(10) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

6-14
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-11. S. F. detector performance test, setup diagram.

a. Selection of Resistor R40.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-11.

Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Set oscillator of telephone test set for frequency

of 3,200 Hz, an output impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of --10 dbm.

(3) Decrease frequency of oscillator until multimeter

indicates infinity (relay K1 is deenergized).

(4) Very slowly, in 5-Hz steps, increase frequency of

oscillator until multimeter indicates zero ohm (relay K1 is

energized). Frequency of oscillator must be 3,185 Hz; if

not, select a new value for R40 as follows.

(5) Remove resistor R40.

(6) Connect resistance decade, adjusted to 300K

ohms, across terminals E3 and E4.

(’7) Adjust frequency of oscillator for 3,185 Hz.

(8) Adjust resistance decade until multimeter

indicates zero ohm.

(9) Remove resistance decade and install a resistor

whose value is as close as possible to setting of

resistance decade.

(10) Repeat steps (2) through (4) above to verify

proper selection of resistor.

(11) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

e. S.F. Detector Voice Inhibit Performance Test.

This test, in steps (1) through (4), insures that if voice

signals are present on the line before a signaling tone is

received, relay K1 will not energize even though the

correct signaling tone is received and, in steps (5)

through (8), insures that voice signals will not deenergize

the relay while a signaling tone is being received.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-11.

Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Set oscillator of telephone test set for frequency

of 1,000 Hz, an output impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of -20 dbm.

Observe that multimeter indicates infinity (relay K1 is

deenergized)

(3) Set signal generator for frequency of 3,250 Hz

and an output level of 0 dbm. Use ac voltmeter, part of

telephone test set, to set output level.

(4) Connect signal generator to leads K and

6-15
TM 11-5805-647-14

L of module adapter QR-9848-10. Observe that

multimeter continues to indicate infinity.

(5) Disconnect signal generator output cable from

lead K. Observe that multimeter continues to indicate

infinity.

(6) Disconnect oscillator output cable from lead K

and reconnect signal generator output cable to lead K.

Observe that multimeter indicates zero ohm (relay K1 is

energized).

(7) Reconnect oscillator output cable to lead K and

vary the frequency of the oscillator from 300 to 2,500 Hz.

Observe that multimeter indicates zero ohm over the

entire frequency range.

(8) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

f. S.F. Detector Relay Time Out Adjustment. 

The relay time out period can be adjusted to any value

between 0. and 7 seconds depending on system

requirements. In this system, a time out of 3 + 0.5

seconds is desired. If, in the following procedure, the

proper time out cannot be achieved within the range of

potentiometer R48, a jumper can be added or deleted

between terminals E5 and E6 to alter the frequency

range of potentiometer R48. The adjustment is as

follows.

(1) Connect a 24-volt dc power supply to module

adapter QR-9848-10 as shown in figure 611.

(2) Connect an oscilloscope to junction of R49, CR4

and cathode of Q14; connect ground lead of oscilloscope

to lead U of module adapter.

(3) Adjust potentiometer R48 until pulses on

oscilloscope are 3 + 0.5 seconds apart.

(4) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

g. S.F. Detector Minimum Signal Adjustment.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-11,

but do not connect the multimeter.

Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Connect an oscilloscope to collector of Q8;

connect ground lead to oscilloscope to lead U of module

adapter QR-9848-10.

(3) Set oscillator of telephone test set for frequency

of 3,250 Hz, an output impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of -20 dbm.

(4) From its maximum counterclockwise position,

rotate potentiometer R4 until a stable square wave is

displayed on the oscilloscope. The square wave will

have a frequency of 3,250 Hz.

(5) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

h. S.F. Oscillator Performance Test and Alignment

Procedure.

(1) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-12.

Adjust power supply to provide 24 volts.

(2) Rotate potentiometer R71 to its maximum

clockwise position.

(3) Depress switch S1. Ac vtvm should indicate a

minimum of 0 dbm and the frequency counter should

indicate 3,250 + 5 Hz.

(4) If frequency is not within tolerance, tune L4.

(5) Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

6-16
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-12. S. F. oscillator alignment, initial test setup diagram.

6-17
TM 11-5805-647-14

6-7. Tone Receiver 40452-01

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the tone receiver. Alignment procedure

for the tone receiver is included within the chart. The

schematic diagram for the tone receiver is shown in

figure FO-12.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and

troubleshooting chart ( c below) perform the following

procedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in figure

6-13.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the power supply for 

24 vdc.

Figure 6-13. Tone Receiver 40452-01, initial test setup diagram.

6-18
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set oscillator of telephone test set for

frequency of 941 Hz, an output

impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of -20 dbm.

3 Connect common lead of oscilloscope Waveform displayed on oscilloscope is Check and replace T1, Q19, and

probe to lead B of module adapter undistorted sinewave. associated parts.

and probe to collector of Q19.

4 Increase output level of oscillator to Same as above Same as above.

+ 10 dbm.

5 Change probe of oscilloscope to Waveform displayed on oscilloscope is If performance standard is normal,

collector of Q9. Adjust L8 for undistorted sinewave of minimum proceed to step 7; otherwise,

minimum amplitude on oscilloscope. amplitude. proceed to step 6.

6 Change probe of oscilloscope to emitter Same as step ................................ If performance standard is normal,

of Q18. Adjust L8 for minimum check and replace Q9 and

amplitude on oscilloscope. associated parts; otherwise, check

and replace Q18 and associated

parts.

7 Set oscillator frequency to 1,209 Hz. Waveform displayed on oscilloscope is Check and replace Q10 through Q16

Change probe of oscilloscope to a square wave. and associated parts.

positive side of C14.

8 Change probe of oscilloscope to Waveform displayed on oscilloscope is If performance standard is normal,

collector of Q1. Adjust L9 for undistorted sinewave of minimum proceed to step 10; otherwise,

minimum amplitude on oscilloscope. amplitude. proceed to step 9.

9 Change probe of oscilloscope to emitter Same as step ................................ If performance standard is normal,

of Q17. Adjust L9 for minimum check and replace Q1 and

amplitude on oscilloscope. associated parts; otherwise, check

and replace Q17 and associated

parts

10 Set oscillator frequency to 941 Hz. Waveform displayed on oscilloscope is Check and replace Q2 through Q8 and

Change probe of oscilloscope to a square wave. associated parts.

positive side of C7.

11a Change oscillator of telephone test set

for frequncy of 697 Hz and an output

level of -20 dbm.

11b Connect positive lead of multimeter Multimeter indicates -22 + 2 vdc Adjust L1 until multimeter indicates

(set for dc volts) to lead B of module maximum negative voltage. If

adapter. Connect negative lead of performance standard can not be

multimeter to lead V of module obtained, check and replace Q20,

adapter. Q21, and associated parts.

11c Decrease frequency of oscillator until Frequency is between 680 and 687 Readjust LI to obtain performance

multimeter indicates -10 vdc. Hz. standards of steps lib, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q20,

Q21, and associated parts.

11d Increase frequency of oscillator to 697 Frequency is between 707 and 714 Same as above.

Hz and then continue increasing Hz.

frequency until multimeter indicates

--10 vdc.

12a Change oscillator of telephone test set

for frequency of 770 Hz.

12b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates -22 + 2 vdc. Adjust L2 until multimeter indicates

lead U of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q22,

Q23. and associated parts.

12c Decrease frequency of oscillator until Frequency is between 751 and 757 Readjust L2 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates --10 vdc. Hz. standards of steps 12b, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q22,

Q23. and associated parts.

6-19
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

12d Increase frequency of oscillator to 770 Frequency is between 782 and 789 Same as above.

Hz and then continue increasing Hz.

frequency until multimeter indicates

--10 vdc.

13a Change oscillator of telephone test set

to frequency of 852 Hz.

13b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates -22 +- 2 vdc. Adjust L3 until multimeter indicates

lead T of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q24,

Q25, and associated parts.

13c Decrease frequency to oscillator until Frequency is between 831 and 839 Readjust L3 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates --10 vdc. Hz. standards of steps 136, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q24,

Q25, and associated parts.

13d Increase frequency of oscillator to 852 Frequency is between 865 and 873

Hz and then continue increasing Hz. Same as above.

frequency until multimeter indicates

-10 vdc.

14a Change oscillator of telephone test set

to frequency of 941 Hz.

14b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates -22 ’ 2 vdc Adjust L4 until multimeter indicates

lead S of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q26,

Q27, and associated parts.

14c Decrease frequency of oscillator until Frequency is between 918 and 927 Readjust L4 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates --10 vdc. Hz. standards of steps 14b, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q26,

Q27, and associated parts.

14d Increase frequency of oscillator to 941 Frequency is between 955 and 965 Same as above.

Hz and then continue increasing Hz.

frequency until multimeter indicates -10 vdc.

15a Change oscillator of telephone test set

to frequency of 1,209 Hz.

15b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates -22 - 2 vdc. Adjust L5 until multimeter indicates

lead R of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q28,

Q29, and associated parts.

15c Decrease frequency of oscillator until Frequency is between 1179 and 1191 Readjust L5 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates - 10 vdc. Hz. standards of steps 15b, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q29

and associated parts.

15d Increase frequency of oscillator to Frequency is between 1,227 and 1,239 Same as above.

1,209 Hz and then continue in- Hz.

creasing frequency until multimeter

indicates - 10 vdc.

16a Change oscillator of telephone test set

to frequency of 1,336 Hz.

16b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates -22 + 2 vdc. Adjust L6 until multimeter indicates

lead P of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q30,

Q31, and associated parts.

16c Decrease frequency of oscillator until Frequency is between 1303 and 1316 Readjust L6 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates --10 vdc. Hz. standards of step 16b, c, and d. If

performance standards can not be

obtained, check and replace Q30,

Q31, and associated parts.

6-20
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

16d Increase frequency of oscillator to 1336 Frequency is between 1,356 and 1,369 Same as above.

Hz and then continue increasing Hz.

frequency until multimeter indicates

--10 vdc.

17a Change oscillator of telephone test set

to frequency of 1.447 Hz.

17b Change negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates --22 -. 2 vdc. Adjust L7 until multimeter indicates

lead N of module adapter. maximum negative voltage. If

performance standard can not be

obtained, check and replace Q32,

Q33. and associated parts.

17c Decrease frequency df oscillator until Frequency is between 1,440 and 1,455 Readjust L7 to obtain performance

multimeter indicates -10 vdc. Hz. standardsof steps 17b, c, and

d. If performance standards can

not be obtained, check and replace

Q32. Q33, and associated parts.

17d Increase frequency of oscillator to 1447 Frequency is between 1,499 and 1,514 Same as above.

Hz and then continue increasing Hz.

frequency until multimeter indicates

-10 vdc.

18 Turn off and disconnect test equipment.

6-8. Digit Decoder 40451-04

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the digit decoder. Ring time adjustment

procedure is also included. The schematic diagram for

the digit decoder is shown in figure FO-13.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following precedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment, jumpers and

resistors as shown in figure 6-14. Tack solder resistors

and jumpers to terminals.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Set multimeter connected to leads C and D of

module adapter to low ohms scale; set the other

multimeter to measure dc voltage.

(4) Adjust the output of the 24-volt power supply for

24 vdc.

(5) Adjust the output of the 48-volt power supply for

48 vdc.

(6) Set RING TIME ADJ potentiometer R8 to its

maximum clockwise position.

6-21
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-14. Digit Decoder 40451-04, initial test setup diagram.

6-22
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given Multimeter indicates infinity (relay If performance standard is normal,

in b above. Insure switch in test K1 is deenergized). proceed to next step; otherwise,

setup is open. proceed to step 12. After malfunction

is correct, restart test procedure.

2 Simultaneously and momentarily Multimeter indicates zero ohm when If performance standard is normal,

touch leads S and R of the module leads touch power supply terminal. proceed to step 15. If multimeter

adapter to negative terminal of 24- Six to ten seconds later, multimeter does not indicate zero ohm, proceed

volt power supply. indicates infinity. to next step. If multimeter does not

indicate infinity 6 to 10 seconds after

it indicates zero ohm, proceed to step

12.

3 Connect leads S and R of module Multimeter indicates zero vdc. If performance is normal, leave leads S

adapter to negative terminal of 24- and R connected and proceed to next

volt power supply. Connect step; otherwise, check and replace

multimeter between collector of Q7 Q7 and associated parts.

and positive terminal of 24-volt

power supply.

4 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates -20 to -24 If performance standard is normal,

Q9 and positive terminal of 24-volt vdc. leave leads Send R connected and

power supply. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace CR6, Q9, and

associated parts.

5 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates zero vdc If performance standard is normal,

of Q10 and positive terminal of 24- leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q10 and associated

parts.

6 Connect oscilloscope between collector Display on oscilloscope is negative If performance standard is normal,

of Q12 and positive terminal of 24- going pulses approximately 30 to leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. 40 msec apart. Amplitude of pulses proceed to next step; otherwise,

is between 20 and 24 volts. check and replace CR10, Q11, Q12,

and associated parts.

7 Connect oscilloscope between collector Pulses on oscilloscope are same as in If performance standard is normal,

of Q13 and positive terminal of 24- step 6, except they are positive- leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. going. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q13 and associated

parts.

8 Connect oscilloscope between collector Pulses on oscilloscope are same as in If performance standard is normal,

of Q8 and positive terminal of 24- step 6. leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace CR7, Q8, and

associated parts.

9 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates -10 to -12 If performance standard is normal,

of Q16 and positive terminal of 24- vdc. leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace CR15, Q15, Q16,

and associated parts.

10 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates -10 to -12 If performance standard is normal,

of Q19 and positive terminal of 24. vdc. leave leads S and R connected and

volt power supply. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace CR19, Q18, Q19,

and associated parts.

11 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates -20 to -- 24 If performance standard is normal,

of Q20 and positive terminal of 24- vdc. check and replace K1: otherwise,

volt power supply. check and replace Q20 and associated

parts. After this step, repeat step 2.

6-23
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

12 Connect oscilloscope between collector NOTE If performance standard is normal,

of Q6 and positive terminal of Time period can be estimated by proceed to next step: otherwise,

power supply. Simultaneously and counting 1,001, 1,002, etc. check and replace Q3. Q4. Q6, and

momentarily touch leads S and R Within 6 to 10 seconds after S and R associated parts.

to negative terminal of 24-volt leads are removed from power

power supply. supply, oscilloscope displays

negative-going pulse with amplitude of 20 to 24 volts and width

between 0.2 and 0.8 msec.

13 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates -20 to -24 If performance standard is normal,

of Q16 and positive terminal of 24- vdc. proceed to next step: otherwise,

volt power supply. check and replace CR18, Q15, Q16,

and associated parts.

14 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates zero vdc. ....... If performance standard is normal,

of Q20 and positive terminal of 24- check and replace K1; otherwise,

volt power supply. check and replace CR24, CR25, Q20,

and associated parts. After this step,

repeat step 2.

15 Simultaneously and momentarily Zero-ohm indication on multimeter If performance standard’ is normal,

touch leads S and R of the module returns to infinity indication im- proceed to next step: otherwise,

adapter to negative terminal of 24- mediately after leads S and N are check and replace Q1, Q2, and

volt power supply. Multimeter connected to power supply. associated parts.

indicates zero ohm. Within 2

seconds of the ohmmeter indication,

simultaneously and momentarily

touch leads S and N of the module

adapter to negative terminal of 24-

volt power supply.

16 Momentarily touch lead V of module Multimeter indicates zero ohm, and If performance standard is normal,

adapter to negative terminal of 24- then, after 6 to 10 seconds, proceed to step 20; otherwise,

volt power supply and immediately multimeter indicates infinity. proceed to next step.

after (2 seconds or less) touch lead

U of module adapter to negative

terminal of 24-volt power supply.

17 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates zero volt when If performance standard is normal,

of Q17 and positive terminal of 24- lead is connected and -24 vdc proceed to next step; otherwise,

volt power supply. While observing when lead is not connected. check and replace Q17 and associated

multimeter, touch lead V of module parts.

adapter to negative terminal of 24-

volt power supply.

18 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates --10 to --12 vdc If performance standard is normal,

of Q19 and positive terminal of 24- immediately after lead is removed proceed with next step; otherwise,

volt power supply. Momentarily from power supply. check and replace CR22, R60, R61,

touch lead V of module adapter to C6, CR23, and R67.

negative terminal of 24-volt power

supply.

19 Connect multimeter between collector Multimeter indicates zero volt when If performance standard is normal,

of Q14 and positive terminal of 24- lead is connected and -24 vdc check and replace CR13, CR14, R47,

volt power supply. While observing when lead is not connected. C5, R48, CR16, and R54; otherwise,

multimeter, touch lead U of module check and replace Q14 and associated

adapter to negative terminal of 24- parts. After this step, repeat step 16.

volt power supply.

6-24
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

20 Perform following steps sequentially

and with no more than 2 or 3

seconds elapsed time between

steps.

a. Momentarily touch lead V of a. Multimeter indication remains at a. If performance standard is normal,

module adapter to negative ter- infinity. proceed to next step: otherwise,

minal of 24-volt power supply. check and replace CR24.

b. Momentarily touch lead U of b. Multimeter indicates zero ohm b. If performance standard is normal,

module adapter to negative ter- proceed to next step: otherwise,

minal of 24-volt power supply. return to step 16.

c. Close switch connected to lead L of c. Multimeter indicates infinity c. If performance standard is normal,

module adapter. immediately after switch is closed. proceed to next step; otherwise,

If multimeter indicates infinity 6 to check and replace Q4. Q5, and

10 seconds after switch is closed, associated parts.

performance standard is abnormal.

21 Adjust ring time potentiometer in

accordance with instruction in

d below, and then disconnect test

equipment and jumpers.

d. Ring Time Adjustment Procedure.

(1) If test setup for performance test and

troubleshooting procedure ( c above) is connected,

proceed to step (2); otherwise, make the following

connections:

(a) Connect 24-volt power supply and the multimeter

to module adapter as shown in figure 6-14.

(b) Connect three 3.3K resistors to the printedcircuit card as shown in figure 6-14.

NOTE

In step (2) below, when leads S and R

of the module adapter touch the

power supply terminal, the

multimeter will indicate zero ohm

and then, within 10 seconds, the

multimeter indication will return to

infinity.

(2) Simultaneously and momentarily touch leads S

and R of module adapter to negative terminal of 24-volt

power supply and estimate the time between the zeroohm indication and the infinity indication on the

multimeter. The time period can be estimated by

counting one thousand and one, one thousand and two,

and so on up to one thousand and ten for 10 seconds.

(3) Adjust R8 and then repeat step (2) above until

the time period between the zero-ohm indication and

infinity indication is between 3 and 4 seconds.

6-9. 4-Way/ 4-Wire Bridge 40155-03 and 4045503

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting both models of the 4way/4-wire bridge.

The schematic diagram for both models of the bridge is

shown in figure FO-7.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect straps on circuit card as follows to

include pads in circuits.

(a) Leg 1-Ell to E12 and E14 to E15.

(b) Leg 2-E2 to E4 andd E3 to E5.

(c) Leg 3-E17 to E18 and E20 to E21.

(d) Leg 4-E28 to E30 and E29 to E31.

(2) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-15.

(3) Turn on test equipment.

6-25
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-15. 4-Way/4-Wire Bridge 40165-03 and 40455-03, initial test setup diagram.

6-26
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance and Test Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set oscillator of telephone test set for

frequency of 1,000 Hz, an output

impedance of 600 ohms, and an

output level of 0 dbm.

3 Set ac voltmeter of telephone test set

for bridging impedance.

4 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads P and R of module dbm. proceed to step 6: otherwise, proceed

adapter. to step 5.

5 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -9 + 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to terminals E14 and E16. dbm. check and replace resistors R7 and

R8; otherwise, check and replace

resistors R21 through R24.

6 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 - 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads M and N of module dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R26 and

R29.

7 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 ’ 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads U and V of module dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R31 and

R36.

8 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates a value more If performance standard is normal,

to leads S and T of module adapter. negative than -69 dbm. proceed to next step; it not, there is a

malfunction but continue testing. If

cause of malfunction is not found by

end of test, check for high-resistance

shorts on circuit card.

9 Connect leads H and J of module Ac voltmeter indicates -24 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

adapter to oscillator and connect dbm. proceed to step 11: otherwise,

leads previously connected to proceed to step 10.

oscillator to 604-ohm resistor.

Connect test cable from ac voltmeter to leads S and T of module

adapter.

10 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -9 t 0.5 dbm If performance standard is normal,

to terminals E3 and E8. check and replace resistors R12 and

R14: otherwise, check and replace

resistors R1 through R4.

11 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 - 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads M and N of module dbm, proceed to next step; otherwise check

adapter. and replace resistors R25 and R28.

12 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads U and V of module dbm. check and replace resistors R32 and

adapter. RP35.

13 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates a value more If performance standard is normal,

to leads P and R of module negative than -69 dbm. proceed to next step: if not, there is a

adapter. malfunction but continue testing. If

cause of malfunction is not found by

end of test, check for high-resistance

shorts on circuit card.

14 Connect leads E and F of module Ac voltmeter indicates -24 t 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

adapter to oscillator and connect dbm. proceed to step 16: otherwise,

leads previously connected to proceed to step 15.

oscillator to 604-ohm resistor.

Connect test cable from ac voltmeter to leads S and T of module

adapter.

15 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -9 t 0.5 If performance standard is normal.

to terminals E17 and E19. dbm. check and replace resistors R11 and

R15 otherwise, check and replace

resistors R17 through R20.

6-27
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

16 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 + 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads P and R of module dbm. proceed to next step: otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R5 and

R10.

17 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates --24 t 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads U and V of module dbm. proceed to next step: otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R33 and

R34.

18 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates less than -69 If performance standard is normal,

to leads M and N of module dbm. proceed to next step: it not, there is a

adapter. malfunction but continue testing. If

cause of malfunction is not found by

end of test. check for high-resistance

shorts on circuit card.

19 Connect leads C and D of module Ac voltmeter indicates -24 + 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

adapter to oscillator and connect dbm. proceed to step 21: otherwise,

leads previously connected to proceed to step 20.

oscillator to 604-ohm resistor.

Connect test cable from ac volt.

meter to leads S and T of module

adapter.

20 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -9 +- 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to terminals E25 and E30. dbm. check and replace resistors R13 and

R16: otherwise, check and replace

resistors R37 through R40.

21 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 - 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads P and R of module dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R6 and

R9.

22 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates -24 - 0.5 If performance standard is normal,

to leads M and N of module dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace resistors R27 and

R30.

23 Connect test cable from ac voltmeter Ac voltmeter indicates less than -69 Check for high-resistance short on

to lead U and V of module adapter. dbm. circuit card.

24 Disconnect test equipment and

remove straps.

6-10. 4-Wire/ 2-Wire Hybrid with Low-Pass Filter

490084)1

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the 4-wire/2-wire hybrid. Also included

are procedures for adjustment of the low-pass filter,

selection of bias resistor R17 and selection of bias

resistor R32. The schematic diagram for the 4-wire/2-

wire hybrid with low-pass filter is shown in figure FO15.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in figure

6-16.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the 24-volt power supply for

24 vdc.

(4) Adjust the output of the 48-volt power supply for

vdc.

6-28
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-16. 4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid with Low-Pass Filter 49008-01, initial test setup diagram.

6-29
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set oscillator of telephone test set for

frequency of 1,000 Hz and output

impedance of 600 ohms.

3 Set ac voltmeter of telephone test set

for input impedance of 600 ohms.

4 Set 2W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer

R18 to its maximum clockwise

position.

5 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q2 and lead B of module

adapter.

6 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of sinewave are symmetrical. proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave replace R17 in accordance with incannot be obtained, proceed structions in e below.

directly to step 8.

7 Adjust oscillator output level until ac Output level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

voltmeter indicates 0 dbm. --18 dbm. proceed to step 12; otherwise proceed

to next step.

8 Adjust oscillator output level for --15 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

dbm. Adjust 2W OUTPUT ADJ plitude of approximately 0.014 V p- proceed to next step; otherwise,

potentiometer R18 to obtain 0-dbm p check and replace T2, Q4 and

indication on ac voltmeter. Connect associated parts and then repeat step

oscilloscope between collector of Q4 7.

and lead B of module adapter.

9 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q3 and lead B of module plitude of approximately 0.8 V p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace Q3 and associated

parts and then repeat step 7.

10 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q2 and lead B of module plitude of approximately 4.2 V p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

adapter. check and replace Q2 and associate

parts and then repeat step 7.

11 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q5 and lead B of module plitude of approximately 5.3 V p-p. check and replace R1 through R4 and

adapter. T1: otherwise, check and replace Q5

and associated parts. Also check

adjustment of low pass filter (d

below). After corrective action,

repeat step 7.

12 Disconnect lead S of module adapter Indication on ac voltmeter decreases If performance standard is normal,

from 48-volt power supply and approximately 3.5 db when lead S proceed to next step; otherwise,

observe ac voltmeter. After ob- is disconnected. check and replace R1, K1, Q1 and

serving ac voltmeter; replace lead S associated parts.

to deenergize K1.

13a Check bandwidth of input amplifier

as follows:

13b Adjust oscillator for 1000 Hz and

output level of - 18 dbm.

13c Adjust 2W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R18 for an indication of 0

dbm on ac voltmeter.

13d Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.3 Ac voltmeter indicates 0 : 1 dbm. If performance standards for steps

to 2.4 kHz. 13d. e. f. and g are normal, proceed

13e Set frequency of oscillator to 2.7 kHz Ac voltmeter indicates between 0 and to next step; otherwise, check and

-3 dbm. replace frequency determining parts

13f Set frequency of oscillator to 3250 Hz Ac voltmeter indicates less than -42 such as capacitors C1 through Cll.

dbm. Also check filter adjustment Id

13g Ac voltmeter indicates less than -50 below). If necessary, L2 can be

Set frequency of oscillator to 5.4 kHz dbm. readjusted to obtain performance

standard for 2.7 kHz and 3,250 Hz.

6-30
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

14 Check noise level by turning off Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

oscillator but do not disconnect the dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise, use

oscillator from module adapter. standard troubleshooting techniques

to locate source of excessive noise.

15 Disconnect module adapter leads from

ac voltmeter and oscillator. Connect

leads J and K of module adapter to

oscillator and leads M ad N of

module adapter to ac voltmeter.

16 Turn on oscillator and set for a

frequency of 1,000 Hz.

17 Set 4W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer

R31 fully clockwise.

18 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q8 and lead B of module

adapter.

19 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of the sinewave are sym- proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave metrical. replace R32 in accordance with incannot be obtained, proceed structions in f below.

directly to step 21.

20 Adjust output level of oscillator until Output level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

ac voltmeter indicates + 10 dbm. -8 dbm. proceed to step 24; proceed to next

step.

21 Adjust oscillator output level for -8 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

dbm. Connect oscilloscope between plitude of approximately 0.01 V p- proceed to next step; otherwise,

collector of Q6 and lead B of p. If necessary, adjust 4W check and replace R2, R3, R4, T3, Q6

module adapter. OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R31. and associated parts and then repeat

step 20.

22 Connect oscillator between collector of Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

Q7 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 0.8 V p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q7 and associated

parts and then repeat step 20.

23 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q8 and lead B of module plitude of approximately 2.6 V p-p. check and replace C33 and T4;

adapter. otherwise, check and replace Q8

and associated parts. After

corrective action, repeat step 20.

24a Check bandwidth of output amplifier

as follows:

24b Adjust oscillator for 1,000 Hz and

output level of --15 dbm.

24c Adjust 4W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R31 for an indication of 0

dbm on ac voltmeter.

24d Set frequency of oscillator to 300 Hz Ac voltmeter indicates 0 - 1 dbm. If performance standards for steps

24d1 and 24e are normal, proceed to

24e Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.5 Ac voltmeter indicates O t 0.5 dbm. next step; otherwise, check and

to 3.5 kHz. replace frequency determining parts

such as capacitors C26 through C33.

25 Check noise level by disconnecting Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

leads J, K, and S of the module dbm. proceed to next step: otherwise, use

adapter from the test equipment. standard troubleshooting techniques

to locate source of excessive noise.

26 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

6-31
TM 11-5805-647-14

d. Low-Pass Filter Adjustment.

(1) Connect the telephone test set, the 24-volt

power supply, and the 48-volt power supply to the

module adapter (and printed-circuit card) as shown in

figure 6-16.

(2) Set the ac voltmeter for an input

impedance of 600 ohms.

(3) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and, a frequency of 1,000 Hz; then adjust

the output level to obtain a 0-dbm indication on the ac

voltmeter. Do not change the output level of the

oscillator during steps (4), (5), and (6) below. When

setting frequency of the oscillator, the frequency counter

can be temporarily connected to the oscillator output

terminals.

(4) Set the oscillator to a frequency of 6,594

Hz and adjust L3 for minimum indication on the ac

voltmeter. Minimum indication should be less than --50

dbm.

(5) Set the oscillator to a frequency of 3,390

Hz and adjust L2 for minimum indication on the ac

voltmeter. Minimum indication should be less than -50

dbm.

(6) Set the oscillator to a frequency of 4,038

Hz and adjust L1 for minimum indication on the ac

voltmeter. Minimum indication should be less than -50

dbm.

(7) Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

e. Selection of Bias Resistor R17.

(1) Remove R17 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K

ohms, to terminals E3 and E4.

(3) Connect oscillator of the telephone test set

and the 24-volt power supply to the module adapter (and

printed-circuit card) as shown in figure 6-16.

(4) Connect the oscilloscope between the

collector of Q2 and lead B of the module adapter.

(5) -Set the oscillator for an output impedance

to 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz; then adjust

the output level until the waveform displayed on the

oscilloscope is slightly clipped.

(6) Adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until clipping is symmetrical.

(7) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible to

the value determined by the resistance decade. Solder

the resistor between terminals E3 and E4.

(8) Turn of the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform on the oscilloscope for

symmetrical clipping.

(9) Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

f. Selection of Bias Resistor R32.

(1) Remove R32 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K

ohms, to terminals E7 and E8.

(3) Connect 24-volt power supply and 48- volt

power supply to the module adapter (and printed-circuit

card) as shown in figure 6-16.

(4) Connect leads J and K of the module

adapter to the oscillator output terminals and connect

leads M and N of the module adapter to a 600-ohm

terminating resistor.

(5) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz.

(6) Connect the oscilloscope between the

collector of Q8 and lead B of the module adapter.

(7) Adjust the output level of the oscillator until

the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is slightly

clipped and then adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until the clipping is

symmetrical.

(8) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible to

the value determined by the resistance decade. Solder

the resistor between terminals E7 and ES.

(9) Turn on the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform on the oscilloscope for

symmetrical clipping.

(10) Turn off and then disconnect the test

equipment.

6-11. 4-Wire/ 2-Wire Hybrid 49008-02

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the 4-wire/2-wire hybrid. Also included

are procedures for the selection of bias resistors R17

and R26. The schematic diagram for the 4-wire/2-wire

hybrid is shown in figure FO-14.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-17.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warm-up period as recommended in the technical

manual for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the 24-volt power

supply for 24 vdc.

(4) Adjust the output of the 48-volt power

supply for 48 vdc.

6-32
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-17. 4-Wire/2-Wire Hybrid 49U’082-, initial test setup Iagrm.

6-33
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set oscillator, part of telephone test

set, for frequncy of 1,000 Hz and

output impedance of 600 ohms.

3 Set ac voltmeter, part of telephone test

set, for input impedance of 600

ohms.

4 Set 2W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer

R18 to its maximum clockwise

position.

5 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q2 and lead B of module adapter.

6 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of sinewave are symmetrical. proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave replace R17 in accordance with

cannot be obtained, proceed directly instructions in d below.

to step 8.

7 Adjust oscillator output level until ac Output level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

voltmeter indicates 0 dbm. --18 dbm. proceed to step 11; otherwise,

proceed to next step.

8 Adjust oscillator output level for --15 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

dbm. Adjust 2W OUTPUT ADJ plitude of approximately 0.025 V p proceed to next step; otherwise,

potentiometer R18 to obtain 0-dbm p. check and replace T2, Q4, and

indication on ac voltmeter. Connect associated parts and then repeat

oscilloscope between collector of Q4 step 7.

and lead B of module adapter.

9 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q3 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 1.9 V p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q3 and

associated parts and then repeat

step 7.

10 Connect oscilloscope between colllector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q2 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 5.2 V p-p. check and replace R2, R3, R4, and

T1: otherwise, check and replace Q2

and associated parts. After

corrective action, repeat step 7.

11 Disconnect lead D of module adapter Indication on ac voltmeter decreases If performance standard is normal,

from 48-volt power supply and approximately 3.5 dB when lead D proceed to next step; otherwise,

observe ac voltmeter. After ob- is disconnected. check and replace R1, K1, Q1 and

serving ac voltmeter, replace lead D associated parts.

to negative terminal of 48-volt power

supply.

12a Check bandwidth of input amplifier as

follows:

12b Adjust oscillator for 1.000 Hz and

output level of --15 dbm.

12c Adjust 2W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R18 for an indication of 0

dbm on ac voltmeter.

12d Set frequency of oscillator to 300 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 + 1 dbm. If performance standards for steps

12e Set frequency of oscillator to 400 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 + 0.7 dbm. 12d, e, and f are normal, proceed

12f Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.5 to Ac voltmeter indicates 0 + 0.5 dbm. to next step; otherwise, check and

3.5 kHz. replace frequency determining parts

such as capacitors C1 through C9.

13 Check noise level by turning off Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

oscillator but do not disconnect dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise, use

oscillator from module adapter. standard troubleshooting

techniques to locate source of noise.

14 Disconnect module adapter leads from

ac voltmeter and oscillator. Connect

leads M and N of module adapter to

oscillator and leads S and T of

module adapter to ac voltmeter.

6-34
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

15 Turn on oscillator and set for a

frequency of 1,000 Hz.

16 Set 4W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer

R25 fully clockwise.

17 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q7 and lead B of module adpater.

18 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of sinewave are symmetrical. proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave replace R26 in accordance with

cannot be obtained, proceed directly instructions in e below.

to step 20.

19 Adjust output level of oscillator until Output level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

ac voltmeter indicates +10 dbm. -8 dbm. proceed to step 23; otherwise,

proceed to next step.

20 Adjust oscillator ourtut level for -8 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

dbm. Connect oscilloscope between plitude of approximately 0.01 V p- proceed to next step; otherwise,

collector of Q5 and lead B of module p. If necessary, adjust 4W check and replace R2, R3, R4, T3,

adapter. OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R25 Q5 and associated parts and then

to obtain 0.01 V p-p. repeat step 19.

21 Connect oscillator between collector of Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

Q6 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 0.8 V p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q6 and

associated parts and then repeat

step 19.

22 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q7 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 2.6 V p-p. check and replace C17 and T4;

otherwise, check and replace Q7

and associated parts. After

corrective action, repeat step 19.

23a Check bandwidth of output amplifier

as follows:

23b Adjust oscillator for 1,000 Hz and

output level of --15 dbm.

23c Adjust 4W OUTPUT ADJ potentiometer R25 for indication of 0 dbm

on ac voltmeter.

23d Set frequency of oscillator to 300 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 +: 1 dbm. If performance standards for steps

23e Set frequnecy of oscillator to 400 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 t 0.7 dbm. 23d, e, and f are normal, proceed

23f Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.5 to Ac voltmeter indicates 0 : 0.5 dbm. to next step; otherwise, check and

3.5 kHz. replace frequency determining parts

such as capacitors C10 through

C17.

24 Check noise level by disconnecting Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

leads M, N, and D of the module dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise, use

adapter from the test equipment. Standard troubleshooting

techniques to locate source of

excessive noise.

25 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

d. Selection of Bias Resistor R17.

(1) Remove R17 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K

ohms, to terminals E3 and E4.

(3) Connect the oscillator, part of the

telephone test set, and the 24-volt power supply to the

module adapter (and printed-circuit card) as shown in

figure 6-17.

(4) Connect the oscilloscope between the

collector of Q2 and lead B of the module adapter.

(5) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz, and then

adjust the output level of the oscillator until the waveform

displayed on the oscilloscope is slightly clipped.

(6) Adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until clipping on the positive

and negative half cycles of the waveform are

symmetrical.

(7) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible

6-35
TM 11-5805-647-14

to the value determined by the resistance decade. Solder

the resistor between terminals E3 and E4.

(8) Turn on the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform. If clipping is not symmetrical,

repeat the procedure.

(9) Turn off and then disconnect the test

equipment.

e. Selection of Bias Resistor R26.

(1) Remove R26 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K

ohms, to terminals E7 and E8.

(3) Connect 24-volt power supply and 48-volt

power supply to the module adapter (and printed-circuit

card) as shown in figure 6-17.

(4) Connect leads M and N of the module

adapter to the oscillator output terminals and connect

leads S and T of the module adapter to a 600-ohm

terminating resistor.

(5) Connect the oscilloscope between the

collector of Q7 and lead B of the module adapter.

(6) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz, and then

adjust the output level of the oscillator until the waveform

displayed on the oscilloscope is slightly clipped.

(7) Adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until clipping on the positive

and negative half cycles of the waveform are

symmetrical.

(8) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible to

the value determined by the resistance decade. Solder

the resistor between terminals E7 and E8.

(9) Turn of the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform. If clipping is not symmetrical,

repeat the procedure.

(10) Turn off and then disconnect the test

equipment.

6-12. Dual Amplifier 40172-03 and 40472-03

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the 40172-03 and 40472-03 dual

amplifiers. Also included are procedures for the

selection of bias resistor R4 in amplifier No. 1 and bias

resistor R20 in amplifier No. 2. The schematic diagram

for both models of the dual amplifier is shown in figure

FO-17.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-18.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Adjust the output of the 24-volt power

supply for 24 vdc.

6-36
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-18. Dual Amplifier 40172-08 and 40472-03, initial test setup diagram.

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set oscillator, part of telephone test

set, for frequency of 1,000 Hz and

output impedance of 600 ohms.

3 Set ac voltmeter part of telephone test

set, for input impedance of 600

ohms.

NOTE

Steps 4 through 12 are applicable only

to amplifier No. 1 and steps 13

through 23 are applicable only to

amplifier No. 2.

4 Set potentiometer R3 fully clockwise.

5 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q3 and lead B of module adapter.

6 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of sinewave are symmetrical. proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave replace R4 in accordance with

cannot be obtained, proceed directly instructions in d below.

to step 8.

7 Adjust oscillator output level until ac Output level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

voltmeter indicates 0 dbm. -20 dbm. proceed to step 11; otherwise,

proceed to next step.

6-37
TM 11-5805-647-14

StepTest Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

8 Adjust oscillator output level for --16 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

dbm: Adjust potentiometer R3 to plitude of approximately 0.01 V p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

obtain 0-dbm indication on ac p. check and replace T1, Q1, and

voltmeter. Connect oscilloscope associated parts and then repeat

between collector of Q1 and lead B of step 7.

module adapter.

9 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q2 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 0.9 V p.p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q2 and

associated parts and then repeat

step 7.

10 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q3 and lead B of module adapter. plitude of approximately 2.5 V p-p. check and replace C9 and T2;

otherwise, check and replace Q3

and associated parts. After

corrective action, repeat step 7.

11a Check bandwidth of amplifier No. 1 as

follows:

11b Adjust oscillator for 1,000 Hz and

output level of -20 dbm.

11c Adjust potentiometer R3 for an indication of 0 dbm on ac voltmeter.

11d Set frequency of oscillator to 200 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 t 2 dbm. If performance standards for steps

11e Set frequency of oscillator to 300 Hz; Ac voltmeter indicates O -: 1 dbm. 11d through 11i are normal,

11f Set frequency of oscillator to 400 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 t 0.7 dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

11g Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.5 to Ac voltmeter indicates O 0.5 dbm. check and replace frequency

3.5 kHz. determining parts such as

11h Set frequency of oscillator to 8 kHz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 - 1 dbm. capacitors C2 through C9.

11 Set frequency of oscillator to 12 kHz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 t 2 dbm.

12 Check noise level of amplifier No. 1 by Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

turning off oscillator but do not dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise, use

disconnect oscillator from module standard troubleshooting

adapter. techniques to locate source of noise.

13 Disconnect module adapter leads from

ac voltmeter and oscillator. Connect

leads M and N of module adapter to

oscillator and leads S and T of

module adapter to ac voltmeter.

14 Turn on oscillator and set for a

frequency of 1,000 Hz.

15 Set potentiometer R19 fully clockwise.

16 Connect oscilloscope between collector

of Q6 and lead U of module adapter.

17 Adjust output level of oscillator until Clipping on positive and negative half If performance standard is normal,

slight clipping of the sinewave cycles of sinewave are symmetrical. proceed to next step; otherwise,

appears on oscilloscope. If sinewave replace R20 in accordance with

cannot be obtained, proceed directly instructions in e below.

to step 19.

18 Adjust oscillator output level until ac Output’ level of oscillator is less than If performance standard is normal,

voltmeter indicates 0 dbm. -20 dbm. proceed to step 22; otherwise,

proceed to next step.

19 Adjust oscillator output level for --16 Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance. standard is normal,

dbm. Adjust potentiometer R19 to plitude of approximately 0.01 V p- proceed to next step; otherwise,

obtain 0-dbm indication on ac p. check and replace T3, Q4, and

voltmeter. Connect oscilloscope associated parts and then repeat

between collector of Q4 and lead U of step 18.

module adapter.

20 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q5 and lead U of module adapter. plitude of approximately 0.9 V p-p. Proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q5 and

associated parts and then repeat

step 18.

21 Connect oscilloscope between collector Sinewave on oscilloscope has am- If performance standard is normal,

of Q6 and lead U of module adapter. plitude of approximately 2.5 V p-p. check and replace C18 and T4;

otherwise, check and replace Q6

and associated parts. After

corrective action, repeat step 18.

6-38
TM 11-5805-647-14

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

22a Check bandwidth of amplifier No. 2 as

follows:

22b Adjust oscillator for 1000 Hz and

output level of -20 dbm.

22c Adjust potentiometer R19 for an indication of 0 dbm on ac voltmeter.

22d Set frequency of oscillator to 200 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 ’ 2 dbm. If performance standards for steps

22e Set frequency of oscillator to 300 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 :- 1 dbm. 22d through 22i are normal,

22f Set frequency of oscillator to 400 Hz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 :- 0.7 dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise,

22g Vary frequency of oscillator from 0.5 to Ac voltmeter indicates O : 0.5 dbm. check and replace frequency

3.5 kHz. determining parts such as

22h Set frequency of oscillator to 8 kHz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 +- 1 dbm. capacitors C11 through C18.

22i Set frequency of oscillator to 12 kHz. Ac voltmeter indicates 0 :- 2 dbm.

23 Check noise level of amplifier No. 2 by Ac voltmeter indicates less than -60 If performance standard is normal,

turning off oscillator but do not dbm. proceed to next step; otherwise, use

disconnect oscillator from module standard troubleshooting

adapter. techniques to locate source of noise.

24 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

d. Selection of Bias Resistor R4.

(1) Remove R4 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K,

to terminals E1 and E2.

(3) Connect the 24-volt power supply to the

module adapter (and printed-circuit’ card) as shown in

figure 6-18.

(4) Connect leads H and J of the module

adapter to oscillator output terminals and connect leads

C and D of the module adapter to a 600-ohm terminating

resistor.

(5) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz.

(6) Connect an oscilloscope between the

collector of Q3 and lead B of the module adapter.

(7) Adjust the output level of the oscillator until

the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is slightly

clipped.

(8) Adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until clipping on the positive

and negative half cycles of the waveform is symmetrical.

(9) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible o

the value determined by the resistance decade. older the

resistor between terminals E1and E2.

(10) Turn on the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform. If clipping is not symmetrical,

repeat the procedure.

(11) Turn off and then disconnect the test

equipment.

e. Selection of Bias Resistor R20.

(1) Remove R20 from the printed-circuit card.

(2) Connect resistance decade, set to 100K,

to terminals E3 and E4.

(3) Connect the 24-volt power supply to the

module adapter (and printed-circuit card) as shown in

figure 6-18.

(4) Connect leads M. and N of the module

adapter to the oscillator output terminals and connect

leads S and T of the module adapter to a 600-ohm

terminating resistor.

(5) Set the oscillator for an output impedance

of 600 ohms and a frequency of 1,000 Hz.

(6) Connect an oscilloscope between the

collector of Q6 and lead U of the module adapter.

(7) Adjust the output level of the oscillator until

the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is slightly

clipped.

(8) Adjust the resistance decade and the

output level of the oscillator until clipping on the positive

and negative half cycles of the waveform is symmetrical.

(9) Turn off the 24-volt power supply and

select a resistor whose value is as close as possible to

the value determined by the resistance decade. Solder

the resistor between terminals E3 and E4.

(10) Turn on the 24-volt power supply and

recheck the waveform. If clipping is not symmetrical,

repeat the procedure.

(11) Turn off and then disconnect the test

equipment.

6-13. Power Supply 41U0z-U1

a. General. This paragraph includes

preliminary procedure and chart for performance testing

and troubleshooting the power supply. The schematic

diagram for the power supply is shown in figure FO-18.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

6-39
TM 11-5805S647-14

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-19.

(2) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(3) Set the POWER switch on the power

supply to the off (down) position.

(4) Adjust the output of the 48-volt power

supply for 48 vdc.

Figure 6-19. Power Supply 41028-01, initial test setup diagram.

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set POWER switch on the power ON indicator DS1 lights and dif- If performance standard is normal,

supply on ON position. ferential voltmeter indicates ap- proceed to step 5. If voltage is

proximately 24 vdc. normal but DS1 is not lit, replace

DS1. If voltage is not normal,

proceed to next step.

3 Connect positive lead of multimeter Multimeter indicates 48 vdc....... If performance standard is normal,

to pin V and touch negative lead to proceed to next step; otherwise,

pin J. check and replace F1 and S1. If

replacement fuse burns out, check

and replace C5 and C6.

4 Touch negative lead of multimeter to Multimeter indicates approximately If performance standard is normal,.

pin C. 25 vdc. check and replace R2; otherwise,

check C4 for a short circuit. If C4 is

good, check dc voltages indicated on

schematic diagram (fig. FO-17) to

isolate the malfunctioning part;

insure there is 10 vdc across VR1.

6-40
TM 11-5805-647-14

5 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates 24.0 If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect 16- vdc. proceed to next step: otherwise,

ohm rheostat between -24 V and adjust R10 (marked ADJ on front

GND terminals of module adapter. panel) to obtain 24.0 volts.

Set POWER switch to ON position.

6 While observing differential volt- Differential voltmeter does not vary If performance standard is normal,

meter. adjust 48-volt power supply more than + 0.7 V from 24.0 vdc. Proceed to next step; otherwise,

from -44 vdc to --56 vdc and then check dc voltages indicated on

to -48 vdc. schematic diagram (fig. FO-18) to

isolate defective part.

7 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates less If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect 33- than -22 vdc. Proceed to next step: otherwise,

ohm load resistor in parallel with check and replace Q1, Q3 and

rheostat. Set POWER switch to associated parts.

ON position.

8 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates 0 volt If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect a and fuse F1 does not burn out. Proceed to next step: otherwise,

jumper cable across the rheostat. Check and replace Q1, Q3 and

Set POWER switch to ON position. associated parts.

9 Connect multimeter across resistor Multimeter indicates less than 1 vdc. If performance standard is nbrmal,

R2. proceed to next step: otherwise,

check and replace R2. Q1, Q3 and

associated parts.

10 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates If performance standard is normal,

off (down) position. Disconnect 33- 24 t 0.7 vdc. Proceed to next step: otherwise,

ohm load resistor and jumper cable. Check and replace Q1, Q3 and

Set POWER switch to ON position. associated parts.

11 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

6-14. Power Supply 41029-01

a. General. This paragraph includes

preliminary procedure and chart for performance testing

and troubleshooting the power supply. The schematic

diagram for the power supply is shown in figure FO-20.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following procedure:

(1) Insure terminal E13 is strapped to

terminal E15 and terminal E17 is strapped to terminal

E19.

(2) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-20.

(3) Turn on all test equipment and allow for a

warmup period as recommended in the technical manual

for each test equipment.

(4) Set the POWER switch on the power

supply to the off (down) position.

(5) Adjust the autotransformer to provide 120

vac.

6-41
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-20. Power supply 41029-01, initial test setup diagram.

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedures given

in b above.

2 Set POWER switch on the power ON indicator DS1 lights and dif- If performance standard is normal,

supply to ON position. ferential voltmeter indicates ap- proceed to step 6. If voltage is

proximately 24 vdc. normal but DS1 is not lit, replace

DS1. If voltage is not normal,

proceed to next step.

3 Connect multimeter between ter- Multimeter indicates 120 vac. ..... If performance standard is normal,

minals E13 and E19. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace F1 and S1. If

replacement fuse burns out, check

and replace T1., CR1, and C5.

4 Connect positive lead of multimeter Multimeter indicates approximately If performance standard is normal,

to terminal E9 and negative lead of 31 vdc. proceed to next step; otherwise,

multimeter to terminal E10. check and replace T1, CR1, and C5.

5 Connect positive lead of multimeter Multimeter indicates approximately If performance standard is normal,

to pin V and negative lead of 24.3 vdc. check and replace R2: otherwise,

multimeter to pin C. check C4 for a short circuit. If C4 is

good, check dc voltages indicated on

schematic diagram (fig. FO-20). to

isolate the malfunctioning part.

6-42
TM 11-5805-647-14

6 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates 24.0 If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect 30- vdc. proceed to next step; otherwise,

ohm load resistor between GND adjust R10 (marked ADJ on front

and -24 vdc terminals of the panel) to obtain 24.0 volts.

module adapter. Set POWER

switch to ON position.

7 Connect oscilloscope between TP1 Ripple voltage as displayed on the If performance standard is normal,

and TP2. oscilloscope is less than 50 mv p-p. proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace C4 and C5.

8 While observing differential voltmeter Differential voltmeter does not vary If performance standard is normal,

and oscilloscope, vary autotrans- more than t 0.7 V from 24.0 vdc proceed to next step; otherwise,

former from 132 vac to 108 vac nor does the ripple voltage, check dc voltages indicated on

and then back to 120 vac. displayed on oscilloscope exceed 50 schematic diagram (fig. FO-20) to

mv p-p. isolate defective part.

9 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates less If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect 60- than -22 vdc. proceed to next step; otherwise,

ohm load resistor in parallel with check and replace Q1, Q3, and

30-ohm load resistor. Set POWER associated parts.

switch to ON position.

10 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates 0 volt If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Connect a and fuse F1 does not burn out. proceed to next step; otherwise,

jumper cable across the load check and replace Q1, Q3 and

resistors. Set POWER switch to associated parts.

ON position.

11 Connect multimeter across resistor Multimeter indicates less than 1 vdc. If performance standard is normal,

R2............................................... proceed to next step; otherwise,

check and replace Q1, Q3 and

associated parts.

12 Set POWER switch on power supply Differential voltmeter indicates If performance standard is normal,

to off (down) position. Disconnect 24 t 0.7 vdc. proceed to next step; otherwise,

60-om load resistor and jumper check and replace Q1, Q3 and

cable. Set POWER switch to ON associated parts.

position.

13 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment.

6-15. Line Card Assembly LCC 9740

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the line card assembly. The schematic

diagram for the line card assembly is shown in figure 46.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before performing the

performance test and troubleshooting chart ( c below),

perform the following procedure.

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-2f.

(2) Adjust the output of power supply No. 1 to

48 vdc.

(3) Adjust the output of power supply No. 2 to

48 vdc.

(4) Adjust the output of the autotransformer

for 75 vac.

6-43
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-21. Line card assembly LCC9740, test setup diagram.

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedure given

in b above.

2 On line card assembly, check for

jumpers and if not already connected, place jumper across J1

terminals DR and place jumper

across J2 terminals Z.

3 Insert the line card assembly to be

tested into receptacle J1 of the test

adapter.

4 Set test adapter switches to simulate Indicators L5 and L9 should be Proceed with step 5.

idle function as follows: illuminated. Proceed with step 5.

a. LINE switch to NORMAL position.

b. HOOK SWITCH to DOWN

position.

c. HOLD switch to ON position.

5 Set HOOK SWITCH of test adapter to Indicators LI, L5, L6, and L9 should If correct indicator lamp indications

UP position to simulate answer (off be illuminated. Also, indicator lamp are not obtained in steps 4 and 5,

hook) function. LED on line card assembly should proceed with step 6.

be illuminated. Proceed to step 9.

6 Connect multimeter probe to Q3 6 to 10 vdc. Proceed with step 7.... If voltage not present, R4 is open. If

emitter; connect common lead to Q3 voltage incorrect value, Q3 is

base. Measure voltage. defective.

7 Connect multimeter probe to Q2 base; Approximately 6 vdc. Line card If voltage correct, trouble is in Q2 or

connect common lead to Q2 emitter. assembly LED should be K2 relay coil. If LED not

Measure voltage. illuminated. illuminated check for open R14 or

defective LED. IF Q2 base voltage

is zero, either R3 or R7 is open,

IC1A or IC1B is defective, or K3

relay (with CR1, CR2) is defective.

8 Connect multimeter probe to IC1A pin Approximately 6 vdc ............. If voltage not present, R3 is open or

1: connect common lead to IC1D pin K3 relay not operating. If voltage

7. Measure voltage. is low, R6 or C1 defective.

6-44
TM 11-5805-647-14

9 Set HOOK SWITCH of test adapter to Indicators L5 and L9 should be None required.

DOWN position to simulate hang up illuminated. Proceed with step 10.

(on hook) function.

10 Depress DC RING switch on test Indicators L3. L4, and L7 should be NOTE

adapter for one second. then release. illuminated and remain illuminated Make certain that jumper on line

for from 20 to 100 seconds after card assembly J1 is in place

switch is released, Proceed with on DR terminals.

step 14. If correct indicator lamp indications

are not obtained, proceed with step

11.

11 Connect multimeter probe to Q1 base: Approximately 6 Vdc while DC RING If voltage indications are correct; Q1,

connect common lead to Q1 emitter. switch depressed: remains at 6 vdc K1 relay, or CR6 is defective. If

Measure voltage while depressing for 20 to 100 seconds after switch is voltage indications are not correct,

DC RING switch on test adapter. released, then drops to zero dc. proceed with step 12.

12 Connect multimeter probe to ICID pin Voltage measured rises to ap- If voltage indications are correct, R8

13 connect common lead to IC1D proximately 7 vdc maximum: is open, IC1C or IC1D is defective,

pin 7. Measure voltage while voltage starts to decrease after R13 or CR3 is defective, or R15 or

depressing DC RING switch on test switch is released. When voltage CR4 is defective. If voltage inadapter. decreases to approximately 3 vdc, dications are not correct,.CR7, C2,

relay K1 should be deenergized. R9 and R10, R12, or R16 are

defective. Proceed with step 13.

13 Connect multimeter probe to J1 ter- Approximately --1.2 vdc while DC If voltage indications are correct,

minals DR jumper: connect common RING switch depressed: returns to DET or CR9 is defective. If voltage

lead to line card assembly terminal zero dc when switch is released. not present, R22 is open.

C. Measure voltage while depressing

DC RING switch on test adapter.

14 Set HOOK SWITCH of test adapter to Indicators L1, L5, L6, and L9 should None required.

UP position to simulate answer (off be illuminated. Also, indicator lamp

hook) function. LED on line card assembly should

be illuminated. Proceed with step

15.

15 Set HOLD switch of test adapter to Indicators L1, L3, and L8 should be If indicator L3 not illuminated, check

OFF position to simulate hold illuminated. Also, indicator lamp contacts 15 and 16 of relay K1. If

function, then depress OPEN LINE LED on line card assembly should indicator L8 ’not illuminated, check

switch for 1 second and release. be illuminated Proceed with step contacts 12 and 13 of relay K2.

16.

16 Set LINE switch of test adapter to Indicators L2, L3, and L8 should be Same as step 15 above.

REVERSE position. illuminated. Also, indicator lamp

LED on line card assembly should

be illuminated. Proceed with step

17.

17 Set LINE switch of test adapter to Indicators L1, L5, L6, and L9 should None required.

NORMAL position and set HOLD be illuminated. Also, indicator lamp

switch to ON position to simulate LED on line card assembly should

answer function. be illuminated. Proceed with step

18.

18 Remove line card assembly from None. Proceed with step 19.

receptacle Ji of test adapter.

Change jumper at J1 terminals from

DR to AR. Insert line card assembly

into receptacle J1 of test adapter.

19 Set HOOK SWITCH of test adapter to Indicators L3, L4, and L7 should be NOTE

DOWN position to simulate idle (on illuminated and remain illuminated Make certain that jumper on

hook) function. Depress AC RING for from 20 to 100 seconds after card assembly J1 is in place on

switch on test adapter for 1 second, switch is relased. Proceed with step AR terminals. If correct indicator

then release. 20. Lamp indications are not obtained,

C4 is open, VTR is defective,

or R16A is defective.

20 Depress AC RING switch on test Indicators L3, L4, and L7 should be If indicators L3, L4, and L7 are not

adapter for 1 second, then release illuminated until HOOK SWITCH extinguished immediately when

and set HOOK SWITCH to UP is set to UP position; at this time HOOK SWITCH is set to UP

position to simulate answer (off indicators L3, L4, and L7 should position, CR7 is defective.

hook) function. no longer be illuminated and indicators L1, L5, L6, and L9 should

be illuminated. Also, indicator lamp

LED on line card assembly should

be illuminated. Proceed with step

21.

6-45
TM 11-5805-647-14

21 Set HOOK SWITCH of test adapter to Indicators L5 and L9 should be None required.

DOWN position to simulate idle (on illuminated. Proceed with step 22.

hook) function.

22 Remove line card assembly from None. Proceed with step 23.

receptacle J1 of test adapter. Change

jumper at Ji terminals from AR to

DR. Insert line card assembly into

receptacle J1 of test adapter.

23 Readjust power supply No. 2 to 40 vdc. None. Proceed with step 24.

24 Repeat procedures given in steps 4 Same as in corresponding steps.

through 22 above. (Proceed with step 25).

25 Readjust power supply No. 2 to 46 vdc. None. Proceed with step 26.

26 Repeat procedures given in steps 4 Same as in corresponding steps.

through 22 above.

27 Remove line card assembly 1from

receptacle Ji of test adapter. Tests

are completed. Disconnect test

equipment.

6-16. Interrupter Card Assembly INT-9740

a. General. This paragraph includes preliminary

procedure and chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the interrupter card assembly. The

schematic diagram for the interrupter card assembly is

shown in figure 4-11.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before performing the

performance test and troubleshooting chart ( c below),

perform the following procedure:

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-22.

(2) Adjust the output of power supply no. 1 to

48 vdc.

(3) Adjust the output of power supply no. 2 to

12 vdc.

Figure 6-22. Interrupter Card Assembly INT-9740, test setup diagram.

6-46
TM 11-5805-647-14

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedure given

in b above.

2 Insert the interrupter card assembly

to be tested into receptacle J2 of

the test adapter.

3 Depress LED pushbutton on test LED on interrupter card assembly If LED is not illuminated, check

adapter. should be illuminated. voltage drop across LED and, if

greater than 1.5 vdc, the LED is

defective and should be replaced. If

voltage drop is 0 vdc, check for

open R3.

4 Set SELECTOR switch of test Indicators L10 and L11 should both Proceed with step 5.

adapter to position 1 (lamp flash). be flashing on for 0.5 second and

off for 0.5 second. Proceed with

step 5.

5 Depress TEST pushbutton......... Indicator L10 should be on steady If performance standard not obtained

and indicator L11 should flash on in steps 4 and 5, proceed with step

for 0.5 second and off for 0.5 6.

second. Proceed with step 9.

6 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be ap- If waveform not present at timing

IC1 pin 3; connect oscilloscope proximately a square wave between oscillator, check the following:

ground clip to card pin V. Observe 6 and 10-volt amplitude. The a. Measure 6 to 10 vdc between Q1

waveform. Oscillatory period should be 0.1 emitter (+ ) and collector (-). If

second : 20 percent. Proceed with no voltage, check for open R22,

step 7. shorted C2, or defective CR1. If

voltage is high, Q1 is defective.

b. Measure 0 vdc at ICI pin 1. If

voltage is present, check for open

lead to card terminal E; if voltage

is zero, check for defective R1, C1,

or IC1, or open R14, R15.

7 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a If waveform not present, R12 is open

Q10 base; connect oscilloscope square wave 0.5-second duration or IC3 is defective. If waveform is

ground clip to card pin V. Observe between transitions. present, proceed with step 8.

waveform.

8 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Same as step 7 .................. If waveform not present, Q10 and

Q5 base; connect oscilloscope R11 or Q4 and R9 are defective. If

ground clip to card pin V. Observe waveform is present, Q5 or CR9 is

waveform. defective.

9 Set SELECTOR switch of test Indicators L10 and L11 should both Proceed with step 10.

adapter to position 2 (internal be flashing for a i-second interval

ring). every 3 seconds. Proceed with step

10.

10 Depress TEST pushbutton ........ Indicator L10 should be on steady If performance standard not obtained

and indicator L11 should flash in steps 9 and 10, proceed with step

rapidly for a i-second interval 11.

every 3 seconds. Proceed with step

13.

11 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a 1- If waveform not present at ICI pin

IC1 pin 11; connect oscilloscope second duration pulse occurring 11, check the following:

ground clip to card pin V. Observe every 3 seconds. Proceed with step a. Check for square wave apwaveform. 12. Proximately 2-second duration

between transitions measured at

IC1 pin 13. If waveform not

present, IC2 is defective.

b. Check for square wave approximately 1-second duration

between transitions measured at

IC1 pin 12. If waveform not

present, IC2 is defective.

c. If waveform present in a and

b. above. then ICI is defective.

6-47
TM 11-5805-647-14

12 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a series If waveform not present, R13 open,

Q3 base: connect oscilloscope of short pulses lasting for 1 second or Q2 and R10 defective. If

ground clip to card pin V. Observe and occuring every 3 seconds. waveform is present, Q3 or CR10 is

waveform. defective.

13 Set SELECTOR switch of test Indicators L10 and L11 should both Proceed with step 14.

adapter to position 3 (lamp wink). he on for 0.4 second and wink off

for 0.1 second. Proceed with step

14.

14 Depress TEST pushbutton Indicator L10 should be on steady If performance standard not obtained

and indicator L1 should be on for in steps 13 and 14. proceed with

0.4 second, and wink off for 0.1 step 15.

second. Proceed with step 17.

15 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a 0.1- If waveform not present at IC1 pin

IC1 pin 10: connect oscilloscope second duration pulse occurring 10, check the following:

ground clip to card pin V. Observe every 0.4 second. Proceed with step a. Check for 0.1-second duration

waveform. 16. Pulse approximately 1 second

between pulses measured at IC1 pin

9. If waveform not present, IC3 or

CR4 is defective.

b. Check for 0.1-second duration

pulse approx 1 second between

pulses measured at IC1 pin 8. If

waveform not present, IC3 is

defective.

c. If waveform present in a and

b. above, then IC1 is defective.

16 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a series If waveform is not present, R4 open,

Q9 base, connect oscilloscope ground of 0.1 second pulses occurring every or Q8 and R7 defective. If

clip to card pin V. Observe 0.4 second. waveform is present, Q9 or CR7 is

waveform. defective.

17 Set SELECTOR switch of test Indicators L10 and L11 should both Proceed with step 18.

adapter to position 4 (conference be flashing continuously apflash). proximately 0.1 second on and 0.1

second off. Proceed with step 18.

18 Depress TEST pushbutton Indicator L10 should be on steady If performance standard not obtained

and indicator L11 should be in steps 17 and 18, proceed with

flashing continuously ap- step 19.

proximately 0.1 second on and 0.1

second off. Proceed with step 21.

19 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Waveform observed should be a If waveform not present, R6 is open,

Q6 base; connect oscilloscope square wave 0.1-second duration one or more diodes CR2 through

ground clip to card pin V. Observe between transitions. CR6 is defective, or IC3 is

waveform. defective. If waveform is present,

proceed with step 20.

20 Connect oscilloscope vertical input to Same as step 19 ............ If .waveform not present, Q6, R6, or

Q7 base, connect oscilloscope R8 defective. If waveform is

ground clip to card pin V. Observe present, Q7 and CR8 is defective.

waveform.

21 Adjust output of power supply No. 1 Same as corresponding steps above.

to 40 vdc and repeat steps 4 Proceed with step 22.

through 18 above, as required.

22 Adjust output of power supply No. 1 Same as corresponding steps above.

to 5b vdc and repeat steps 4

through 18 above, as required.

23 Remove interrupter card assembly

from receptacle J2 of test adapter.

Tests are completed.) Disconnect

test equipment.

6-17. Tone Dial Assembly SC-35C3A

a. General. Tone Dial Assembly SC-35C3A is

nonrepairable; however, to determine whether or not the

assembly is functioning properly, perform the following

performance test.

b. Performance Test.

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-23.

(2) Set the power supply for 10 vdc.

(3) Hold one of the digit pushbuttons

6-48
TM 11-5805-647-14

depressed and adjust the power supply until the

multimeter indicates 20 milliamperes. When power

supply is adjusted, release pushbutton.

(4) Simultaneously depress and hold the two digit

pushbuttons specified in the chart below.

The frequency counter and the ac vtvm must indicate

within the ranges specified for each pair of digit

pushbuttons. In addition, the difference between the

highest and the lowest dbm indication must be less than

2 dbm.

Digit pushbuttons Frequency range Ac vtvm range

(Hz) (dbm )

1 and 3 695.0 to 699.0 --0.1 to -5.1

4 and 6 767.7 to 772.3 0 to -5.0

7 and 9 849.5 to 854.5 +0.3 to -4.7

* and II 938.2 to 943.8 +0.4 to -4.6

1 and 4 1205.4 to 1212.6 + 1.1 to-3.9

2 and 5 1332.0 to 1340.0 +1.2 to -3.8

3 and 6 1472.6 to 1481.4 +1.3 to -3.7

(5) Turn off and disconnect the test equipment.

Figure 6-23. Tone Dial Assembly SC-35C3A, performance test setup diagram.

6-18. Amplifier TLC-410

a. General. Amplifier TLC-410 (fig. FO-10} is non

repairable; however, to determine whether or not the

amplifier is functioning properly, perform the following

performance test:

b. Performance Test.

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-24.

(2) Adjust the power supply for 48 vdc.

(3) Adjust the signal generator for an output of 1,

000 Hz at 3.64 vrms. The ac vtvm must

indicate 4.0 vrms. If necessary, adjust GAIN _control R1

on the amplifier to provide the required indication on the

ac vtvm.

(4) Without changing the output level of the

signal generator, vary the frequency between 200 and 8,

000 Hz. The ac vtvm must remain within ± 2 db of the

4.0-vrms output level obtained at 1000 Hz.

(5) Turn off and disconnect the test equipment.

6-49
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-24. Amplifier TLC-410 performance test setup diagram .

6-19. Speaker Amplifier Unit 65053828

a. General. This paragraph provides preliminary

procedures and a chart for performance testing and

troubleshooting the speaker

amplifier unit. The schematic diagram of the speaker

amplifier unit is shown in figure 4-5 and the parts location

diagram is shown in figure 6-25.

6-50
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-25. Speaker Amplifier Unit 6505-3828,

parts location diagram.

b. Preliminary Procedure. Before following the

instructions in the performance test and troubleshooting

chart ( c below), perform the following steps:

(1) Remove speaker case by removing the case

mounting screws.

(2) Connect test equipment as shown in figure 6-

26.

(3) Turn on test equipment and allow ample

warm-up time.

(4) Adjust power supply fur 48 vdc.

6-51
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6-26. Speaker Amplifier Unit 65065-3828, initial test setup diagram.

c. Performance Test and Troubleshooting Chart.

Step Test Procedure Performance standard Corrective action

1 Perform preliminary procedure given

in b above.

2 Set signal generator for frequency of

1, 000 Hz and a level of 30 mv

(-28.2 dbm/600 ohm).

3 Operate VOLUME control on unit 1, 000 Hz indication on frequency If performance standard is normal,

under test until performance counter and 1.6V (6.6 dbm) in- proceed to next step If perstandard is obtained dication on ac voltmeter (tone formance standard cannot be obaudible over speaker) tained, measure dc voltage across

C6 If 242 volts is not

measured, check R1, CR1, CR2,

R9, C5, and C6 in the PC card as

well as R10 on the speaker frame.

Replace defective part. If 24 ’ 2

volts is measured, check T1, T2,

Q1Q2 and associated circuit parts.

Replace part.

4a Check frequency response of speaker

amplifier as follows:

4b Adjust signal generator for 300 Hz Ac voltmeter indicates 1.88vrms (7.6 If performance standards for step

with a level of 27 m vrms (-29.2 dbm/600 ohms) 4b through 4h are normal, proceed

dbm/600 ohm). If necessary, adjust to next step; otherwise, check and

VOLUME control to obtain per- replace frequency determining

formance standard components such as capacitors C1

through C4 as well as Q1 and Q2.

4c Set signal generator frequency to 500 Ac voltmeter indicates 2.05 vrms (8.5

Hz and level to 28 m vrms (-28.7 dbm)

db)m).

4d Set signal generators frequency to 700 Ac voltmeter indicates 1.93 vrms (7.9

Hz. and level to 29 mvrms (-28.5 dbm)

dbm).

4e Set signal generator frequency to Ac voltmeter indicates 1.6 vrms (6.6.

1.000 Hz and level to 30 m vrms dbm).

(-28.2 dbm).

6-52
TM 11-5805-647-14

4f Set signal generator frequency to Ac voltmeter indicates 0.98 vrms 12.1

2.000 Hz and level to 30 m vrms dbm

(-28.2 dbm).

4g Set signal generator frequency to Ac voltmeter indicates 0.56 vrms

3.500 Hz and level to 30 mvrms (-2.8 dbm)

(-28.2 dbm).

4h Set signal generator frequency to Ac voltmeter indicates 0.39 vrms

5.000 Hz and level to 30 mvrrns (-5.6 dbm(

(-28.2 dbm).

5 Turn off and then disconnect test

equipment

6-20. Rotary Dial GB982

a. General. Rotary Dial GB982 is nonrepairable;

however, to determine whether or not the rotary dial is

functioning properly, perform the following performance

test:

b. Performance Test.

(1) Connect the test equipment as shown in

figure 6-27.

(2) Adjust the power supply for 10 vdc.

(3) Adjust the trigger control of the oscilloscope

so that the sweep starts at the beginning of the first

break pulse from the dial and adjust the time base so

that the tenth pulse from the dial occurs just before the

end of the horizontal sweep period.

(4) Dial digit 0; repeat as necessary. From the

oscilloscope, calculate the rate of the pulses.

The pulse rate must be between 9 and 11 pulses per

second.

(5) Dial a digit to provide a pulses train on the

oscilloscope; repeat as necessary. Adjust the time base

of the oscilloscope so that the pulse break period can

conveniently be measured. The pulse break period must

be 65.5 t 4 percent of one pulse duration.

(6) Turn off and disconnect the test equipment.

Figure 6-27. Rotary Dial GB982, performance-test setup diagram.

6-21. Key Assembly 703016-509, 703016-510, and

703016-11

a. General. Key assemblies are nonrepairable;

however, to determine whether or not the key

assemblies are functioning properly, perform the

following performance test:

b. Performance Test.

(1) Use schematic diagram of the appropriate key

assembly which is included in figure FO-1, FO-3, FO-4,

or FO-5 to identify the pin numbers associated with each

set of contacts and each lamp.

6-53
TM 11-5805-647-14

(2) In turn, depress each key and measure continuity

across each set of contacts with a multimeter. Verify

results of test with appropriate schematic diagram.

(3) Using the multimeter, measure the resistance

across each lamp. The resistance must be 157 + 25

ohms.

6-22. Network Assembly QNB3A4

a. General. Network Assembly QNB3A4 is

nonrepairable; however, to determine whether or

 not the network is functioning properly, perform the

following performance test.

b. Performance Test. In turn, connect the test leads

of the impedance bridge between the terminals specified

in the first column of the following chart. Insure that the

observed indication is within the limits specified in the

performance standard column; otherwise, the network

assembly is defective. The third, column gives the part

of the network that is tested.

Terminals Performance standard Part tested

F and RR . 0.10 to 0.185 μfd Filter capacitor

A and K 0.38 to 0.52μfd Ringer capacitor

C and R Greater than 4700 ohms V1 and filter resistor

B and C 35.1 to 42.9 ohms TA2 winding and resistor

R and GN 74.3 to 90.7 ohms . TC winding and resistor

R and RR 12.1 to 14.9 ohms TA1 winding

C and junction of network capacitors 28.8 and 35.2 ohms TA2 and TB windings

B and junction of network capacitors 33.3.and 40.7 ohms TB winding and resistor

R and junction of network capacitors Greater than 1600 ohms V2

NOTE

For next step, remove connections

from network capacitors to V2 and

TB winding.

R and junction of network capacitors 2.4 to 3.0 μ/fd Network capacitors

6-54
TM 11-5805-647-14

CHAPTER 7

SHIPMENT AND LIMITED STORAGE AND

DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

7-1. Repackaging

Repackaging of the equipment for shipment or limited

storage normally will be performed at a repackaging

facility or by a repackaging team. Should emergency

packaging be required, select the materials from those

listed in SB 38-100, Preservation, Packaging, and

Packing Materials, Supplies, and Equipment used by the

Army. Package the equipment in accordance with the

original packaging, so far as possible, with the available

materials.

7-2. Authority for Demolition

Demolition of the equipment will be accomplished only

upon order of the commander. Use the destruction

procedures outlined in paragraph 7-3 to prevent further

use of the equipment.

7-3. Methods of Destruction

Destruction of equipment, spare parts, and manuals to

prevent capture or abandonment to the enemy is

accomplished by using tools, equipment, and explosives

normally available. Priority should be given to the

destruction of all

 plug-in circuit cards. Cabling, connectors and hardware

should then be destroyed as time permits.

a. Smash. Smash all printed circuit cards.

b. Cut. Cut all cables and wiring.

WARNING

Be extremely careful when handling

explosives and incendiary devices.

Use these items only when the need is

urgent.

c. Burn. Burn printed circuit cards, wiring

diagrams, and technical manuals.

d. Bend. Bend panels, hardware, and the

equipment assembly.

e. Explode. Use explosives if necessary.

f. Dispose. Bury or scatter the destroyed parts in

slit trenches or foxholes, or throw them into streams.

7-4. Reporting

Report all destruction of equipment in accordance with

established priorities and through established command

channels.
TM 11-5805-647-14

APPENDIX A

REFERENCES

The following publications contain information applicable to the operation and maintenance of the equipment.

DA Pam 310-4 Index of Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, Supply Manuals (types 7, 8, and 9), Supply

Bulletins, and Lubrication Orders.

DA Pam 310-7 U.S. Army Equipment Index of Modification Work Orders.

SB 38-100 Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking Materials, Supplies and Equipment Used by the

Army.

TB SIG 222 Solder and Soldering.

TB SIG 355-1 Depot Inspection Standard for Repaired Signal Equipment.

TB SIG 355-2 Depot Inspection Standard for Refinishing Repaired Signal Equipment.

TB SIG 355-3 Depot Inspection Standard for Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment.

TB 746-10 Field Instructions for Painting and Preserving Electronics Command Equipment.

TM 38-750 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

TM 740-90-1 Administrative Storage of Equipment.

A-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

APPENDIX B

OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT,

AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS

(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS

AND SPECIAL TOOLS)

Section I. INTRODUCTION

B-1. Scope

This manual lists repair parts required for the

performance of organizational, direct support, general

support, and depot maintenance of Order Wire

Intercommunication Termination Units TA918 (V) (

)/FSC, Order Wire Intercommunication Termination Units

TA-930(V) ( )/FSC, Express Link-Local Order Wire Unit

TA-928/FSC, Express-Link-Local Order Wire Unit

TA923/FSC, Link Order Wire Unit TA-925/FSC, Remote

Link Order Wire Unit TA-924/FSC, Local Order Wire Unit

41010-97, Conference Bridges, Telephone TA-920(V) (

)/FSC, and Jack and Lamp Panel JLP-1.

B-2. General

This Basic Issue Items, Items Troop Installed or

Authorized, Repair Parts, and Special Tools List is

divided into the following sections:

a. Basic Issue Items List-Section II. Not applicable.

b. Items Troop Installed or Authorized List Section

III. Not applicable.

c. Organizational Maintenance Repair Parts ListSections IV, IX, XIV, XIX, XXIV, XXIX, XXXIV, XXXIX,

and XLVII. A list of repair parts authorized at the

organizational level for the performance of maintenance.

The list also includes parts which must be removed for

the replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are

composed of functional groups in ascending numerical

sequence.

d. Special Tools List-Sections V, X, XV, XX, XXV,

XXX, XXXV, XL, and XLVIII. Not applicable.

e. Repair Parts for Direct Support, General

Support, and Depot Maintenance-Sections VI, XI, XVI,

XXI, XXVI, XXXI, XXXVI, XLI, XLIV, and XLIX. A list of

repair parts authorized at the direct support, general

support, and depot levels for the performance of

maintenance. The list also includes parts which must be

removed for the replacement of the authorized parts.

Parts lists are composed of functional groups in

ascending numerical sequence.

f. Special Tools List-Sections VII, XII, XVII, XXII,

XXVII, XXXII, XXXVII, XLII, XLV, and L. Not applicable.

g. Federal Stock Number and Reference Number

Index-Sections VIII, XIII, XVIII, XXIII, XXVIII, XXXIII,

XXXVIII, XLIII, XLVI, and LI. A list, in ascending

numerical sequence, of all Federal stock numbers

appearing in the listings, followed by a list, in

alphanumeric sequence, of all reference numbers

appearing in the listings. Federal stock numbers and

reference numbers are cross-referenced to each

illustration figure and item number appearance.

B-3. Explanation of Columns

The following provides an explanation of columns found

in the tabular listings.

a. Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Codes

(SMR).

(1) Source code. Source codes are assigned to

support item to indicate the manner of acquiring support

items for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of end items.

Source codes are entered in the first and second

positions of the Uniform SMR Code format as follows:

B-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

Code Definition

PA -Item procured and stocked for anticipated or

known usage.

PB -Item procured and stocked for insurance

purposes because essentiality dictates that a

minimum quantity be available in the supply

systems.

PC -Item procured and stocked and which otherwise

would be coded PA except that it is deteriorative

in nature.

PD -Support item, excluding support equipment,

procured for initial issue or outfitting and stocked

only for subsequent or additional initial issues or

outfittings. Not subject to automatic

replenishment.

PE -Support equipment procured and stocked for

initial issue or out-fitting to specified

maintenance repair activities.

PF -Support’ equipment which will not be stocked

but which will be centrally procured on demand.

PG -Item procured and stocked to provide for

sustained support for the life of the equipment. It

is applied to an item peculiar to the equipment

which, because of probable discontinuance or

shutdown of production facilities, would prove

uneconomical to reproduce at a later time.

KD - An item of depot overhaul/repair kit and not

purchased separately. Depot kit defined as a kit

that provides items required at the time of

overhaul or repair.

KF -An item of a maintenance kit and not purchased

separately. Maintenance kit defined as a kit that

provides an item that can be replaced at

organizational or intermediate levels of

maintenance.

KB -Item included in both a depot overhaul/repair

kit and a maintenance kit.

MO -Item to be manufactured or fabricated at

organizational level.

MF -Item to be manufactured or fabricated at direct

support maintenance level.

MH -Item to be manufactured or fabricated at

general support maintenance level.

MD -Item to be manufactured or fabricated at depot

maintenance level.

AO -Item to be assembled at organizational level.

AF -Item to be assembled at direct support

maintenance level.

Code Definition

AH - -Item to be assembled at general support

maintenance level.

AD -Item to be assembled at depot maintenance

level.

XA -Item is not procured or stocked because the

requirements for the item will result in the

replacement of the next higher assembly.

XB -Item is not procured or stocked. If not available

through salvage requisition.

XD -Support item that is not stocked. When

required, item will be procured through normal

supply channels.

NOTE

Cannibalization or salvage may be used

as a source of supply for any items

source coded above except those coded

XA, Xd, and aircraft support items as

restricted by AR 700-42.

(2) Maintenance code. Maintenance codes are

assigned to indicate the levels of maintenance

authorized to USE and REPAIR support items. The

maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth

positions of the Uniform SMR Code format as follows:

(a) The maintenance code entered in the third

position indicates the lowest maintenance level

authorized to remove, replace, and use the support item.

The maintenance code entered in the third position

indicates one of the following levels of maintenance.

Code Application/ Explanation

C -Crew or operator maintenance performed within

organizational maintenance.

O -Support item is removed, replaced, used at the

organizational level.

I -Support item is removed, replaced, used by the

direct support element of integrated direct

support maintenance.

F -Support item is removed, replaced, used at the

direct support level.

H -Support item is removed, replaced, used at the

general support level.

D -Support items that are removed, replaced,

used at depot, mobile depot, specialized repair

activity only.

NOTE

Codes "I" and "F" will be considered

the same by direct support units.

(b) The maintenance code entered in the fourth

position indicates whether the item is to be repaired and

identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability

to perform complete repair (i.e., all authorized

maintenance functions).

B-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

This position will contain one of the following

maintenance codes:

Code Application/ Explanation

O -The lowest maintenance level capable of complete

repair of the support item is the organizational

level.

F -The lowest maintenance level capable of complete

repair of the support item is direct support level.

H -The lowest maintenance level capable of complete

repair of the support item is general support

level.

D -The lowest maintenance level capable of complete

repair of the support item is the depot level,

performed by Lexington Army Depot.

L -Repair restricted to designated specialized repair

activity.

Z -Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.

B -No repair is authorized. The item may be

reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at

the user level. No parts or special tools are

procured for the maintenance of this item.

(3) Recoverability code. Recoverability codes are

assigned to support items to indicate the dispostion

action on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is

entered in the fifth position of the Uniform SMR Code

format as follows:

Recoverability

Code Definition

Z -Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn

and dispose at the level indicated in position

three.

O -Reparable Item. When uneconomically reparable,

condemn and dispose at organizational level.

F -Reparable item. When uneconomically

reparable, condemn and dispose at the direct

support level.

H -Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable,

condemn and dispose at the general support

level.

D -Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair

capability return to depot.

Condemnation and disposal not authorized

below depot level.

L -Reparable item. Repair, condemnation, and

disposal not authorized below depot/specialized

repair activity level.

A -Item requires special handling or condemnation

procedures because of specific reasons (i.e.,

precious metal content, high dollar value, critical

material or hazardous material). Refer to

appropriate manual/directive for specific

instructions.

b. Federal Stock Number. Indicates the Federal

stock number assigned to the item.

NOTE

For requisitioning purposes, the

Federal stock number must be

converted to the National stock number

by adding "-00-" after the Federal stock

classification (FSC) code (first four

digits). For example, FSN 6625-553-

0142 converts to NSN 6625-00-553-

0142.

c. Description. Indicates the Federal item name

and a minimum description required to identify the item.

The last line indicates the reference number, followed by

the applicable Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer

(FSCM) in parentheses. The FSCM is used as an

element in item identification to designate manufacturer

or distributor or Government agency, etc., and is

identified in SB 708-42.

d. Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the standard

or basic quantity by which the listed item is used in

performing the actual maintenance function. This

measure is expressed by a two character alphabetic

abbreviation, e.g., ea., in., pr, etc. When the unit of

measure differs from the unit of issue, the lowest unit of

issue that will satisfy the required units of measure will

be requisitioned.

e. Quantity Incorporated in Unit. Indicates the

quantity of the item used in the breakout shown on the

illustration figure which is prepared for a functional

group, sub-functional group, or an assembly.

f. 15-Day Organizational Maintenance Allowances.

(1) The repair parts indicated by an asterisk in

the allowance columns represent those authorized for

use at the organizational category, and will be

requisitioned on an "as required" basis, until stockage is

based on demand in accordance with AR 710-2.

(2) Major Army commanders authorized to

approve reduction in the range of support items

authorized for use in units within their commands.

Recommendations for increase in range of items

authorized for use will be forwarded to Commander, US

Army Electronics Command, ATTN: AMSEL-MA-C, Fort

Monmouth, NY 07703.

g. 30-Day DS/ GS Maintenance Allowances.

The repair parts indicated by asterisk entries in separate

allowance columns for DS and GS represent those

authorized for use at that category of maintenance to be

requisitioned on an "as required" basis, until stockage is

based on demand in accordance with AR 710-2.

B-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

h. 1-Year Allowances Per 100

Equipment/Contingency Planning Purposes. Column

intentionally left blank.

i. Depot Maintenance Allowance Per 100

Equipment. This column indicates that the items

identified with an asterisk ar6 authorized to be

requisitioned as required.

j. Illustration. This column is divided as follows:

(1) Figure number. Indicates the figure number

of the illustration on which the item is shown.

(2) Item number. Indicates the callout number

used to reference the item on the illustration.

B4. Special Information

(Not applicable).

B-5. How to Locate Repair Parts

a. When Federal stock number or reference number

is unknown:

(1) First. Using the table of contents determine

the functional group within which the repair part belongs.

This is necessary since illustrations are prepared for

functional groups, and listings are divided into the same

groups.

(2) Second. Find the illustration covering

the functional group to which the repair part belongs.

(3) Third. Identify the repair part on the

illustration and note the illustration figure and item

number of the repair part.

(4) Fourth. Using the Repair Parts Listing, find

the functional group to which the repair part belongs and

locate the illustration figure and item number noted on

the illustration.

b. When Federal stock number or reference number

is known:

(1) First. Using the Index of Federal Stock

Numbers and Reference Numbers, find the pertinent

Federal Stock number or reference number. This index

is in ascending FSN sequence, followed by a list of

reference numbers in ascending alphanumeric

sequence, cross referenced to the illustration figure

number and item number.

(2) Second. Using the Repair Parts Listing, find

the functional group of the repair part and the illustration

figure number and item number referenced in the Index

of Federal Stock Numbers and Reference Numbers.

B-6. Abbreviations

(Not applicable).

(Next printed page is B5)

B-4
SECTION IV TM 11-5805-647-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

15 DAY ORGANIZATIONAL ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. (a) (b)

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) (d) FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

O/W UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL TA-923/FSC

5805-269-0027 O/W UNIT, EXP-LK-LCL TA-923/FSC EA 1 * * * *

6505-3821 (468591

GROUP 01010203

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAOZZ 6240-115-5042 LAMP INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * 3 2

24CSB (58854)

GROUP 01010204

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAOZZ 6240-115-5042 LAMP, INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * 3 2

24CSB (58854)

GROUP 0103

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * 4 8

NC1800-03G3AR15T4 (97101

GROUP 0104

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * 5 1

1574-5 (97101)

B-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

O/W UNIT, EXP-LK-LCL TA-923/FSC

5805-269-3027 O/W UNIT, EXP-LK-LCL TA-923/FSC

6505-3821 (46859)

GROUP 0101

CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY

AFFFH CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

6505-3836 (46859)

GROUP 010101

SF OSCILLATOR-BUZZER ASSEMBLY

PAFHH SIGNALING FREQ OSCILLATOR EA 1 * * * * * * * 1 1

6505-3834 (46859)

GROUP 01010101

SF OSCILLATOR

AFFFH 5895-173-7025 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * 1 2

49009-01 (51504)

PAHZZ 5905-114-3711 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * * 1 3

RCR07G472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 59a5-104-8364 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 1 4

RCR07G125JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-226-8584 TRANSISTOR EA 4 * * * * 1 5

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-435-3856 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC D01 EA 1 * * * * 1 6

1MDF1-103 (72136)

PAHZZ 5905-110-Z388 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * * 1 7

RCR07G104JS (813493

PAHZZ 5905-110-7672 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 1 8

RCR07G682JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-3555 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * * 1 9

RCR07G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * 1 10

0437ARG100 (K0004)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 1 11

RCR07G103JS (81349)

B-6
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-111-1678 RESISTOR FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G564JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-232-3017 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 2 + * * 

1N5242 (047131

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 2 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RCR07G273J5 (813491

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-054-4191 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * * 

40347 (02735)

PAHZZ 5905-504-7058 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR42G681JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * * 

RCROT7GCIJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111-4858 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 

RCR2OG47tJS (81349t

PAHZZ 5910-224-5115 CAPACITOR, FIXED ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * 

K1R8C28K (31433)

PAHZZ 5950-930-4451 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 1 * * * 

124-5K (7C674)

PAHZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 5 * * * * 

2OOOCI (15849)

PAHZZ 5910-267-27C6 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC EA 1 * * * 

HRO-1UFIOPCT160VDCW (082571

PAHZZ 5905-238-5828 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * * 

335qwN-t03 (83294)

PAHZZ 5910-068-3887 CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 1 * * * 

COIJFDItOIK3 (14655)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7765 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 

RCR07G224JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7096 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

083A027 (515s4)

B-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 591C-275-6507 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * * 1 29

611-13GOPF2-5PCT33V (266253

PAHZZ 591C-283-5664 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * * 1 30

611-820PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 1 31

RCR07G473JS (81349)

GROUP 01010102

BUZZER

PAFZZ 6350-239-5581 BUZZER EA 1 * * * * * * * 1 32

SCZ4 (37942)

GROUP 010102

CALL DIRECTOR

AFFFH TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD EA 1 * 2 1

703l16-158 (789571

PAFZZ 5940-262-2228 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * * 2 2

703016-640 (78957)

PAHZZ 5905-119-8811 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 2 3A

RCR32G151JS (81349)

PAFZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * * * * 2 3

TTlOGX2 (91201)

PAFZZ 5940-941-0201 TERMINAL, LUG EA 9 9 * * * * * * * 2 4

41566-000 (78957)

PAFZZ 5935-240-5760 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 5 * * * * * * * 2 5

304145-271 (789573

PAFZZ 5935-003-7711 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 5 * * * * * * * 2 6

304146-874 (789571

PAFZZ 5910-880-2938 SEMICONO DEVICE, DIODE Ea 1 * * * * * * * 2 7

IN4D13 (04713)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR FIXED, COMPOSITION EA I 1 * * * * 2 8

RCN37GlC3JS (81349 )

PAFZZ RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * 2 9

RCR42G2)2JS (P1349 )

PAHZZ 5961-184-7475 SEMICONDUCTOR EA 1 * * * * 2 10

1N5359 (04713 )

B-8
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-119-3811 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * 2 11

RCR3ZG151JS (81349)

XBHZZ BEZEL, INSTRUMENT MOUNTING EA 1

P11E903 (1T794)

XBHZZ BRACKET ANGLE EA 1

703016-637 (78957)

XBNZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

703016-756 (78957)

XBHZZ CABINET, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

P96X460 (78957)

HFFZZ CABLE ASSEMBLY EA 1

703306-897 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-35P9 SCREW, MACHINE EA 10 * * * * * * *

MS51958-12 (96906)’

PAFZZ 5305-763-7827 SCREW MACHINE EA 5 * * * * * * *

MS51959-18 (96906)

XBFZZ HOOD, CONNECTOR EA 5

304146-863 (78957)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 21

701019-933 (78957)

XBFZZ FACEMAT EA 1

703016-215 (78957)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

P894824 (1794)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 2

13-108S (72653)

GROUP 01010201

PAFZZ NETWORK EA 1 * * * * * * * 2 12

O4N3A4 (C1794)

GROUP 01010202

DIAL A88EMBLY

PAFZZ 5835-25P-584 DIAL ASSEMBLY, PUSH BUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * * 2 13

201054-2?1 (78957)

B-9
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303947-421 (78957)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303941-421 (78957)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303941-121 (789571

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA * 1 * * * * * * 

303941-521 (789571

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

30394t-321 (78957.

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303947-321 (78957)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303941-221 (78957)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303940-921 (789573

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303940-821 (789573

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

30394D-321 (78957)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303940-621 (789573

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

303940-721 (789575

XAFZZ BAR, ACTUATOR. ELECTRICAL SWITCH EA 1

303940-499 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

303940-5IC (7(957)

XAFZZ CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 4

255005-199 (7957)

XAFZZ SCREW, MACHINE EA 2

304397-241 (78957)

X4FZZ 5305-770-2533 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2

M551959-13 (96906)

B-10
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAFZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, CERAMIC DI EA 1

202907-035 (78957)

XAFZZ 5910-071-99CS CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2

202907-025 (78957)

XAFZZ 5970-930-9885 INSULATOR, TRANSISTOR EA 1

3500&2-789 (78957)

XAFZZ 5950-997-5224 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

202906-282 (78957)

XAFZZ 5950-997-6302 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

202906-292 (78957)

XAFZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

302106-455 (78957)

XAFZZ 5905-111-1679 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1

RCR37G512JS (81349)

XAFZZ 5905-119-8768 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1

RCR07G21JS (81349)

XAFZZ RESISTOR FIXED FILM EA 1

RN7OC45R30S (81349)

XAFZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 3

202899-079 (789571

XAFZZ 5961-8C4-5482 TRANSISTOR EA 1

2N524 (8Ci31)

XAFZZ VARISTOR EA 1

202926-769 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

203280-459 (7&957)

XAFZZ 5335-763-6961 SCREW MACHINE EA 2

NS51954-26 (96906)

XAFZZ 5895-134-0611 CONTACT, ELECTRICAL EA 4

300000-851 (78957)

XAFZZ 5999-134-0612 CONTACT, ELECTRICAL EA 3

305300-861 (78957)

XAFZZ 5999-134-8858 CONTACT, ELECTRICAL EA 3

300C0-871 (7t957)

B-11
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAFZZ 5895-134-0859 CONTACT .ELECTRICAL EA 1

300000-881 (78957)

XAFZZ INSULATOR, WASHER EA 6

300000-911 (70957)

XAFZZ INSULATOR WASHER EA 5

300000-921 (78957

XAFZZ PLATE, LOCKING EA 4

300000-931 (78957

XAFZZ 5305-622-9472 SCREW MACHINE EA 4

MS35265-5 (96906)

XAFZZ PLATE MOUNTING EA 1

300000-071 (789573

XAFZZ SPACER EA 2

300000 (78957!

XAFZZ SPACER EA 2

300000-921 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

200280-619 (78957)

XAFZZ COVER EA 1

303946-921 (78957)

XAFZZ CRANK, HAND , KNOB EA 1

300000-661 (78957)

XAFZZ CRANK, HAND, KNOB EA 2

30000-671 (78957)

XAFZZ CRANK HAND KNOB E4 2

300000-681 (76957)

XAFZZ CRANK, HAND, KNOB EA 2

300000-91 (789557)

XAFZZ FRAME EA 1

303940-210 (78957)

XAFZZ INSULATOR, PLATE EA 1

300001-041 (78957)

XAFZZ INSULATOR, PLATE EA 1

300002-501 (78957)

B-12
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAFZZ SPACER, SLEEVE EA 4

30001-C31 (78957)

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 12

300000-701 (78957)GROUP 01010203KEY ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-5C9 (78957)

PAOZZ 6240-115-5042 LAMP, INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * * * 

24CSB (58854)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

300972-191 (78957)

PAFZZ 5805-117-5484 PUSHBUTTON EA 5 * * *· * * * 

300972-171 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE ANGLE EA 1

300972-841 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-3508 SCREW, MACHINE EA 1 * * * * * * 

MS51958-11 (96906)

XAFZZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1

304145-262 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-0510 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS1958-13 (969061

PAFZZ 5335-855-3973 SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS24629-12 (96906)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

206011-129 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 5

201280-2C9 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1'

253280-219 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

203260-229 (78957)

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

30972-011 (78957)

B-13
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5305-777-6039 SCREW MACHINE EA 8 * * * * * * 

MS51959-12 (96906)

XAFZZ LAMP ASSEMBLY INCANDESCENT EA 1

703016-526 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-828-3821 SCREW TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS24629-13 (96906)

XAFZZ COLLAR EA 6

300972-161 (78957)

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

300972-351 (78957)

XAFZZ RETAINER, LAMP EA 1

300972-041 (78957)

XAFZZ PIN, SHOULDERED, HEADLESS EA 1

300972-561 (78957)

XAFZZ PLUNGER ASSEMBLY EA 1

206011-109 (78957)

XAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW MACHINE EA 2

MS51957-15 (96906)

XAFZZ BAR, CHAINING EA 1

300972-031 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

703016-013 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET EA 1

300972-111 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

206011-169 (75957)

XAFZZ PLATE MOUNTING EA 1

703015-676 (78957)

XAFZZ DETENT.SWITCH EA 1

300972-021 (78957)

XAFZZ LOCKOUT EA 4

300972-231 (78957)

XAFZZ PIN, SHOULDERED, HEADLESS EA 1

300972-561 (78957)

B-14
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

300971-991 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-855-0970 SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS24629-12 (96906)-

XAFZZ PLUNGER EA 1

307972-151 (78957)

XAFZZ PLUNGER ASSEMBLY EA 5

703015-677 (75957)

XAFZZ PLUNGER EA I

703015-926 (78957)

XAFZZ SCREW, MACHINE EA 1

703015-679 (78957)

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 6

301972-051 (78951T

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 1

303972-141 (78957)

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 1

303972-051 (78957)

XAFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 12

303972-211 (78957)

GROUP 01010254

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 2 * * * * * * 

703;16-510 (78957)

PAOZZ 6240-115-3542 LAMP INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * * * 

24CSB (58854)

PAFZZ 5805-117-8484 PUSH BUTTON EA 6 * * * * * * 

300972-171 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE ANGLE EA 1

30 972-841 (7l957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-i5C8 SCREW, MACHINE EA 1 * * * * * * 

MS51958-11 (96936)

XAFZZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1

334145-262 (78957)

B-15
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5305-057-0510 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * *

MS5t958-13 (96906)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

206911-129 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-855-0970 SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * *

MS24629-12 (96906)

XAFZZ LAMP ASSEMBLY, INCANDESCENT EA 1

703016-527 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-828-9821 SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * *

MS24629-13 (96906)

XAFZZ COLLAR EA 6

301972-161 (78957)

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA I

300972-351 (78957)

XAFZZ RETAINER, LAMP EA 1

303972-041 (78957)

XAFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 12

309972-211 (789571

XAFZZ PIN, SHOULDERED, HEADLESS EA 1

303972-561 (78957)

XAFZZ PLUNGER ASSEMBLY EA 1

206011-tC9 (769571

XAFZZ S305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2

MS51957-15 (q9906)

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 1

300972-051 (789571

GROUP 0102

PANEL ASSEMBLY

AFFFF PANEL ASSEMBLY EA 1 4 1

GB11672 (11136)

PAFZZ 585-00O3-’671 PANEL, MOUNTING EA 2 * * * * * * * 4 2

1058(01794)

PAHZZ 5935-975-4649 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * * 7 3

CMT337 (2389)

B-16
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5935-224-4213 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * 

MT332A (82389?

PAHZZ 5940-983-5051 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * 

37TB10 (81349)

XBFZZ BLOCK, JACK MOUNTING EA 1

AP916 (11136)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

GB11678 (11136)

GROUP 010201

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ DIAL, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * * * * 

330CG450 (09712)

GROUP 01C2C2 EA 1 * * * * * * 

HOOK SWITCH

PAFZZ 5930-236-5529 SWITCH, HOOK EA 1 * * * * * * 

AT81C6I1O (11136)

GROUP 01C3

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

NC1800-03G3AR15T4 (97101)

PAHZZ TRANSMITTER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1912-93 (97101)

PAHZZ 5965-651-4348 RECEIVER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1590V (97101)

PAHZZ CAP, RECEIVER EA 1 * * * XAHZZ HEADSET EA 1

1809-03 (97101)

GROUP 0104

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

1574-5 (97101)

P4HZZ 5965-578-5931 RECEIVER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1350(97101)

B-17
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ TRANSMITTER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1338(97101)

PAHZZ PLUG, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

7683 (971011

XBHZZ HEADBAND EA 1

1342F (97101)

B-18
TM 11-5805-647-14

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

SECTION VIII. FIGURE ITEM FIGURE ITEM

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

5305-003-2671 4 2 6350-239-5581 1 32

5805-117-8484 3 3

5805-117-8484 3 3

5805-258-5840 2 13

5805-269-0027 1 1

5905-104-8364 1 4

5905-105-7765 1 27

5905-106-3666 1 11

5905-106-3666 2 8

5905-110-0388 1 7

5905-110-7622 1 8

5905-111-t678 1 12

5905-111-4858 1 20

5905-114-0711 1 3

5905-116-8555 1 9

5905-119-3504 1 15

5905-119-8811 2 3A

5905-119-6811 2 11

5905-141-0717 1 31

5905-141-1183 1 19

5905-238-5828 1 25

5905-504-7058 1 18

5910-06h-3887 1 26

5910-224-6115 1 21

5910-267-2706 1 24

5910-275-6507 1 29

5910-283-5664 1 30

5910-405-0856 1 6

5910-886-2938 2 7

5930-236-6529 4 7

5935-003-7711 2 6

5935-224-4213 4 4

5935-241-6760 2 5

5935-978-4649 4 3

5940-262-2228 2 2

5940-941-0201 2 4

594G-983-6051 4 5

5950-236-7C96 1 28

5950-930-4451 1 22

5961-054-4191 1 17

5961-184-7435 2 10

5961-226-8584 1 5

5961-232-3017 1 13

5961-913-1747 1 16

5961-938-1135 1 14

5965-578-6931 5 2

5965-651-4348 4 1C

6240-115-5042 3 2

6240-115-5042 3 2

B-19
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX TA-925/FSC

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEM

PART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

AT810510W 11136 4 7

CO10F010CK03 14655 1 26

CMT337 82389 4 3

C437ARG100 K0004 1 10

GB11672 11136 4 1

KIR8C20K 31433 4 21

NRO-1UF10PCT160VDCW 08257 1 24

MT332A 82389 4 4

NC1800-03G3AR15T4 97101 4 8

QNP3A4 01194 2 12

RCR07G101JS 81349 1 19

RCR07G103JS 81349 1 11

RCR07G103JS 81349 2 8

RCR07G104JS 81349 1 7

RCR07G125JS 81349 1 4

RCR07G153JS 81349 1 9

RCR07G224JS 81349 1 27

RCR07G273JS 81349 1 15

RCR07G273JS 81349 1 3

RCR07G473JS 81349 1 31

RCR07G564JS 81349 1 12

RCR07G682JS 81349 1 8

RCR20G471JS 81349 1 20

RCR32G151JS 81349 2 3A

RCR32G151JS 81349 2 11

RCR42G202JS 81349 2 9

RCR42G681JS 81349 1 18

SC24 37942 1 32

TT100X2 90201 2 3

08CA02T 51504 1 28

1MDF1-103 72136 1 6

1N4003 04713 2 7

1N4148 81349 1 14

1N5242 04713 1 13

1N5359 04713 2 10

105B 01794 4 2

124-5K 70674 1 22

1308 97191 2 3

1350 97101 5 2

1574-5 97101 5 1

1590v 97101 5 10

1811-03 97101 4 11

1912-03 97101 4 9

2N2222 81349 4 5

2N2907 81349 1 16

200C1 15849 1 23

200054-221 78957 1 13

240SB 58854 2 2

240SB 58854 3 2

300972-171 74957 3 3

B-20
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX TA-925/FSC

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEM

PART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

300972-171 78957 3 3

300972-191 78957 3 3A

303940-321 78957 2 11

303940-621 78957 2 12

303940-721 78957 2 13

303940-821 78957 2 10

303940-921 76957 2 9

333941-121 78957 2 4

303941-221 78957 2 8

303941-321 78957 2 6

303941-421 7895? 2 3

303941-521 78957 2 5

303947-321 78957 2 7

303947-421 78957 2 2

304145-271 78957 2 5

304146-874 78957 2 6

3300G450 09712 4 6

3359W1-103 80294 1 25

37TB10 81349 4 5

40347 02735 1 17

41566-000 78957 2 4

49009-01 51504 1 2

611-1300PFZ-5PCT33V 26625 1 29

611-820PF2-5PCT33V 26625 1 30

6505-3821 46859 1 1

6505-3834 46859 1 1

6505-3836 46859 1 1

703016-508 78957 2 1

703016-509 78957 3 1

703016-510 76957 3 1

703016-640 78957 2 2

7683 97101 5 4

B-21
SECTION IX TM 11-5805-647-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

15 DAY ORGANIZATIONAL ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. (a) (b)

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) (d) FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

O/W UNIT REMOTE LINK TA-924/FSC

5805-269-0321 O/W UNIT REMOTE LK TA-924/FSC

6505-3823 (46859)

GROUP 010202

AMPLIFIER

PAOZZ AMPLIFIER, VARIABLE FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * 8 9

TLC410 (64294)

GROUP 0103

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * 8 11

NC1800-03G3AR05T4 (97101)

GROUP 0104

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * 9 1

1574-5 (97101)

B-22
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION XI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

O/W UNIT REMOTE LINK TA-924/FSC

5805-269-0321 O/W UNIT REMOTE LINK TA-924/FSC

6505-3823 (46859)

GROUP 1010

CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY

AFFFH CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

6505-3839 (46859)

GROUP 010101

BUZZER ASSEMBLY

AFFFH SIGNALING FREQ OSCILLATOR EA 1 6 1

6525-3835 (468593

GROUP 01010101

BUZZER

PAFZZ 6350-23 -5581 BUZZER EA 1 * * * * * * * 6 2

SCZ4 (379g2)

XBFZZ MOUNTING BOARD EA 1

6505-3833 (46859)

XBFZZ MOUNTING WAFER EA 1

MP6 (37942)

XBFZZ SPACER, SLEEVE EA 2

13-552C (726533

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 8

13-108S (72653)

GROUP 010102

CALL DIRECTOR

AFFFM TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD EA 1 7 1

703015-596 (75957)

PAFZZ 594C-26?-2228 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * * 7 2

PAFZZ 5915-11C-:991 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * * 7 3

RCR32G151JS (81349)

PAFZZ 5940-941-0201 TERMINAL, LUG EA 5 * * * * * * * 7 4

41566-000 (78957)

B-23
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5935-24C-6760 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 3 * * * * * * 

304145-271 (789571

PAFZZ 5935-003-7711 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 3 * * * * * * 

304146-674 (78957)

GROUP 01010201

NETWORK

PAFZZ NETWORK EA 1 * * * * * * 

QNB3A4 (01794)

GROUP C1010202

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ 5805-258-5840 DIAL ASSEMBLY, PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * ** * 

200054-221 (78957) 

SEEMFFZZ CABLE ASSEMBLY EA 1

703006-895 (78957)

PAFZZ 5315-057-0509 SCREW, MACHINE EA 6 * * * * * * 

MS5195A-12 (96906)

PAFZZ 5315-763-7827 SCREW, MACHINE EA 3 * * * * * * 

MS51959-18 (969F6)

XBFZZ HOOD, CONNECTOR EA 3

304146-863 (78957)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 21

701019-933 (78957)

XBFZZ FACEMAT EA i

705316-210 (78957)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA I

P894839 (C1794)

XBF1Z TERMINAL, LUG EA 1

13-1085 (72653)

GROUP 01010203

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-509 (7R9571 

SEE

GROUP 0102

PANEL ASSEMBLY

B-24
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

AFFFH PANEL, ASSEMBLY EA 1 

GB11671 (11136)

PAFZZ 5805-003-7671 PANEL, MOUNTING EA 2 * * * * * * 

15OB (Ct194)

PAFZZ 5935-978-4649 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * * * * 

CMT337 (62389)

PAFZZ 5935-224-4213 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MT332A (82389)

PAFZZ 5940-983-6051 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * 

MILT55164 (81349)

PAFZZ RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * * * * 

U12 (37942)

PAFZZ 593C-975-2889 SWITCH, ROTARY EA 1 * * * * * * 

US28 (37942)

XBFZZ BLOCK, JACK MOUNTING EA 1 * * * * * * 

AP916 (11116)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

6GB11677 (11136)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

GB6023L23 (11136)

XBFZZ BEZEL, INSTRUMENT MOUNTING EA 1

P11E902 (p1794)

XBFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

703016-755 (78957)

GROUP G1C231

HOOK SWITCH

PAFZZ 5930-236-5529 SWITCH, HOOK EA 1 * * * * * * 

ATA1061CW (11136)

GROUP GO020?

AMPLIFIER

PAOZZ AMPLIFIER, VARIABLE FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * * * 

TL0410 (64?94)

GROUP O1203

SPEAKER

B-25
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5965-261-8086 LOUDSPEAKER, PERMANENT MAGNET EA 1 * * * * * * 

33025 (74199)

GROUP 0103

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

NC1800-03G3AR05T4 (97101)

PAHZZ TRANSMITTER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1912-03 (97101)

PAHZZ 5965-651-4348 RECEIVER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1590V (97101)

PAHZZ CAP, RECEIVER EA 1 * * * 

1811-03 (97101)

XAHZZ HANDSET EA 1

1839-03 (97101)

GROUP Clt4

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

1574-5 (97101) 

B-26
TM 11-5805-647-14

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

SECTION XIII FIGURE ITEM FIGURE ITEM

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

5805-003-2671 8 2

5805-258-6840 2 13

5805-269-0321 1 1

5905-110-0991 7 3

5930-236-6529 8 8

5930-975-2889 8 7

5935-003-7711 7 6

5935-224-4213 8 4

5935-240-6760 7 5

5935-978-4649 8 3

5940-262-2228 7 2

5940-941-0201 7 4

5940-983-6051 8 5

5965-261-8086 8 10

5965-651-4348 8 13

6350-239-5581 6 2

B-27
SECTION XVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBEAT810610W 11136 8 8CMT337 82389 8 3G811671 11136 8 1MILT55164 81349 8 5MT332A 82389 8 4NC1600-03G3AR05T4 97101 8 11QNB3A4 01794 7 7RCR32G151JS 81349 7 3SC24 37942 6 2TLC410 64294 8 9US28 37942 8 7U12 37942 8 6105B 01794 8 21574-5 97101 5 11590V 97101 8 131811-03 97101 8 141912-03 97101 8 12200054-221 78957 2 1330C25 74199 8 10304145-271 78957 7 5304l46-874 78957 7 641566-000 78957 7 465C5-3823 46859 1 165C5-3835 46859 6 165C5-3839 46859 1 1703016-506 78957 7 1703016-509 78957 3 1703016-640 78957 7 2

B-28
SECTION XIV TM 11-5805-647-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

15 DAY ORGANIZATIONAL ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. (a) (b)

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) (d) FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

ORDERWIRE UNIT, LINK TA-925/FSC

5805-269-0320 ORDERWIRE UNIT LINK TA-925/FSC

6505-3822 (46859)

PAOZZ 6240-115-5042 LAMP INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * 3 2

24CSB (58854)

GROUP 010203

AMPLIFIER

PAOZZ AMPLIFIER, VARIABLE FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * 10 10

TLC410 (64294)

GROUP 0103

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * 10 12

NC1800-03G3AR50T4 (97101)

GROUP 0104

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * 1 1

1574-5 (97101)

B-29
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION XVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE TA-923/FSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

ORDERWIRE UNIT, LINK TA-925/FSC

GROUP 01

5805-269-0320 ORDERWIRE UNIT LINK TA-925-FSC

6505-3822 (46859)

GROUP 0101

CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

AFFFH CALL DIRECTOR LINK TA-925-/FSC

6535-3838 (46859)

GROUP 010101

SF OSCILLATOR, BUZZER ASSEMBLY

PAFHH SIGNALING FREQ OSCILLATOR EA 1 * * * * * * * 1 1

6558-3838 (46859)

GROUP 01010101

SF OSCILLATOR

AFFFH 5895-173-7025 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY EA 1 1 2

419009-1 (51504) FOR BREAKDOWN 

SEE SECTION VI,

GROUP 01010101

GROUP 01010102

BUZZER

PAFZZ 6350-239-5581 BUZZER EA 1 * * * * * * * 1 32

SC24 (37942)

GROUP 010102

CALL DIRECTOR

AFFFH TELEPHONE SNITCH BOARD EA 1 9 1

703.16-754 (78957)

PAFZZ 5940-262-2228 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * * 9 2

703016-640 (78957!

PAFZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * * * * 9 3

77100X2 (90201)

PAFZZ 5915-119-5811 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * * 9 4

RCR32G1510S (31349)

PAFZZ 5940-941-0201 TERMINAL LUG EA 5 * * * * * * * 9 5

41566-000 (78957)

PAFZZ 5935-240-6760 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 5 * * * * * * * 9 6

394145-271 (74957)

B-30
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XBFZZ 5935-063-7711 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 3 

304146-874 (78957)

PAFZZ 5961-880-2938 SEMICONDUCTOR, DEVICE, DIODE EA 1 * * * * * * 

IN4003 (04713)

GROUP 01010201

PAFZZ NETWORK EA 1 * * * * * * 

ONB83A4 (01794)

GROUP 01010202

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ 5805-258-5840 DIAL ASSEMBLY, PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

203054-221 (78957) 

XBFZZ BEZEL, INSTRUMENT, MOUNTING EA 1

P11E902 (C1794)

XBFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

703016-755 (78957)

NFFZZ CABLE ASSEMBLY EA 1

703006-895 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-05C9 SCREW, MACHINE EA 6 * * * * * * 

MS51958-12 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-763-7827 SCREW, MACHINE EA 3 * * * * * * 

SS51959-18 (96906)

XBFZZ HOOD, CONNECTOR EA 3

304146-863 (789571

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 21

7011G9-933 (78957)

XBFZZ FACEMAT EA 1

703016-210 (78957)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

P894839 (C1794)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG E4 2

13-108S (72653)

GROUP G11a0233

KEY ASSEMBLY

B-31
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-509 (78957) 

GROUP 01010204

KEY ASSEMBLY

XAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 1 

703016-511 (78957)

PAOZZ 6240-115-5042 LAMP, INCANDESCENT EA 6 * * * * * * 

24CSB (58854)

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON EA 6 * * * * * * 

303972-171 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE ANGLE EA 1

30972-841 (78957)

PAHZZ 5305-0S7-3508 SCREW, MACHINE EA 1 * * * 

MS51958-11 (96936)

XAFZZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1

304145-262 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-0510 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS21958-13 (96906)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

206011-119 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-855-0970 SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

NS24629-12 (96906)

XAFZZ C0NTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 6

20280-209 (78957)

XAFZZ CONTACT ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL EA 1

2002S8-229 (78957)

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTNG EA 1

300972-011 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-777-55 9 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * * * * 

MS51959-12 (96906)

XAFZZ LAMP ASSEMBLY, INCANDESCENT EA 1

703016-527 (78957)

PAFZZ SCREW, TAPPING PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

PS24629-13 (969061

B-32
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAFZZ COLLAR EA 6

303972-161 (78957!

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

30972-351 (78957)

XAFZZ RETAINER, LAMP EA 1

GO972-041 (78957)

XAFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 12

300972-211 (78957)

XAFZZ PLUNGER ASSEMBLY EA 1

20601-099 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96956)

XAFZZ BAR, CHAINING EA 1

300972-031 (78957)

XAFZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE, ANGLE EA 1

703015-675 (78957)

XAFZZ DETENT, SWITCH FA 1

303972-OZ1 (78957)

XAFZZ LOCKOUT EA 5

300972-231 (78957)

XAFZZ PIN, SHOULDERED, HEADLESS EA 1

300972-561 (78957)

XAFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

30971-991 (74957)

PAFZZ SCREW, TAPPING, PAN HEAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS24629-11 (9696)5

XAFZZ PLUNGER ASSEMBLY EA 6

70315-677 (78957)

XAFZZ SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION EA 7

300972-051 (79957)

GROUP C122

PANEL ASSEMBLY

AFFFH PANEL ASSEM9LY EA 1 

GB11670 (11136)

B-33
SECTION VI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5805-003-2671 PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1 * * * * * * 

1059 (01794)

PAFZZ 5935-978-4649 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * * * * 

CHT337 (82389)

PAFZZ 5935-224-4213 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * * * * 

HT332A (82389)

PAFZZ 5940-983-S051 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * 

10-140 (717851

PAFZZ RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * * * * 

U12 (37942)

PAFZZ 5930-97q-2889 SWITCH, ROTARY EA 1 * * * * * * 

US26 (37942)

GROUP 010201 1

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ DIAL, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * * * * 

3390G450 (09712)

GROUP 010202 EA 1

HOOKSWITCH

PAFZZ 5930-236-6529 SWITCH, HOOK EA 1 * * * * * * 

AT810610W (11136)

GROUP 010203

AMPLIFIER

PAOZZ AMPLIFIER, VARIABLE FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * * * 

TLC410 (64294)

GROUP 010204 1 * * * * * * 

SPEAKER

PAFZZ 5965-261-’086 LOUD, SPEAKER, PERMANENT MAGNET EA 1 * * * * * * 

30025 (74199)

GROUP 0103 1

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

NC1800-03G3AR05T4 (97101)

PAHZZ TRANSMITTER, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1912-09 (97101)

B-34
SECTION XVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5965-651-4358 RECEIVER,TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

1590V (97t01)

PAHZZ CAP,RECEIVER EA 1 * * * 

1811-03 (97101)

GROUP 0104

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

1574-5 (97101) 

XAHZZ HANDSET EA 1

1800(971t1i

XBFZZ BLOCK,JACK MOUNTING EA 1

AP916 (111361

XBFZZ PANEL,MOUNTING EA 1

GB16T6 (11136)

XBFZZ PANEL,MOUNTING EA 1

GB6023L23 (11136)

B-35
SECTION XVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5805-003-2671 10 25805-258-6840 2 135805-269-0320 1 15895-173-7025 1 25905-119-8811 9 45930-236-6529 10 95930-975-2889 10 75935-003-7711 9 75935-224-4213 10 45935-240-5760 9 65935-978-4649 10 35940-262-2228 9 25940-941-0201 10 55940-983-5051 9 55961-880-2938 10 85965-261-8086 10 115965-651-4358 3 146240-115-5042 1 26350-234-5581 32

B-36
SECTION XVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBE

AT810610W 11136 10 9CMT337 82389 10 3GB811670 11136 10 1IN4003 04713 9 8MT332A 82389 10 4NC1800-C3G3AR05T4 97101 10 12QNB3A4 01794 9 9RCR32G151JS 81349 9 4SC24 37942 1 32TLC410 64294 10 10TT100X2 90201 9 3US28 37942 10 7U12 37942 10 610-140 71785 10 51058 01794 10 21574-5 97101 5 11590V 97101 10 141811-03 97101 10 151912-03 97101 10 13200054-221 78957 2 13240SB 58854 3 230025 74199 10 11300972-171 78957 3 3304145-271 78957 9 6304146-674 78957 9 73300G450 09712 10 841566-000 78957 9 549009-1 51534 1 26505-3822 46659 1 16505-3838 46859 1 16508-3834 46859 1 1703016-509 78957 3 1703016-511 78957 3 1703016-640 78957 9 2703016-754 78957 9 1

B-37
SECTION XIX ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01 

O/W UNIT, EXP-LK-LCL TA-928/FSC

5805-269-0323 O/W UNIT,EXP-LK-LCL TA-928/FSC 

6505-3820 (46859)

GROUP 0102 

ROTARY DIAL MOUNTING

PAOHH PANEL ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * 

GB11767 (111361

GROUP 0103

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

PAOHD SPEAKER ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * 

6505-3828 (46859)

GROUP 0104

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * 

NC1800-03G3AR15T4 (97101)

GROUP 0105

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * 

1574-5 (971011

B-38
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

O/W UNIT, EXP-LX-LCL-TA-928/FSC

5805-269-1323 O/W UNIT, EXP-LK-LCL TA-928/FSC

6505-3820 (46859)

GROUP 0101

CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY

AFFFH CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY EA 1

6505-3837 (46859)

GROUP 010101

SF OSCILLATOR-BUZZER ASSEMBLY

PAFHH SIGNALLING FREQUENCY OSC EA 1 * * * * * * 

6505-3834 (46859)

GROUP 01010101

SF OSCILLATOR

AHHHH 5895-173-7025 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY EA 1 

49009-01 (51504)

GROUP 01010102

BUZZER

PAFZZ 6350-239-5581 BUZZER

SC24 (37942)

GROUP 010102

CALL DIRECTOR

AFFFH TELEPHONE BOARD SWITCHBOARD EA 1 

703016-507 (78957)

PAFZZ 5940-262-2228 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-640 (78957)

PAFZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * * * 

TT100X2 (37942)

PAFZZ 5905-110-0991 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * 

RCR32G151JS (81349)

PAFZZ 5940-941-0201 TERMINAL, LUG EA 9 * * * * * * 

41566-000 (78957)

PAFZZ 5935-240-6760 CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL EA 5 * * * * * * 

304145-271 (78957)

B-39
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5961-880-2938 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE DIODE EA 1 * * * * * * 

1N4003 (04713)

PAFZZ 5935-003-7711 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELECTRICAL EA 5 * * * * * * 

304146-874 (78957)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G103JS (81349)

PAFZZ RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * 

RCR42G2C2JS (81349)

PAFZZ 5961-184-7435 SEMICONDUCTOR,DEVICE ,DIODE EA 1 * * * * * * 

1N5359 (04713)

PAFZZ 5905-119-9811 RESISTOR.FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * 

RCR07G51JS (81349)

GROUP 01010201

NETWORK

PAFZZ NETWORK EA 1 * * * * * * 

QNB3A4 (01794)

GROUP 01010202

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ 5805-258-5840 DIAL ASSEMBLY, PUSHBUTTON EA 1 * * * * * * 

200054-221 (78957) 

GROUP 01010203

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-510 (78957) 

GROUP 01010204 

KEY ASSEMBLY

PAFZZ PUSHBUTTON ASSEMBLY EA 2 * * * * * * 

703016-510 (78957) 

XBFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

P11E903 (01794)

XBFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

703016-637 (78957)

XBFZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

703016-756 (78957)

B-40
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

MFFZZ CABLE ASSEMBLY EA 1

703006-896 (78957)

PAFZZ 5305-057-0509 SCREW, MACHINE EA 10 * * * * * * 

MS51958-12 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-763-7827 SCREW, MACHINE EA 5 * * * * * * 

MS51959-18 (96906)

XBFZZ HOOD, CONNECTOR EA 5

304146-863 (78957)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 21

701019-933 (78957)

XBFZZ FACEMAT EA 1

703016-215 (78957)

XBFZZ HOUSING, CALL DIRECTOR EA 1

703060-414 (78957)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

P894824 (01794)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 21

701019-933 (78957)

XBFZZ FACEMAT EA 1

703016-215 (78957)

XBFZZ HOUSING, CALL DIRECTOR EA 1

703060-414 (78957)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

P894824 (01794)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 2

13-108S (72653)

PAFZZ 5805-003-2671 PANEL, MOUNTING EA 2 * * * * * * 

1058 (01794)

GROUP 01010205

HOOKSWITCH

PAFZZ 5930-236-5381 SWITCH, HOOK EA 1 * * * * * * 

703016-639 (78957)

GROUP 0102

ROTARY DIAL MOUNTING

PAOHH PANEL ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

G811767 (11136)

PAHZZ 5935-978-4649 JACK, TELEPHONE EA 2 * * * 

MT337 (82389)

GROUP 010201

DIAL ASSEMBLY

PAHZZ DIAL, TELEPHONE EA 1 * * * 

3300G450 (09712)

B-41
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 0103

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

PAOHD SPEAKER ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

6505-3828 (46859)

PAHZZ GASKET EA 1 * * * 

405-003 (34079)

PAHZZ LOUDSPEAKER, PERMANENT MAGNET EA 1 * * * 

203-002 (32001)

PAHZZ RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

905-009 (34079)

PAHZZ KNOB EA 1 * * * 

311-004 (34079)

XBFZZ BLOCK, JACK MOUNTING EA 1

GB882L5 (11136)

XAMZZ HOUSING ASSEMBLY EA 1

GB982-60 (11136)

XAHZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 1

GB882L1 (11136)

XAHZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 11

60M (71785)

XAHZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 1

GB882L4 (11136)

XAHZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 11

60M (71785)

XAHZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE ANGLE EA 1

400-090 (34079)

XAHZZ HOUSING EA 1

700-019 (34079)

XAHZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 1

400-074 (34079)

XAHZZ SCREEN, METAL EA 1

400-075 (34079)

AHHHH CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

6505-3828BDASSY (46859)

B-42
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-114-5425 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G362JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-104-8349 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G511JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5430 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G433JS (81349)

PAHZZ TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

903-001 (34079)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5407 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G271JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1168 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-131-9395 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G131JS (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED EA 2 * * * 

900-089 (34079)

PAHZZ 5961-542-7308 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N657 (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED EA 2 * * * 

900-111 (34079)

PAHZZ TRANSFORMER, AUDIO FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * 

200-017 (34079)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED EA 1 * * * 

900-090 (34079)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED EA 1 * * * 

900-011 (34079)

PAHZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 1 * * * 

902-003 (34079)

PAHZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 1 * * * 

1N53618 (04713)

PAHZZ RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

4409A (44655)

PAHZZ TRANSFORMER, AUDIO FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * 

200-022 (34079)

B-43
SECTION XXI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G1R2JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-935-8541 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G301JS

XAHZZ HEAT SINK EA 1

223085 (13103)

XAHZZ INSULATOR, TRANSISTOR EA 2

303-002 (34079)

XAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

801-020 (34079)

GROUP 0104

HANDSET

PAOHH HANDSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

NC1800-03G3AR15T4 (97101) 

GROUP 0105

HEADSET

PAOHH HEADSET EA 1 * * * * * * 

1574-5 (97101) 

B-44
SECTION XXIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5805-003-2671 12 15805-258-6840 2 135805-269-0323 1 1589S-173-7025 1 25905-104-3349 13 35905-106-3666 11 85905-11G-0991 11 45905-114-5407 13 65905-114-5425 13 25905-114-5430 13 45905-119-8611 11 115905-131-9395 13 85905-141-1168 13 75905-935-5541 13 205930-236-6381 12 25935-003-77tl1 11 75935-24C-6760 11 65935-978-4649 12 45940-262-2228 11 25940-941-0201 11 55961-184-7435 11 105961-542-7306 13 105961-880-2936 11 7A6350-239-5581 1 32

B-45
SECTION XVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBE

GB11767 11136 12 3MT337 82389 12 4NC1800-03G3AR15T4 97101 4 8QNB3A4 01794 11 12RCR07G103JS 81349 11 8RCR07G151JS 81349 11 11RCR20G1R2JS 81349 13 19RCR20G131JS 81349 13 8RCR20G222JS 81349 13 7RCR20G271JS 81349 13 6RCR20G301JS 81349 13 20RCR20G362JS 81349 13 2RCR20G433JS 81349 13 4RCR20G511JS 81349 13 3RCR32G151JS 81349 11 4RCR42G202JS 81349 11 9SC24 37942 1 32TT100X2 37942 11 31N4003 04713 11 7A1N5359 04713 11 101N5361B 04713 13 16105B 01794 12 11574-5 97101 5 12N657 81349 13 10200-017 34079 13 12200-022 34079 13 18200054-221 78957 2 13203-002 32001 12 8304145-271 78957 11 6304146-874 78957 11 7311-004 34079 12 1033000450 09712 12 5405-003 34079 12 741566-000 78957 11 54409A 44655 13 1749009-01 51504 1 26505-3820 46859 1 16505-3828 46859 12 66505-3828BDASSY 46859 13 16505-3834 46859 1 16505-3837 46859 1 1703016-507 78957 11 1703016-509 78957 11 13703016-510 78957 11 13703015-639 78957 12 2703016-640 78957 11 2900-011 34079 13 14900-089 34079 13 9900-090 34079 13 13900-111 34079 13 11

B-46
SECTION XVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX 

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBE

902-033 34079 13 15903-001 34079 13 5905-009 34079 12 9

B-47
SECTION XXIV ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

O/W INTERCOM TERM UNIT

ORDERWIRE INTERCOMM TERM UNITTA-918(v)1/FSC THRU TA-918(v)8/FSC

GROUP 0101

PANEL, FUSE SB-3751/FSC

PDOHD FUSE PANEL SB-3751/FSC EA 1 * * * 

12734-1 (21870)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8417 FUSE EA 10 * * * 

GMT5 (71400)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8933 FUSE EA 15 * * * 

GMT2 (71400)

PAOZZ 6240-683-0560 LAMP, GLOW EA 1 * * * 

345 (71744)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8416 FUSE EA 15 * * * 

GMT1-1-3 (71400)

PAOZZ 5920-280-5066 FUSE, CARTRIDGE EA 1 * * * 

313005 (75915)

GROUP 010201

LINE CARD

PAOHH 5895-167-1183 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * 

LC401-4 (15960)

GROUP 010202

INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY

PAOHH 5895-167-1270 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * 

INT9740 (15960)

GROUP 0103

COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF

PD0HD EQUIPMENT SHELF EA 2 * * * 

41010-96 (51504)

GROUP 010301

DTMF TONE RECEIVER

B-48
SECTION XXIV ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

PAOHD 5895-173-7051 RECEIVER, TONE EA 2 * * * 

40452-01 (51504)

GROUP 010302

DIGIT DECODER

PAOHH 5895-173-7023 DECODER, DIGIT EA 2 * * * 

40451-01 (51504)

GROUP 010303

SF DETERMINING AND OSCILLATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA 2 * * * 

41063-02 (51504)

GROUP 010304

4W/2W HYBRID MODULE

PAOHD 5895-173-7035 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA 2 * * * 

49008-01 (51504)

GROUP 010305

4W/2W HYBRID WITH 2.7 KHZ FILTER

PAOHD 5895-174-3549 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA 2 * * * 

49008-02 (51504)

GROUP 010306

SF DETECTOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY

41063-01 (51504)

GROUP 010307

DC/DC POWER SUPPLY

PAOHD 5895-195-0582 POWER SUPPLY EA 1 * * * 

41028-01 (51504)

PAOZZ LIGHT, INDICATOR EA 1 * * * 

11-507 (72765)

PAOZZ 5920-280-3178 FUSE, CARTRIDGE EA 1 * * * 

MDL2-1-2 (71400)

B-49
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

O/W INTERCOM TERM UNIT

ORDERWIRE INTERCOMM TERM UNITTA918(v)1/FSC THRU TA-918(v)8/FSC

GROUP 0101

PANEL, FUSE SB-3751/FSC

PDOHD FUSE PANEL SB-3751/FSC EA 1 * * * * * * 

12734-1 (21870)

PAHZZ 5961-577-6214 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 4 * * * 

1N538 (81349)

PAHZZ SOCKET, RELAY EA 1 * * * 

30055-1 (02288)

XBHZZ RELAY, ARMATURE EA 1 

T154-206V (21870)

PAHZZ 5905-070-3369 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

247E4015 (56289)

PAHZZ 5920-968-3238 FUSEHOLDER EA 40 * * * 

HLT (71400)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8417 FUSE EA 10 * * * * * * 

GMT5 (71400)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8933 FUSE EA 15 * * * * * * 

GMT2 (71400)

PAHZZ 5905-958-7253 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

247E5005 (56289)

PAOZZ 6240-683-0560 LAMP, GLOW EA 1 * * * * * * 

345 (71744)

PAHZZ SWITCH, PUSH EA 1 * * * 

513-0101-604 (72619)

PAHZZ CAP, ELECTRICAL EA 1 * * * 

185-1871 (72619)

PAHZZ 5905-984-3312 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

247E3015 (56289)

PAOZZ 5920-857-8416 FUSE EA 15 * * * * * * 

GMT1-1-3 (71400)

B-50
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XNHZZ BAR, RETAINER EA 4

A12740 (21870)

PAHZZ 5310-934-8748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 16 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-765-4352 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

MS51959-31 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-929-6395 WASHER, LOCK EA 16 * * * 

MS35338-136 (96906)

XBHZZ BAR, SUPPORT EA 1

812708-5 (21870)

PAHZZ 5305-054-6668 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51957-43 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-933-8119 WASHER, LOCK EA 4 * * * 

MS35338-137 (96906)

MHHZZ CABLE ASSEMBLY, POWER EA 2

12742 (21870)

XBHZZ CHASSIS, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

12737-1 (21870)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 12 * * * 

MS35649-264 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-770-2779 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51959-15 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-933-8118 WASHER, LOCK EA 12 * * * 

MS3538-135 (96906)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

812739 (21870)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 3 * * * 

MS35649-264 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5648 SCREW, MACHINE EA 3 * * * 

MS51957-14 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-933-8118 WASHER, LOCK EA 11 * * * 

MS35338-135 (96906)

PAHZZ CHASSIS, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1 * * * 

C12738 (21870)

B-51
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XBHZZ GROMMET, RUBBER EA 1

2172 (83330)

XBHZZ 5940-902-5611 TERMINAL, INSULATED EA 8

4814-1-0516 (71279)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5646 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

MS51957-12 (96906)

XBHZZ CHASSIS, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

012736 (21870)

XBHZZ FRONT PANEL FUSE PANEL EA 1

012735 (21870)

PAHZZ 5305-719-5064 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51959-30 (96906)

XBHZZ PLATE, IDENTIFICATION EA 1

A10615 (21870)

XBHZZ SPACER EA 2

8451 (83330)

XBHZZ TERMINAL STRIP EA 1

601Y6 (75382)

PAHZZ 5305-054-6655 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51957-31 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-722-5998 WASHER, FLAT EA 4 * * * 

MS15795-805 (96906)

XBHZZ TERMINAL STRIP EA 4

411-1904-20 (75382)

PAHZZ 5305-614-0260 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

MS35265-17 (96906)

GROUP 0102

PC CARD RACK ASSEMBLY

AOOFO CABINET, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1 

LCC9748 (15960)

PAFZZ 5940-472-4604 TERMINAL BORAD EA 2 * * * * * * 

PJ610 (70674)

PAFZZ 5905-111-4858 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * * * * 

B-52
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5940-926-9807 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * 

353-11-03-001 (71785)

PAFZZ 5325-829-3887 GROMMET, PLASTIC EA 1 * * * * * * 

G402 (92219)

PAFZZ 5905-552-5478 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * * * * 

RV4NAYSD102A (81349)

PAFZZ 5920-462-7136 FUSEHOLDER EA 1 * * * * * * 

342015 (75915)

PAOZZ 5920-280-5066 FUSE, CARTRIDGE EA 1 * * * * * * 

313005 (75915)

PAFZZ 5935-264-5611 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 12 * * * * * * 

00-6007-044-452-012 (91662)

PAFZZ 5945-465-9919 KEY, POLARIZING EA 12 * * * * * * 

60-6002-31-24 (91662)

XBFZZ BRACKET, DOUBLE ANGLE EA 2

171-006 (15960)

XBFZZ BUSHING EA 12

14-1001 (15960)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9759 NUT,P LAIN, HEXAGON EA 16 * * * * * * 

MS35649-284 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-6668 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * * * * 

MS51957-43 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-809-8546 WASHER, FLAT EA 8 * * * * * * 

MS27183-8 (96906

PAFZZ 5310-809-3365 WASHER, LOCK EA 16 * * * * * * 

MS35340-42 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 24 * * * * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 26 * * * * * * 

MS51957-1120 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-655-9505 WASHER, LOCK EA 28 * * * * * * 

MS35340-40 (96906)

XBFZZ COVER, TOP EA 1

171-008 (15960)

B-53
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 9 * * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96906)

XBFZZ GUIDE, CIRCUIT CARD EA 24

33-9016-12-01-04 (15960)

XBFZZ PANEL, MOUNTING EA 1

171-007 (15960)

MFFZZ PLATE, DESIGNATION EA 1

63-9016-24-02 (91562)

XBFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 2

33-9016-13-01-02-148 (91662)

XBFZZ PLATE, MOUNTING EA 2

63-9016-50-01-00-148 (91662)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 16 * * * * * * 

MS35649-264 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-6653 SCREW, MACHINE EA 16 * * * * * * 

MS51957-29 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-839-3770 WASHER, LOCK EA 16 * * * * * * 

MS35340-41 (96906)

GROUP 010201

LINE CARD

PAOHH 5895-167-1183 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

LC401-4 (15960)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1168 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCR20G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-148-4501 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 10 * * * 

1N4003 (04173)

PAHZZ 5961-226-8584 TRANSISTOR EA 3 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-1282 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR20G223JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0596 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

TDC105M015AS (37942)

B-54
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-104-3346 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

R2R20G334JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5962-169-4730 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT EA 1 * * * 

CD4001AE (86614)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

TDC476M010CS (37942)

PAHZZ 5935-104-5756 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

R0G10CJS (81349)

PAHZZ CONTACT, ELECTRICAL EA 2 * * * 

14-1018 (15960)

PAHZZ 5935-238-5507 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 2 * * * 

A2169 (27264)

PAHZZ 5905-110-0196 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR2CGIO2JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5120-471-1819 HANDLE, CIRCUIT CARD EA 1 * * * 

5005-09N (13103)

PAHZZ 5961-250-4722 DIODE, LIGHT EMITTING EA 1 * * * 

CSL3 (50347)

PAHZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE. DIODE EA 1 * * * 

VTL9R7 (18178)

PAHZZ 5945-238-5254 RELAY, REED EA 1 * * * 

R2583-1 (156363)

PAHZZ 5910-261-6533 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

411E334K (05844)

PAHZZ 5905-274-2235 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

CPS-12:-CHM1CPCT (91637)

PAHZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE. DIODE EA 1 * * * 

PT001 (01121)

PAHZZ RELAY, ARMATURE EA 2 * * * 

670PK4C81 (29238)

XAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

C1-1061 (1596)

GROUP 0112C2

INTERRUPTED ASSEMBLY

B-55
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAOHH 5895-167-1270 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

INT9740 (15963)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1168 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCR2GG222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-5560 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRZ2GZ04JS (513493

PAHZZ 5905-106-1282 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR2CG223JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-261-6533 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

411E334K (05844)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 6 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 5962-169-4728 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT EA 1 * * * 

CO4013AE (86684)

PAHZZ 5961-843-2498 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 4 * * * 

1N40C3 (04713)

PAHZZ 5962-243-2555 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT EA 1 * * * 

CO4It7AE (86684)

PAHZZ 5905-104-5756 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G105JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-250-4722 DIODE, LIGHT EMITTING EA 1 * * * 

OSL3 (5C347)

PAHZZ 5935-156-4348 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

PC-2CG154JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-226-6584 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N2222 (813493)

PAHZZ 5961-146-8295 TRANSISTOR EA 4 * * * 

2N223C8 (09214)

PAHZZ HEAT SINK EA 1 * * * 

621 (058ZC)

PAHZZ 5961-107-?571 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N4922 (04713)

PAHZZ 5961-250-4028 TRANSISTOR EA 3 * * * 

MJE110 (04713)

B-56
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

TOC1O6M601OS (37942)

PAHZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 1 * * * 

SKF51A (24444)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0591 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20GI03JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5962-169-4730 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT EA 1 * * * 

C040CIAE (866S4)

XBHZZ BUSHING EA 4

1560A (91833)

PAHZZ 5335-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS551957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5316-595-6211 WASHER, FLAT EA 4 * * * 

MS15795-303 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTED HIRING BOARD EA 1

01-1062 (15960)

PAHZZ 531F-934-7?48 NUT,PLAIN,HEX4GON EA 4 * * * 

WS3564Q-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 53C5-054-5651 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

NSS1957-17 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-543-2410 WASHER LOCK EA 4 * * * 

MS35338-40 (969061

GROUP 0103

COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF

POOHO EQUIPMENT SHELF EA 2 * * * * * * 

41010-96 (51574)

PAFZZ 5905-818-4866 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * * * * 

RH50-150H (91637)

PAFZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * 

52A (71785)

PAFZZ 5961-199-5008 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * * * * 

2N2S55 (81349)

PAFZZ 5935-837-5718 CONNECTOR, RECPT, ELECTRICAL EA 16 * * * * * * 

143-018-12 (13511)

B-57
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XBFFZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 2

1410-2050 (51504)

PAFZZ 5305-054-6651 SCREW, MACHINE EA 3 * * * * * * 

MS51957-27 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5661 WASHER, LOCK EA 3 * * * * * * 

MS535333-37 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-6651 SCREW, MACHINE EA 3 * * * * * * 

MSS51957-27 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-6661 WASHER, LOCK EA 3 * * * * * * 

MS35337-37 (96906)

XBFZZ BUSHING, SLEEVE EA 2

61473WHITE (98291)

XBFZZ CLIP, RETAINER EA 2

1405-223G (51504)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-193-7577 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS35333-.15 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-193-7577 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS35333-36 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS55197-15 (96936)

PAFZZ 5310-193-7577 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS35333-36 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96906)

PAFZZ 5335-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS5157-15 (95906)

PAFZZ 5310-193-7577 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS35333-36 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS1957-15 (96916)

B-58
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5305-054-6668 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-43 (96906)

XBFZZ TERMINAL, LUG EA 1

1414-6 (83330)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 1 * * * * * * 

MS51957-13 (96906

PAFZZ 5310-193-7577 SCREW, MACHINE EA 1 * * * * * * 

MS35333-36 (969063

XBFZZ TERMINAL PANEL REAQ EA 1

1410-2220 (515043

PAFZZ 5305-054-5650 SCREW. MACHINE EA 6 * * * * * * 

MS51957-26 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS35649-264 (96906)’

PAFZZ 5305-054-6652 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * * * * 

MS51957-28 (96906)

XBFZZ WASHER, NONMETALLIC EA 1

495320-1 (32735)

XBFZZ WASHER, SHOULDER EA 2

495334-7 (12735)

GROUP 013031

DTMF TONE RECEIVER

PAOHD 5895-173-7051 RECEIVER, TONE EA 2 * * * * * * 

40452-01 (51504)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4404-1524 (51504)

PAHZZ 5995-117-9388 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 8 * * * 

RCYD7G1G4JS (813493

PAHZZ 5935-114-0711 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 11 * * * 

RCR207G472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 20 * * * 

RCD07G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-130-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 22 * * * 

RCRC7G103JS (81349)

B-59
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-243-2517 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 1 * * * 

RNR65C52R3FS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1t83 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCRO7GIOIJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-121-9932 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G391JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-8552 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

QCR07G223JS (8349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3503 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RCR07G27tJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-8769 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07GS21JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR707473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5343 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G162JS (813493

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 9 * * * 

RCR07G122JS (813493

PAHZZ q905-119-8812 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G121JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-772-7027 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 7 * * * 

MFSCD1243F (19701)

PAHZZ 5905-106-1278 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07O723JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-267-2704 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

ME0-22UF1CPCT200V (06257)

PAHZZ 5910-227-7765 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 4 * * * 

1MDF1-472 (72136)

PAHZZ 5951-951-757 TRANSISTOR EA 29 * * * 

2NZ222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-267-2706 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC 01 EA 14 * * * 

MR0-1UF10PCT160VOCW (08257)

B-60
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-728-0O93 CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 1 * * * 

C06FO12JO3 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 4 * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 4 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7061 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

80AGC2C t515#4)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

MRO-1UF3PCT160VOCW (08257)

PAHZZ 5910-224-5115 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 14 * * * 

K1RSC20K (31433)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC 0I EA 2 * * * 

1NOF2-473 (72136)

PAHZZ 5910-238-5508 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MODF-153 (72136)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7063 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

C80AG21 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-139-2406 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MDF1-102 (72136)

PAHZZ 5950-845-9157 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 1 * * * 

SS0-3 (80223)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR1RECEPTACLE,ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-C18-43 (02660)

PA4ZZ 5950-236-71C6 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

08A046 (51504)

PAHZ2 5950-236-7103 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

83AO45 (51504)

PAHZZ 595C-236-7102 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A043 (51564)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7101 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

083AG43 (51504)

PAHZZ 591C-268-3986 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-15000PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

B-61
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-264-5591 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-1600GPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5593 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

61-ISOCCCPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-828-6282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

C43?ARG1O, (K0004)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2230 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-30COCPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-274-7218 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-27000PF2-5PC733V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5595 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC or EA 1 * * * 

611-24003PF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5594 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-2230GPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7097 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A04 (51504)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7798 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

0830G41 (51504)

PAHZZ 595C-236-7099 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

C80A042 (51504)

XAHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-242J (51504)

PAHZZ 3t10-934-C748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

135P649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5335-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

551957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 53iC-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

SS35333-70 (96916)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9745 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96915)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

N551957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 531-550-3705 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

NS35333-70 (96906)

B-62
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1 * * * 

1404-1522 (51504)

XAHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1413-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-058-2102 SCREEN, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XAHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1414-3521 (51504)

GROUP 010332

DIGIT DECODER

PAOHH 5895-173-7023 DECODER, DIGIT EA 2 * * * 

40451-04 (51504)

XAOHH CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 * * * 

404-i1512(51504)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 14 * * * 

RCR07G332JS t81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-3717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR7OTG4?3JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 27 * * * 

RCR07G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-951-5757 TRANSISTOR EA 17 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 26 * * * 

1N4148 (813493

PAHZZ 5935-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G273JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-118-4559 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR7G333JS (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

K1R8C2CK (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-116-8556 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCR07G223JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5945-104-8368 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR57G470JS (81349)

B-63
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-120-9154 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G471JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-6129 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

K1020K (31433)

PAHZZ TRANSISTOR EA 3 * * * 

2N6027 (047131

PAHZZ 5905-116-8555 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RCR07G153JS (81349)

P4HZZ 5905-110-7622 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G682JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-0711 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G472JS. (61349)

PAHZZ SOCKET, RELAY EA 1 * * * 

R4OS41nP33 (51504)

PAHZZ 5945-244-8215 RELAY, ARMATURE EA 1 * * * 

R43JEl2V801 (77342)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-G18-43 (02663)

PAHZZ 5905-106-1356 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RC207G152JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-139-2746 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

1MDF1-102 (72136)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 21 * * * 

2000C1 (15849)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

B41283-100-50-9021 (25188)

PAHZZ 5905-244-8241 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-504 (80294)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5344 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G184JS (81349)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

14C4-2420 (51504)

B-64
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5335-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

PAHZZ BUSHING EA 1

81473W (98291)

PAHZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT1PLAINGHEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (969061

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-120 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55C-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA

14r4-1514 (St5043

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1404-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 53,5-058-21t2 SCREW,TAPPING.THRE40 FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XBHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1404-3514 (51504)

GROUP Ct0393

SF DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA 2 * * * * * * 

41363-12 (51504)

PAHZZ 5935-136-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 10 * * * 

RCR37G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-9555 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCR07G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-141-Z742 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G181JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5925-114-3717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCRO7G473JS (81349)

B-65
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-ii-7622 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G682JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-10-0388 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCY07GIC4JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTORiFIXEO9COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-104-S364 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G125JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-1812 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07GI21JS (813491

PAHZZ 5905-116-8554 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRK07G05JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-t278 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCRO?G123JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5339 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

PCKO7GI54JS (81349)

PAHZZ 59C5-116-8556 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G223JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-135-5045 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRG7G33OJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7765 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G224JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-iii-1678 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR37G564JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-1C4-5358 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G822JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-t183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCRO?7G!CtJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-5683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCR07G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111i-927 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR17G272JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-1C4-3h6d RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR37G7 JS (81349)

B-66
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-119-3503 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR37G271JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-8768 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRT7GR21JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0598 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G561JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-0711 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRC7G472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07GZ?3JS 81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-3743 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G392JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-11t-7620 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07GI02JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-244-824t RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-5C4 (80294)

PAHZZ 5935-114-5344 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G184JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-14t-G744 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G562JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-12C-9154 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G47IJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-40C-4528 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07Gt24JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-O71C RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G331JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1807 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

339-5:2 (R8294)

PAHZZ 5905-23R-582R RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359k1-103 (80294)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 6 * * * 

1N4143 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-951-5757 TRANSISTOR EA 17 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

B-67
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-4G5-3856 CAPACITOR, FIXED PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

1MDF1-103 (72136)

PAHZZ 5910-28C-0986 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC or EA 1 * * * 

611-1500PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5664 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 3 * * * 

611-1300CPF2-5PCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-275-67t5 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC 0D EA 3 * * * 

611-13000PF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC or EA 1 * * * 

MEQ-33UFIOPCT2OOV (08257)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR, FIXED ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

841283-1’0-25-4112 (25088)

PAHZZ 595C-236-7096 INDUCTOR EA 2 * * * 

831AC27 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-06R-3887 CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 1 * * * 

COl3FO1ClKC3 (14655)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 6 * * * 

MRO-1UFIGPCT160VOCW (082571

PAHZZ 5910-224-S115 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 5 * * * 

KIR4C2GK (31433)

PAHZZ 5910-139-24C6 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC 0I EA 1 * * * 

1MDF1-tO2 (72136)

PAHZZ 5961-059-4464 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N7218 (81349)

PAHZZ 5950-845-3157 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 1 * * * 

SS3-3 (80223)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7110 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 1 * * * 

08A0C1S (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-828-i282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C437ARG1600 (K0004)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (02660)

PAHZZ SOCKET, RELAY EA 1 * * * 

P40410P33 (51524)

B-68
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5945-244-5215 RELAY, ARMATURE EA 1 * * * 

R4EIW2VO80C (77342)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR9FIXEDoELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

KIOC20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5961-106-3698 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N6327 (04713)

PAHZZ. 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

HNOF2-473 (72136)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7120 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A064 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-275-5704 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-1OCOOPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-275-5710 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-680(PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 59iS-275-67i7 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-75CCPF?-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5593 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611ii-COPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7115 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A063 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-275-5708 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

61ii-3900GPF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 591Ct-283-5656 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

615-22CPF2-SPCT63V (266251

PAHZZ 595C-236-7114 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

C83Ac62 51594)

PAHZZ 5930-686-9533 SWITCH, PUSH EA 1 * * * 

3q9-1 (8173)

PAHZZ 5940-1G3-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 4 * * * 

20§0C1 (15849)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

SS10H (80223)

B-69
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 530-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 6 * * * 

MS35649-244 (969061

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55C-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 6 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1494-242C (51504}

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-12C (96906)

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1414-2431 (515041

PAHZZ 5335-058-2102 SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XBHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1410-3632 (51504)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1410-163G (515e4)

GROUP C1C304

4W/2W HYBRID MODULE

PAOHO 5895-173-7035 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA 2 * * * * * * 

49008-1 (51514)

PAHZZ 5905-11C-762Z RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

PCR37GiO2JS (81349)

PAHZZ 59se-93C-4451 TRANSFOR4ER,POWER EA 4 * * * 

124-5K (?7C674)

PAHZZ RELAY, ARMATURE EA 4 * * * 

502-IA24V (C21161

PAHZZ 5910-974-6129 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 10 * * * 

KtC20K (314331

PAHZZ 5961-931-1135 SE’4ICONOUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 4 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 59q5-ltt6-555 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRC7G223JS (81349)

B-70
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-106-3668 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR08G220JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-951-8757 TRANSISTOR EA 5 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-274-7208 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

B41283-100-25-8112 (250881

PAHZZ 5905-119-35C4 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRQ7G273JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3562 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR7TG394JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RCR07GI03JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCCE7G122JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3560 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07Gt8.3JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR27G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G1C1JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-7394 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRT7GSIIJS (8i349)

PAHZZ 59IC-893-02l CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 2 * * * 

COt3FOI5SK53 (it4655)

PAHZZ 59tC-828-6282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C4S7ARG10 (IKC094)

PAHZZ 5905-119-35C3 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RC937G?71JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE ELEC EA 1 * * * 

13’-C18-43 (1266k)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, CERAMIC DI EA 2 * * * 

505A471PFI:PCT 126625)

B-71
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-116-B555 RESISTOR FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-913-t?47 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N290? (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-832-9466 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 4 * * * 

RNR65GC604OFS (8349)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1806 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 2 * * * 

3359Wi-lC2 (8C2941

PAHZZ 5935-G81-4578 JACK, TIP EA 3 * * * 

SKT10BLK (98291)

PAHZZ 5935-617-6837 JACK, TIP EA 3 * * * 

30

SKT10WHT (98291)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 10 * * * 

2023C1 (15849)

XAHZZ SPROCKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-242C (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 4 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5335-054-56’7 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-13 (969C6)

PAHZZ 5310-55,-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 3 * * * 

HS35333-7) (96906)

PAHZZ 53C5-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-t20 (96906)

XAHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1434-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-058-21G2 SCREW,t4PPING,THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

M524622-17 (969C6)

XAHZZ PANEL BLANK EA 1

1490-308i (515041

XAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1t90-1tE8 (51504)

GROUP 010305

4W/2W HYBRID WITH 2.7KHZ FILTER

B-72
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAOHO 5895-174-3549 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA 2 * * * * * * 

49108-C2 (51594)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4490-1082 (51534)

PAHZZ 5910-974-6129 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 12 * * * 

K1JC20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5961-951-5757 TRANSISTOR EA 6 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-2394 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7GS11JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111-4727 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G272JS (813491

PAHZZ RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-119-5812 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR37G121JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2218 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-27000PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7109 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

C80A053 (51504)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-3OCPF2-SPCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5664 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

611-820PF2-5PCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7765 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRJ7G224JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-275-1708 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-39S0OPF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7108 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A052 (51504)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-47:PF2-SPCr63V (26625)

PAHZZ 591c-275-57C9 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 61t-2:O’PF2-SPCT33V (P2625)

B-73
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5950-236-71G7 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

08SA051 (515041

PAHZZ 5910-264-5595 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-2400PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5655 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-100PF2-5PCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5659 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-680PF2-5PCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2231 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-33CCCPF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-893-0201 CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 2 * * * 

CO10FO151KC3 (14655)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5343 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR7TGI82JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-136-3891 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO77G62JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07GI1SJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3560 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

QRC07G183JS (81349q

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N29C7 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRC7G122JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-7620 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCR07G122JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RC7O7G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCOQ7G273JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ,DIODE EA 4 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

B-74
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR, FIXED ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

841283-100-25-8112 (25088)

PAHZZ 5910-828-5282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C437ARG100 (KOOC4)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3562 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G394JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-8055 RESISTOR FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G393JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-892-9994 CAPACITOR, FIXED, CERAMIC DI EA 2 * * * 

831-00X5F0-477K (172982)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2231 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-3300PF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ RELAY, ARMATURE EA 1 * * * 

502-1A24V (G21163

PAHZZ 5950-930-4451 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 4 * * * 

124-5K (7C674)

PAHZZ 5905-832-9466 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 4 * * * 

RNR65C604OFS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-i06-3668 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA I * * * 

RCRO7G220JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3503 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR7OG271JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-S556 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G223JS (1349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-2717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5591 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC Dl EA 1 * * * 

611-16000PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1806 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 2 * * * 

3359W1-102 (8Z244)

PAHZZ 5910-274-5516 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-11000PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

B-75
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5935-081-4578 JACK, TIP EA 3 * * * 

SKT108LK 1982911

PAHZZ 5935-617-6837 JACK. TIP EA 3 * * * 

SKT10WHT (98291)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 10 * * * 

2000C1 (158491

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-2420 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-120 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS15333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1490-182 (51504)

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1414-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-058-2102 SCREW, TIPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XAHZZ PANEL BLANK EA 1

1493-3082 (51504)

GROUP 010336

SF DETECT(R

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY EA 2 * * * * * * 

41053-01 (50504)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1807 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-522 (80294)

B-76
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-141-0742 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR37G181JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-3717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCRO7G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-8555 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCRO7G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-1278 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCR07G123JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3812 RESISTOR FIXED ,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G121JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-5554 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G10SJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-114-5399 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G154JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-8556 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G223JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111-4727 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCRD7G272JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-131-6045 RESISTOR FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G330JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-104-8358 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCROTGS822J (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-244-5241 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-504 ({8294)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G101JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5915-110-1620 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCY07G102JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0743 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G392JS (61349)

PAHZZ 5935-119-8768 RESISTOR. FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR27G821JS (81349)

B-77
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G273JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 9 * * * 

RCR07G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 5 * * * 

RCRJ7G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-5344 RESISTOR. FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G184JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-3388 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RC207G104JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-3744 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G562JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-135-7765 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G224JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-120-9154 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G471JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-40C-4528 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G124JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-3710 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G331JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-267-7706 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 5 * * * 

MR0-1UF10PCT160VOCW (08257)

PAHZZ 5961-951-5757 TRANSISTOR EA 13 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-224-5115 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 3 * * * 

K188C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7123 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080AC64 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-405-0856 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MDF1-103 (72136)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 5 * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-280-0986 CAPACITOR. FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-1500PF2-5DCT33V (26625)

B-78
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ CAPACITOR. FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

ME0-33UF10PCT200V (08257)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

B41283-100-25-8112 (25088)

PAHZZ 5910-275-5706 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

611-1300PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5664 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

611-82CPF2-5PCT63V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7096 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A027 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-139-2406 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MDF1-102 (72136)

PAHZZ 5950-845-9157 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 1 * * * 

SS0-3 (80223)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-C18-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5910-828-6282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

C437AKG100 (K0004)

PAHZZ SOCKET, RELAY EA 1 * * * 

R40S410P33 (51504)

PAHZZ 5945-244-5215 RELAY, ARMATURE EA 1 * * * 

R40E1W2V800 (77342)

PAHZZ 5961-059-4464 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N2218 (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR, FIXED ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

K10C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5961-106-3690 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N6027 (04713)

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N2927 (81349)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MDF2-473 (72136)

PAHZZ 5910-275-5704 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-1000PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

B-79
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 591C-275-5710 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-6800PF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-264-5592 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-1RCOPF2-5PCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5910-275-6708 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-39000PF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7115 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080A063 (51504)

PAHZZ 5950-236-7114 INDUCTOR EA 1 * * * 

080AG62 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-283-5656 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-220PF2-SPCT63V (266253

PAHZZ 5910-275-6717 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

611-7500PF2-SPCT33V (26625)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 4 * * * 

2000C1 (15849)

XAHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

SS0CH (80223)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 6 * * * 

M535649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 4 * * * 

MS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 6 * * * 

MS35333-70 (969’6)

XAHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-242 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS5i957-12C (96906)

XAHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1414-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5355-C58-2102 SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XAHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1410-3632 (51504)

B-80
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAHZZ PRINTED WIPING BOARD EA 1

1410-1630 (51504)

GROUP 010307

DC/D POWER SUPPLY

PAOHO 5895-195-3582 POWER SUPPLY EA 1 * * * 

41028-01 (51504)

PAHZZ 6250-484-1124 LAMPHOLDER EA 1 * * * 

301-058 (72765)

PAOZZ LIGHT, INDICATOR EA 1 * * * 

11-507 (72765)

PAHZZ 5930-007-3967 SWITCH. TOGGLE EA 1 * * * 

7101P (09353)

PAOZZ 5920-280-3178 FUSE, CARTRIDGE EA 1 * * * 

MOL2-1-2 (11400)

PAHZZ 5920-709-1149 FUSEHOLDER EA 1 * * * 

342012 (75915)

P4HZZ 5935-081-4578 JACK, TIP EA 1 * * * 

SKT10SLK (98291)

PAHZZ 5935-617-6837 JACK, TIP EA 1 * * * 

SKT10WHT (98291)

XAHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1424-2420 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5650 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-26 (96961)

XAHZZ CLIP. ELECTRICAL EA 1

116A (72765)

XAHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1434-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-058-2102 SCREW. TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906)

XAHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1413-0280 (51504)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4410-1200-01 (51504)

B-81
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-244-8766 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

61C75AA172 (99392)

PAHZZ 5910-902-1186 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

3901180050HP4 (56289)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 12 * * * 

200OC1 (15849)

PAHZZ 5905-060-3731 RESISTOR, FIXED, WIRE WOUND EA 1 * * * 

RW69VIROTX (81349)

PAHZZ. 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5910-139-24C6 CAPACITOR, FIXED, PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MDF1-102 (72136)

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 3 * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-975-1795 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 1 * * * 

1N5240 (04713)

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G122JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111-4727 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRC7G272JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

K10C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1806 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-132 (80294)

PAHZZ 5905-114-0711 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G47ZJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRC7G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-3196 RESISTOR, FIXED. COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G102JS (51349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTOR, FIXED. COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRC7G222Js (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-979-0108 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N4037 (80131)

B-82
SECTION XXVI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5961-871-3538 HEAT SINK EA 1 * * * 

NF207 (05820)

PAHZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-120 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55C-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1410-1200 (51554)

B-83
TM 11-5805-647-14

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

SECTION XXVIII FIGURE ITEM FIGURE ITEM

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

5120-471-1819 16 15 5905-110-7620 25 31

5325-829-3887 15 5 5935-110-7620 26 17

5895-167-1183 16 1 9905-110-7622 21 17

5895-167-1270 11 1 5905-110-7622 22 6

5895-173-7023 21 1 5905-111-1678 22 17

5895-173-7035 24 1 5905-111-4727 25 6

5895-173-7051 19 1 5905-111-4727 26 12

5895-171-3549 25 1 5905-111-4727 29 11

5895-195-0582 28 1 5905-111-4858 15 3

0905-060-3731 29 5 5905-111-4927 22 21

5905-070-3369 14 5 5905-114-0710 22 35

9905-104-9756 16 11 5905-114-0710 26 29

5905-104-5756 17 10 5905-114-0711 19 4

5905-104-5346 16 8 5995-114-0711 21 19

5905-104-8358 22 18 5905-114-0711 22 26

5905-104-8358 26 14 5905-114-0711 29 14

5905-104-8364 22 9 5905-114-0717 22 5

5905-104-8368 21 12 5905-114-5339 22 13

5905-104-8368 22 22 5905-114-5343 19 15

5905-105-7764 19 12 5905-114-5343 25 24

5905-105-7764 21 18 5905-114-5344 21 27

5905-105-7764 22 8 5905-114-5344 22 31

9905-105-7764 26 5 5905-114-5344 26 23

5905-105-7764 29 17 5905-114-5399 26 10

5905-105-7765 22 16 5905-115-3560 24 16

5905-105-7765 25 13 5905-115-3560 25 28

5935-105-7765 25 26 5905-115-3562 24 12

5935-106-1278 19 19 5905-115-3562 25 38

5905-106-1278 22 12 5905-115-8055 25 39

5905-106-1278 26 7 5905-116-2394 24 19

5905-106-1282 16 5 5915-116-2394 25 5

5905-106-1282 17 4 5905-116-8552 19 11

5905-106-1356 21 22 5915-116-8554 22 11

5905-106-3666 19 6 5905-116-8554 26 9

5905-106-3666 21 5 5905-116-8555 21 16

5905-106-3666 22 2 5905-116-8555 22 3

5905-136-3666 24 14 5905-116-0555 24 25

5915-106-3666 25 32 5905-116-8555 26 6

5905-106-3666 26 21 5905-116-8556 21 11

5905-106-3666 29 15 5905-116-8556 22 14

5905-106-3668 24 8 5905-116-8556 24 7

5905-106-3668 25 45 5905-116-8556 25 47

5905-106-3348 17 12 5905-116-8556 26 11

5905-110-0196 16 14 5905-116-8560 17 3

5905-110-0196 29 16 5905-115-4559 21 9

5905-110-0388 19 3 5905-119-3503 19 11

5905-110-0388 22 7 5505-119-3503 22 23

5955-110-0388 26 24 5935-119-3503 24 22

5935-110-7620 22 29 5935-119-3503 25 46

5905-110-7620 24 2 5905-119-3504 21 8

B-84
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5905-119-3504 22 27 5905-243-1806 5905-119-3504 24 11 5905-243-1806 5905-119-3504 25 33 5905-243-1806 5905-119-3504 26 20 5905-243-1807 5905-119-876s 22 24 5905-243-1807 5905-119-8768 26 19 5905-243-2517 5905-119-8769 19 13 5905-244-8241 5905-119-8812 19 17 5905-244-8241 5905-119-8812 22 10 5905-244-8241 5905-119-8812 25 8 5905-274-2238 5905-119-8812 26 a 5905-400-4528 5905-120-9154 21 13 5905-400-4528 5905-120-9154 22 33 5905-552-5478 5905-120-1154 26 27 5905-772-7027 5905-121-9932 19 9 5905-818-4866 5905-126-6683 19 5 5905-832-9466 5905-126-b683 21 3 5905-832-9466 5905-126-6683 22 20 5905-958-7253 5905-126-6683 24 17 5905-984-3312 5905-126-6683 25 26 5910-068-3887 5905-126-6683 26 22 5910-139-2406 5905-131-1255 19 16 5910-139-2406 5905-131-1255 24 15 5910-139-2406 5905-131-1255 25 30 5910-139-2406 5935-131-1255 29 13 5910-139-2406 5905-135-6045 22 15 5910-222-7765 5905-135-6045 26 13 5910-224-8115 5905-136-3891 25 25 5910-224-8115 5905-141-0591 17 20 5910-224-8115 5905-141-0596 16 6 5910-238-5508 5905-141-0598 22 25 5910-244-8766 5905-141-0717 19 14 5910-261-6533 5905-141-0717 21 4 5910-261-6533 5905-141-0717 24 13 5910-264-5591 5905-141-3717 25 48 5910-264-5591 5905-141-0717 26 4 5910-264-5592 5905-141-0742 22 4 5910-264-5593 5905-141-0742 26 3 5910-264-5593 5935-141-3743 22 28 5910-264-5594 5905-141-7143 26 18 5910-264-5595 5905-141-0744 22 32 5910-264-5595 5905-141-0744 26 25 5910-267-2704 5905-141-1168 16 2 5910-267-2706 5905-141-1168 17 2 5910-267-2706 5905-141-1183 19 8 5910-274-2208 5905-141-1183 22 19 5910-274-2208 5905-141-1183 24 18 5910-274-2208 5905-141-1183 25 27 5910-274-2208 5935-141-1183 26 16 5910-274-2218 5905-238-5828 22 37 5910-274-2218 

B-85
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5910-274-2230 20 25 5920-657-8933 5910-274-2231 25 22 5920-968-3238 5910-274-2231 25 41 5930-007-3967 5910-275-5704 23 26 5930-686-9533 5910-275-6704 27 24 5935-081-4578 5910-275-6705 23 6 5935-081-4578 5910-275-6706 27 10 5935-081-4578 5910-275-6708 23 31 5935-238-5507 5910-275-7008 25 14 5935-264-5611 5910-275-1708 27 27 5935-617-6837 5910-275-6709 25 17 5935-617-6837 5910-275-6710 23 27 5935-617-6837 5910-275-6710 27 25 5935-775-5711 5910-275-6717 23 28 5935-775-5711 5910-275-6717 27 31 5935-775-5711 5910-279-6516 25 51 5935-775-5711 5910-280-6986 20 21 5935-775-5711 5910-280-3986 23 4 5935-775-5711 5910-280-0986 27 7 5935-775-5711 5910-283-5655 25 20 5935-837-5718 5910-283-5656 23 32 5940-103-1883 A910-283-5656 27 30 5940-103-1883 5910-283-5659 25 21 5940-103-1883 5910-283-5664 23 5 5940-103-1883 5910-283-5664 25 12 5940-103-1883 5910-283-5664 27 11 5940-103-1883 5910-405-0856 23 3 5940-472-4604 5910-405-0856 27 5 5940-926-9807 5910-726-4093 20 S 5945-238-5254 5910-828-6282 23 24 5945-244-8215 5910-828-6282 23 17 5945-244-8215 59L0-o28-6282 24 21 5945-244-8215 5910-828-6282 25 36 5945-465-9919 5910-828-6282 27 16 5950-236-7061 5910-892-9994 25 40 5950-236-7363 5910-893-0201 24 20 5950-236-7396 5910-693-0201 25 23 5950-236-7396 5910-902-1186 29 3 5950-236-7097 5910-974-6129 21 14 5950-236-7098 5910-974-6129 23 21 5950-236-7399 5910-974-6129 24 s 5950-236-7101 5910-974-6129 25 3 5950-236-7102 5910-974-6129 27 20 5950-236-7103 5910-974-6129 29 12 5950-236-7106 5920-280-3178 28 5 5950-236-7107 5920-280-5066 15 8 5950-236-7108 5920-462-7136 15 7 5950-236-7139 5920-709-1149 25 6 5950-236-7110 5920-857-5416 14 14 5950-236-7114 5920-857-8417 14 7 5950-236-7114 

B-86
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5950-236-7115 23 30 6240-683-0560 5950-236-7115 27 28 6253-484-1124 5950-236-7120 23 255950-236-7120 27 45950-845-9157 20 155950-845-9157 23 155950-845-9157 27 145950-930-4451 24 35950-930-4451 25 435961-059-4464 23 145961-059-4464 27 195961-106-3698 23 225961-106-3698 27 215961-107-2571 17 165961-146-5295 17 145961-148-4501 16 35961-199-6068 1 45961-226-8584 16 45961-226-S584 17 135961-250-4028 17 175961-250-4722 16 165961-250-4722 17 115961-577-6214 14 25961-843-2498 17 85961-871-9536 29 195961-913-1747 20 65961-913-1747 23 235961-913-1747 24 265961-913-1747 25 295961-913-1747 27 225961-913-1747 29 85961-938-1135 17 65961-938-1135 20 75961-938-1135 21 75961-938-1135 23 15961-938-1135 24 65961-938-1135 25 345961-938-1135 27 65961-951-5757 20 35961-951-5757 21 65961-951-8757 23 25961-951-8757 24 95961-951-8757 25 45951-951-8757 27 25961-975-1795 29 95961-979-0108 29 185962-169-4728 17 75962-169-4735 16 95962-169-4730 17 215942-243-2555 17 9

B-87
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

A2169 27264 16 13B41283-100-25-8112 25088 23 8B41283-100-25-8112 25088 24 10B41283-100-25-8112 25088 25 35B41283-100-25-8112 25088 27 9B41283-100-50-9021 25088 21 25CO10F010IK03 14655 23 ICCO10F0151K03 14655 24 20COD1F01SIK03 14655 25 23CO4001AE 86684 16 9CD400IAE 86684 17 21CD4013AE 86684 17 7CD4002AE 86684 17 9CM06FO182J03 81349 20 5CPS-120-OHNlOPCT 91637 16 20C437ARGIOE K0004 20 24C437ARG100 K0004 23 17C437ARG100 K0004 24 21C437ARG100 K0004 25 36C437ARG100 K0004 27 16GHT1-1-3 71400 14 14GMT2 71400 4 8GMT5 71400 14 7G402 92219 15 5HLT 71400 14 6INT9740 15960 17 1K1RSC20K 31433 20 1IKIROC20K 31433 21 10KIR8C20K 31433 23 12K1R8CZ0K 31433 27 3K10C20K 31433 21 14K10C20K 31433 23 21K10C20K 31433 24 5K10C2OK 31433 25 3K10C20K 31433 27 20K10C20K 31433 29 12LOC9740 15960 15 1LO401-4 15960 16 1MOL2-1-2 71400 28 5MEO-22UFiPCT23CV 08257 20 1MEO-33UF10PCTZ02V 08257 23 7MEO-33UF10PCT200V 08257 27 6NFSCD1243F 19731 19 18MJE1102 04713 17 17MRO-1UFIOPCT16QVDCW 08257 20 4MRO-IUFIOPCT160VOCW 08257 23 11MRO-1UFlOPCT16CVDCW 18257 27 1MRO-1UF3PCT16CVDCW 08257 20 9NF207 05820 29 19PJF10 70674 15 2

B-88
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

PT001 01121 16 21RCR07G101JS 81349 19 8RCR07G101JS 81349 22 19RCR07G101JS 81349 24 18RCR07G101JS 81349 25 27RCRC7G101JS 81349 26 16RCR07G102JS 81349 22 29RCR07G102JS 81349 24 2RCR07G102JS 81349 25 31RCR07G102JS 81349 26 17RCR07G103JS 81349 19 6RCR07G103JS 81349 21 5RCR07G013JS 81349 22 2RCR07G1O3JS 81349 24 14RCR07G1O3JS 81349 25 32RCR07G1O3JS 81349 26 21RCR07G103JS 81349 29 15RCR07G1O4JS 81349 19 3RCR07G1C4JS 81349 22 7RCR07G104JS 81349 26 24RCR07G10SJS 81349 22 11RCR07G105JS 81349 26 9RCR07G121JS 81349 19 17RCR07G121JS 61349 22 10RCROTG12IJS 81349 25 8RCR07G121JS 81349 26 8RCR07G122JS 81349 19 16RCR07G122JS 81349 24 t5RCR07S122JS 81349 25 30RCR0TG122JS 81349 29 1tRCR07G123JS 81349 19 19RCR07G123JS 81349 22 12RCR07G123JS 81349 26 7RCR07G124JS 81349 22 34RCR07G124JS 81349 26 28RCR07G125JS 81349 22 9RCR07G152JS 81349 21 22RCR07G153JS 81349 21 16RCR07G153JS 81349 22 3RCR17G153JS 81349 24 25RCR07C153JS 81349 25 7RCR07G153JS 81349 26 6RCR07G154JS 81349 22 13RCR07G154JS 81349 26 10RCRC7TGI1JS 81349 22 4RCR0T7G11JS 81349 26 3RCR07118ZJS 81349 19 15RCR07G182JS 81349 25 24RCR07G183JS 81349 24 16RCR07G183JS 81349 25 28

B-89
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

RCR07G164JS 81349 21 27RCR07G164JS 81349 22 31RCR07G164JS 81349 26 23RCR07G220JS 81349 24 8RCR07G220JS 81349 25 45RCR07G222JS 81349 19 12RCR07GZ22JS 81349 21 18RCR07G222JS 81349 22 8RCR07G222JS 81349 26 5RCP07G222JS 81349 29 17RCR07G223JS 81349 19 10RCR07G223JS 81349 21 11RCR07G223JS 81349 22 14RCR0TG223JS 81349 24 7RCR07G223JS 81349 25 47RCR07G223JS 81349 26 11RCR07G224JS 81349 22 16RCR07G224JS 81349 25 13RCR07G224JS 81349 26 26RCR07G271JS 81349 19 11RCR07G271JS 81349 22 23RCR07G271JS 81349 24 22RCR07G271JS 81349 25 46RCP07G272JS 81349 22 21RCR07G272JS 81349 25 6RCR07G272JS 81349 26 12RCR07G272JS 81349 29 11RCR0TG273JS 81349 21 8RCRC7G273JS 81349 22 27RCR07G273JS 81349 24 11RCR07G273JS 81349 25 33RCR07G273JS 81349 26 20RCR07G330JS 81349 22 15RCR07G330JS 81349 26 13RCR07G331JS 81349 22 35RCR07G331JS 81349 26 29RCR07G332JS 81349 19 5RCR07G332JS 81349 21 3RCR07G332JS 81349 22 20RCR07G332JS 81349 24 17RCP07G332JS 81349 25 26RCR07G332JS 81349 26 22RCR07G333JS 81349 21 9RCR07GS91JS 81349 19 9RCR07G392JS 81349 22 28RCP07G392JS 81349 26 18RCR07G393JS 81349 25 39RCR07G394JS 81349 24 12RCR07G394JS 81349 25 38RCR07G470JS 81349 21 12

B-90
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

RCR07G470JS 81349 22 22RCRC7G471JS 81349 21 13RCRC7G471JS 81349 22 33RCR07G471JS 81349 26 27RCRS7G472JS 81349 19 4RCR07G472JS 81349 21 19RGR07G472JS 81349 22 26RCR07G472JS 81349 29 14RCR07G473JS 81349 19 14RCR77G473JS 81349 21 4RCR07G473JS 81349 22 5RCR07G473JS 81349 24 13RCR17G473JS 81349 25 48RCR07G473JS 81349 26 4RCR07G511JS 81349 24 19RCR07GS11JS 81349 25 5RCR07G562JS 81349 22 32RCR07G562JS 81349 26 25RCR07GS64JS 81349 22 17RCR07G621JS 81349 25 25RCR07G682JS 81349 21 17RCR07G682JS 81349 22 6RCR077GB1JS 81349 19 13RCR07G8Z1JS 81349 22 24RCRR7G821JS 81349 26 19RCR07G822JS 61349 22 18RCR07G822JS 81349 26 14RCR20G10ZJS 81349 16 14RCR20G102JS 81349 29 16RCR20G103JS 81349 17 20RCR20G10SJS 81349 16 11RCR20G10SJS 81349 117 1RCR20G1S4JS 81349 17 12RCR20G204JS 81349 17 3RCR20G222JS 81349 16 2RCR20G222JS 81349 17 2RCR20G223JS 81349 16 5RCR20G223JS 81349 17 4RCR20G334JS 81349 16 8RCR20G471JS 81349 15 3RCR20G473JS 81349 16 6RCR20GS61JS 81349 22 25RHS0-150H 91637 18 2RNR65C5ZR3FS 81349 19 7RNR65C6C4FS 81349 24 27RNR65C6041FS 81349 25 44RV4NAYSD1C2A 81349 15 6RW69V1R01X 81349 29 5R2563-1 15636 16 18R40E1W2V800 77342 21 20

B-91
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

R4OEIW2V8CO 77342 23 20R4CEIW2V800 77342 27 18R4CtS4OP33 51504 21 2CAR40S410P33 51504 23 19R40S4tOP33 51504 27 17SKT10tLK 98291 24 29SKT1OBLK 98291 25 52SKT1OBLK 98291 28 7SKTIONHT 98291 24 30SKTlOWHt 98291 25 53SKTIONHT 98291 28 8SSO-3 80223 20 15SSO-3 80223 23 15SSO-3 8q223 27 14TA-918(V)1/FSC 13 1TOC105NO1SAS 37942 16 7TOC106MG1CBS 37942 17 18TDC476Mo1OCS 37942 16 itT154-ZC6V 21870 14 4VTL9B7 18178 16 17OSL3 50347 16 160SL3 50347 17 ii00-6007-044-452-012 91662 15 900sA120 51504 20 808CA021 51504 20 1308EA027 51504 23 9080A027 51504 27 1298CA040 51504 20 2908CA041 51504 20 30080A042 51504 20 3108CA043 515C4 70 2C08CAD44 515J4 20 198OCA045 51534 20 1808CA046 51504 20 1708CA051 515.4 25 1800A4052 515’4 25 1508CA053 515J4 25 10CACA061 515’4 73 1608CA062 51534 23 3308CA062 51504 27 29080A063 51504 23 3C08CA063 515;4 27 28808A064 515;4 23 2508A064 51504 27 41-5KE51A 24444 17 q191MDF1-102 72136 2C 141MDF1-102 72136 21 231MOF1-102 72136 23 131MDF1-102 72136 27 131MDF1-102 72136 29 7

B-92
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

1MOF1-103 72136 23 31DOF1-103 72136 27 51MOF1-153 72136 20 121MDF1-472 72136 20 21MDF2-473 72136 20 111MOF2-473 72136 23 241MOF2-473 72136 27 231N4003 04713 t6 31N4003 04713 17 81N4148 81349 17 61N4148 81349 20 7IN4148 81349 21 71N4148 81349 23 11N4148 81349 24 61N4148 81349 25 341N4148 81349 27 61N5240 04713 29 91N538 81349 14 211-507 72765 28 3124-5K 70674 24 3124-5 70674 25 4312734-1 21870 14 1133-018-43 02660 20 16133-018-43 02660 21 21133-018-43 02660 23 18133-018-43 C2660 24 23133-016-43 02660 25 37133-018-43 02660 27 15133-018-43 02660 29 614-1018 15960 16 12143-018-12 13511 18 5185-1871 72619 14 122N2218 81349 23 142N2213 81349 27 192N2222 81349 16 42N2222 81349 17 132N2222 81349 20 32N2222 81349 21 62N2222 81349 23 22N2222 81349 24 92N2222 81349 25 42N2222 81349 27 22N29CI 81349 2C 62N2907 81349 23 232N2937 81349 24 262N2907 81349 25 292N2907 81349 27 222N2907 81349 29 82N3055 81349 18 42N4637 80131 29 18

B-93
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

2N4922 04713 17 162N5308 09214 17 142N6027 04713 21 152N6027 04713 23 222"6027 04713 27 212000Ct 15849 21 2420COC1 15849 23 3520c0CI 15849 24 31200Ct 15849 25 542000Ct 15849 27 3220COCI 15849 29 4247E3015 56289 14 13247E4015 56289 14 5247E5005 56289 14 930C-058 72765 28 230s55-1 02288 14 3313005 75915 15 83359#1-102 80294 24 283359Qt-102 80294 25 5033S59t-1L2 80294 29 133359s1-103 80294 22 37335sst-z02 80294 22 3633s5sg-Se2 8029’ 26 2335s9t-504 80294 21 2633S91-50s4 80294 22 30335g1-s$54 80294 26 I532012t 759s 28 63420tS 75915 15 7345 71744 14 1t3S3-11-S3-OtI 71785 15 439-1 to103 23 343SD11iOSCNHP4 56269 29 340451-O4 s5150 21 1404s2-01 5150s 19 14CE10-96 s1504 Lt 14eC28-01 s15s4 28 141063-t1 51534 26 141C63-02 51st4 22 1411E334K S0644 16 19411E334K 05844 17 544c4-ts12 51504 21 244C4-tS74 515wk I q 244l-1t20O-01 51ts4 29 14490-1382 51504 25 249ces8-t SiSC4 24 t4900s-02 5152* 25 150CS-2qN t31:3 16 15532-A424V 02116 24 452-1t24V 2tii6 25 42SC6A47tPFloOCT 26625 24 24

B-94
SECTION XXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

513-0101-684 72619 14 1152A 71785 18 360-6002-31-24 91662 15 106l075AA172 99392 29 2611-100PF2-SPCT63V 26625 25 20611-100OOPF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 26611-1000PF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 24611-11OCOPFZ-SPCT33V 26625 25 51611-13000PF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 6611-13000PF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 10611-13008PFZ-5PCT63V 26625 23 5611-1500PF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 4611-150i PF2-SPCT33V 26625 27 7611-15080PF2-5PCT33V 26625 20 21611-I6000PF2-SPCT33V 26625 20 22611-16000PFZ-5PCT33V 26625 25 49611-1800PF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 29611-180I PF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 26611-18000PF2-5PCT33V 26625 20 23611-220PF2-5PCT63V 26625 23 32611-220PF2-SPCT63V 26625 27 30611-220O0PF2-5PCT33V 26625 20 28611-240OPF2-SPCT33V 26625 25 19611-Z400OPF2-SPCT33V 26625 20 27611-27000PF2-SPCT33V 26625 20 26611-2700OPF2-SPCT33V 26625 25 9611-300PF2-SPCT63V 26625 25 11611-30000PF2-5PCT33V 26625 20 25611-3300PF2-SPCT33V 26625 25 41611-33000PF2-5PCT33V 26625 25 22611-39000PF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 31611-393JOPF2-SPCT33V 26625 25 14611-39300PF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 27611-42000PF2-SPCT33V 26625 25 17611-470PF2-5PCT63V 26625 25 16611-680PF2-SPCr63V 26625 25 21611-6800PF2-5PCT33V 26625 23 27611-6800PF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 25611-7500PF2-SPCT33V 26625 23 28611-750CPF2-5PCT33V 26625 27 31611-823PF2-SPCT63V 26625 25 12611-80OPF2-SPCT63V 26625 27 11621 05820 17 1567DPK4C501 29238 16 227101P 09353 28 4831-09X5F0-471K 72982 25 40

B-95
SECTION XXIX ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

ORDERWIRE INTERCOMM TERM UNIT

TA-930(V)1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC

GROUP 0101

PANEL, FUSE SB-3751/FSC

PDOHD FUSE PANEL SB-375/FSC EA * * * 

12734-1 (21870) 

GROUP 010201

LINE CARD

PAOHH 5895-167-1183 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA * * * 

LC401-4 (15960)

GROUP 010202

INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY

PAOHH 5895-167-1270 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA * * * 

INT9740 (15960)

GROUP 0103

COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF

PAOHD EQUIPMENT SHELF EA * * * 

41010-96 (51504)

GROUP 010301

DTMF TONE RECEIVER

PAOHD 5895-173-7051 RECEIVER, TONE EA * * * 

40452-01 (51504)

GROUP 010302

DIGIT DECODER

PAOHH 5895-173-7023 DECODER DIGIT EA * * * 

40451-04 (51504)

B-96
SECTION XXIX ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 010303

SF DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA * * * 

41063-02 (51504)

GROUP 010304

4W/2W HYBRID MODULE

PAOHD 5895-173-7035 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA * * * 

49008-01 (51504)

GROUP 010305

4W/2W HYBRID WITH 2.7 KHZ FILTER

PAOHD 5895-174-3549 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA * * * 

49008-02 (51504)

GROUP 010306

SF DETECTOR

PAOBD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY EA * * * 

41063-01 (51504)

GROUP 010307

4W/4W BRIDGE

PAOBD 5895-186-1263 BRIDGE EA * * * 

40455-03 (51504)

GROUP 010308

DUAL AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-173-7033 AMPLIFIER, RADIO FREQUENCY EA * * * 

40472-03 (51504)

GROUP 010309

DC/DC POWER SUPPLY

PAOHD 5895-195-0582 POWER SUPPLY EA * * * 

41028-01 (51504) 

B-97
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

ORDERWIRE INTERCOMM TERM UNIT

ORDERWIRE INTERCOMM TERM UNITTA-930(V)1/FCS AND TA-930(V)2/FS

GROUP 0101

PANEL, FUSE SB-3751/FSC

PDOHD FUSE PANEL SB-3751/FSC EA * * * * * * 

12734-1 (21870) 

SEE

GROUP 0102

PC CARD RACK ASSEMBLY

AOOFD CABINET, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 

LCC9740 (15960) 

SEE

GROUP 010201

LINE CARD

PAOHH 5895-167-1183 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA * * * * * * 

LC401-4 (15960) 

SEE

GROUP 010202

INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY

PAOHH 5895-167-1270 CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA * * * * * * 

INT9740 (15960) 

SEE

GROUP 0103

COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF

PDOHD EQUIPMENT SHELF EA * * * * * * 

41010-96 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 010301

DTMF TONE RECEIVER

PAOHD 5895-173-7051 RECEIVER , TONE EA * * * * * * 

40452-01 (51504) 

SEE
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 010302

DIGIT DECODER

PAOHH 5895-173-7023 DECODER, DIGIT EA * * * * * * 

40451-04 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 010303

SP DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA * * * * * * 

41063-02 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 010304

4W/2W HYBRID MODULE

PAOHD 5895-173-7035 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA * * * * * * 

49008-01 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 010305

4W/2 HYBRID WITH 2.7 KHZ FILTER

PAOHD 5895-174-3549 NETWORK, HYBRID CIRCUIT EA * * * * * * * 

49008-02 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 010306

SF DETECTOR

PAOHD DETECTOR, SINGLE FREQUENCY EA * * * * * * 

41063-01 (51504) 

SEE
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 010307

4W/4W BRIDGE

PAOHO 5895-186-1263 BRIDGE EA 1 * * * * * * 

40455-03 (51504k

AHHHO CIRCUIT CARO ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4404-1555 (51534)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-Ct1-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5905-243-2518 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 24 * * * 

RNR65CAO60FS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-243-2454 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 8 * * * 

RNR65C127IFS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-482-0525 RESISTOR, FIXED FILM EA 8 * * * 

RNR65C3650FS (81349)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TECH(NAL, LUG EA 32 * * * 

FO20CI (15849)

PAHZZ 5935-081-4578 JACK, TRP EA 4 * * * 

SKTIOBLK (98291)

PAHZZ 5935-617-5837 JACK, TIP EA 4 * * * 

9

SKTIOWHT (98291)

XAHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1 * * * 

144k-2420 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-77(-2533 SCREW. MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MSS959-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55G-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

HS35333-70 (96906)

PAHZZ S310-934-3748 NUT, PLAIN HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 53a5-177-5545 SCREW MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

HS51957-120 (96906)

PANZZ 531C-55t-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

ST55J33-70 (96906)

B-100
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1404-1555 (1S5C4)

XAHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1404-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-CS8-2102 SCREW*TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MH24627-17 (96906)

XAHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1404-3553 (51504)

GROUP 010308

DUAL AMPIFIEI

PAOHO 5895-173-7033 AMPLIFIER, RADIO FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * * * 

40472-E3 (51504)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4404-1721 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

841283-100-25-8112 (25088!

PAHZZ 5905-141-3717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-938-1135 SE4ICONOUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 2 * * * 

1N4t48 (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-119-3534 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRQOG273JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR FIXED,, ELECTROLYTIC EA 10 * * * 

KIsC20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3562 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * * 

RCR07G394JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-226-8584 TRANSISTOR EA 4 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

RCR07GtO3JS (R1349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-7620 RESISTOR FIX-), COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCRC7GlO2JS (8134d)

PAHZZ CAPACITOR FIXEDDCERAOIC DI EA 2 * * * 

5C6A470PFI, PCT (26625)

B-101
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR077G22JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3560 RESISTOR, FIXED. COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR070G83JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR7OG10JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-2394 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G5IlJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-893-0201 CAPACITOR FIXED, MICA DI EA 2 * * * 

CODFO151K33 (14655)

PAHZZ 5950-930-4451 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 4 * * * 

124-5K (70674)

PAHZZ 5910-828-5282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, CELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C437ARGt10 (KO004)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3503 RESISTOR FIXED COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G271JS (813493

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (026601

PAHZZ 5905-243-1806 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 2 * * * 

3359W1-102 (80294)

PAHZZ 5935-081-5578 JACK, TIP EA 4 * * * 

SKTIOBLK (98291)

PAHZZ 5935-617-6877 JACK, TIP EA 4 * * * 

SKT10WHT (982913

PAHZZ 5940-163-4883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 12 * * * 

20O0C1 (15S49)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-2423 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9747 NUT, PLAIN. HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

PS35649-244 (969C, 6)

B-102
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

NS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

N535333-7C (96906)

XBHZZ BUSHING EA 2

81473W (98291)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT4PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

NS51957-12C (96906}

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

N535333-70 (96936)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1404-1721 (51504)

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

14 *4-2431 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-058-2102 SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS’24622-17 (96906)

XBHZZ PAt4EL, PLANK EA 1

1404-3723 (51504)

GROUP 010309

DC/DC P(OE SUPPLY

PAOHD 5895-195-0582 PRW SUPPLY EA * * * * * 

41028-01 (51504) 

SEE010307

B-103
TM 11-5805-647-14

TA-930(V)1/FSC THRU

TA-930(V)2/FSC

SECTION XXXIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM FIGURE ITEM

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

5859-167-1183 16 1

5895-167-1270 17 1

5895-173-7023 21 1

5895-173-7033 31 1

5895-173-7035 24 1

5895-173-7051 19 1

5895-174-3549 25 1

5895-186-1263 30 1

5905-195-0582 28 1

5905-106-3666 31 10

5905-110-7620 31 11

5905-115-3560 31 14

5905-115-3562 31 8

5905-116-2394 31 18

5905-119-3503 31 22

5905-119-3504 31 6

5905-126-6683 31 15

5905-131-1255 31 13

5905-141-0717 31 4

5905-141-1183 31 16

5905-243-1806 31 24

5905-243-2454 30 5

5905-243-2518 30 4

5905-482-0525 30 6

5910-274-2208 31 3

5910-828-6282 31 21

5910-893-0201 31 19

5910-974-6129 31 7

5935-081-4578 30 8

5935-081-4538 31 25

5935-617-6837 30 9

5935-617-6837 31 26

5935-775-5711 30 3

5935-775-5711 31 23

5940-103-1883 30 7

5940-103-4883 31 27

5950-930-4451 31 20

5961-226-8584 31 9

5961-913-1747 31 17

5961-938-1135 31 5

B-104
FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

B41283-100-25-8112 25088 31 3CD10FD151K03 14655 31 19C437ARG100 K0004 31 211NT9740 15960 17 1LCC9740 15960 15 1LC401-4 15960 16 1KIOC20K 31433 31 7RCR07G10LJS 81349 31 16RCR07G102JS 81349 31 11RCR07G103JS 81349 31 10RCR07G122J8 81349 31 13RCR07G183JS 81349 31 14RCR07G27LJS 81349 31 22RCR07G273J8 81349 31 6RCR07G332JS 81349 31 15RCR07G394JS 81349 31 8RCR07G473J8 81349 31 4RCR07G511J8 81349 31 18RNR65C1271F8 81349 30 5RNR65C3650F8 81349 30 6RIR65C8060F8 81349 30 4STrilOBLK 98291 30 8S]T1OBLK 98291 31 25STrlOWIT 98291 30 9S1T10WIT 98291 31 2611N4148 81349 31 5124-5K 70674 31 2012734-1 21870 14 1133-018-43 02660 30 3133-018-43 02660 31 23212222 81349 31 9212907 81349 31 172000C1 15849 30 72000C1 15849 31 27335911-102 80294 31 2440452-01 51504 19 140455-03 51504 30 140472-03 51504 31 141010-96 51504 18 141028-01 51504 28 14404-1555 51504 30 24404-1721 51504 31 2506A470FF10PCT 26625 31 12

B-105
SECTION XXXIV ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

COCF BRIDGE TEL TA-920(V1)/FSC

CONF BRIDGE TEL TA-920(VI)/FSC EA 1 * * * 40110-98 (51504)

GROUP 0101

DUAL AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-173-7028 AMPLIFIER, RADIO FREQUENCY EA 4 * * * 

40172-03 (51504)

GROUP 0102

4 WAY-4 WIRE BLDGE

PAOHD 5095-173-7022 BRIDGE EA 2 * * * 

40155-03 (51504)

GROUP 02

COrF BRIDG TEL Th-920(V)2/FSC

POOHD 5805-306-9323 CONF BRIDGE TEL TA-920(V)2/FSC EA 1 * * * 

40110-99 (51504)

GROUP 0201

DUAL AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-173-7028 AMPLIFIER, RADIO FREQUENCY EA 2 * * * 

40172-03 (51504)

 GROUP 0202

4 WAY - 4 WIRE BRIDGE

PAOHD 5895-173-7022 BRIDGE EA 1 * * * 

40155-03 (51504)

B-106
TM 11-5805-647-14

TA-920(V)1/FSC

AND TA-920(V)2/FSC

SECTION XXXVI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 10

CFw I BRIDGE TL -920(V)1/FSC

CONF BRIDGE TEL TA-92O(V)I/FSC EA t 32 1

4011C-98 (51514)

PAHZZ 5935-637-5718 CONNECTOR.RECEPTACLE, ELFC EA 6 32 2

143-C18-12 (02660)

PAHZZ 594C-229-3644 TERMINAL BOARO EA I * 32 3

52A (71785)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUTtPLAIN, HEXAGON EA 72

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 72

NSSt957-120 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-595-6211 WASHER, FLAT EA 72

MS15795-803 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER.LOCK EA 72

MS35333-70 (96936)

XBHZZ nRAWER, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMFNT EA 1

1405-2o00 (51504)

XBHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 3

l405-2103 51504)

PAHZZ 5305-054-6650 SCREW, MACHINE EA 36

MS51957-26 (96936)

MHHZZ PLATE, IDENTIFICATTON EA 1

1434-273’ (51594)

GROUP Lial

DUL AMFTE

PAOHD 5895-173-7028 AMPLTFrER, kADIO FREQUENCY EA 4 33 1

40172-03 (51504)

AHHHO CIRCUIT CARO ASSEMBLY EA 1 33 2

44’4-17Z1 (51504)

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 33 3

d41283-C0O-25-8112 (250R8!

PAHZZ 5935-141-3717 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 33 4

RCT7CG473JS (81349)

B-107
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5961-938-1137 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DIODE EA 2 · * * * 

1N4148 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G273JS (31349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR. FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 10 * * * 

K10C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3562 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

PCY37G394JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-7620 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCR07G102JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 4 * * * 

C07G103JJ (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-892-9994 CAPACITOR, FIXED CERAMIC DI EA 2 * * * 

631-OOCX5FC-471K (72982)

PAHZZ 5905-131-1255 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

QCQC7GI22JS (813493

PAHZZ 5905-115-3560 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07GI83JS (813493

PAHZZ 5905-126-5683 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCCt7G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR, FIXED COMPOSITION EA 2 ·* * * 

RCRZ7G1OIJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-116-2394 RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7151GtJ (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-893-0201 CAPACITOR, FIXED, MICA DI EA 2 * * * 

CO3JFO151Kt3 (14655)

PAHZZ 5950-93'-4s51 TRANSFORMER, POWER EA 4 * * * 

124-5K (76743

PAHZZ 5911-82AR-282 CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C4S7PAR10C (K0004)

PAHZZ 5995-119-x5:3 RESISTOR. FIXED, COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RC-C7G271JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-226-q584 TRANSISTOR EA 4 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

B-108
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N2907 (813491

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE. ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (026603

PAHZZ 5905-243-1806 RESISTOR, VARIABLE EA 2 *· * * 

3359W1-1t2 (802941

PAHZZ 5935-081-4578 JACK, TIP EA 4 * * * 

SKTIOBLK (982911

PAHZZ 5935-617-6837 JACK, TIP EA 4 * * * 

SKTIGNHT (98291)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 12 * * * 

2000Ci (15849)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

1404-2420 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5647 SCREW, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

HS51957-13 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55G-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ BUSHING EA 2

81473W (982913

PAHZZ 5310-934-9748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-12 (969C63

PAHZZ 5310-55C-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTER WIRING BOARO EA 1

1434-1721 (515043

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

141⁄25-2171 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-05R-21D2 SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS74622-17 (969C6)

B-109
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

XBHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

14q1-3723 (51504)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 2

1405-2040 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5651 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

HMS5957-27 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-616-3555 WASHER, LOCK EA 44 * * * 

M535333-71 (96906)

GROUP 0102

4 WAY - 4 WIRE BRIDGE

PAOHD 5895-173-7022 BRIDGE EA 2 * * * * * * 

40155-C3 (51504)

AHHHO CIRCUIT CARO ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4401-1555 (515C4)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, ELFC EA I1 * * * 

133-18-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5905-243-7518 RESISTOR, FIXED. FILM EA 24 * * * 

RNR65C806CFS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-243-2454 RESISTOR, FIXED. FILM EA 8 * * * 

RNR65CI271FS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-482-3525 RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM EA 8 * * * 

RNR65C3650FS (81349)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL, LUG EA 32 * * * 

207OCI (15844)

PAHZZ 5935-081-4578 JACK, TAP EA 4 * * * 

SKTICBLK (98291)

PAHZZ 5935-617-5837 JACK.TIP EA 4 * * * 

SKTI:WHT (98791)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 1

144-242eC (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9741 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

4S35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-770-2583 SCREW.MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MHSs159-13 (96906)

B-110
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5310-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

HS35333-70 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 2 * * * 

MS535649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREH, MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

NS51957-12Z (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-55C-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 2 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906!

XBHZZ HANDLE EA 1

1405-2171 (51504)

PAHZZ 5355-058-2102 SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING EA 2 * * * 

MS24622-17 (96906!

XBHZZ PANEL, BLANK EA 1

1431-3553 (515041

GROUP 02

CONF BRIDGE TEL TA-920(V)2/FSC

POOHO 5805-306-9323 CONF BRIDGE TEL TA-920(V12/FSC EA 1 * * * * * * 

40110-99 (51534)

PAHZZ 5935-837-5718 CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE. ELEC EA 6 * * * 

143-CiR-12 (02660)

PAHZZ 5940-229-3644 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * 

52A (71785)

XBHZZ BRACKET, ANGLE EA 2

1405-2’4. (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-C54-)651 SCREW, MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

MS51957-27 (q69.6)

PAHZZ 5310-616-3555 WASHER, LOCK EA 44 * * * 

MS35333-71 (969063

PAHZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON EA 72 * * * 

MS35649-244 (96Y06)

PAHZZ 5335-177-5545 SCREW, MACHINE EA 72 * * * 

SS51957-12C (969C6)

PAHZZ 5310-59;-6211 WASHER, FLAT EA 72 * * * 

M51579;5-83 (96936)

B-111
SECTION XXXI ORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 53t0-550-3715 WASHER, LOCK EA 72 * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ DRAWER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

1435-21100 (51504)

XBHZZ PANEL BLANK EA 3

1405-2100 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-054-6650 SCREW, MACHINE EA 36 * * * 

MS51957-26 (96906)

MHHZZ PLATE IDENTIFICATION EA 1

1404-2730 (51504)

GROUP 0201

DUAL AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-173-7028 AMPLIFIER RADIO FREQUENCY EA 2 * * * * * * 

40172-03 (51504) 

SEE

GROUP 02C2

4 WAY - 4 WIRE BRIDGE

PAOHD 5895-173-7022 BRIDGE EA 1 * * * * * * 

40155-03 (51504) 

SEE

B-112
SECTION XXXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5805-3b6-9323 32 15895-173-7022 34 15595-173-7022 34 15895-173-7028 33 15895-173-7028 33 15935-136-3666 33 1t5905-11S-7620 33 95935-115-3560 33 135905-115-3562 33 85905-116-2394 33 165905-119-3503 33 205935-119-3504 33 65905-126-5683 33 145905-131-1255 33 125905-141-C717 33 45905-141-1183 33 155905-243-1866 33 245905-243-2454 34 55905-243-2518 34 45935-462-3525 34 65910-274-2208 33 35910-828-6282 33 195910-892-9994 33 115910-893-0201 33 175910-974-5129 33 75935-081-4578 33 255935-081-4578 34 85935-617-6837 33 265935-617-6837 34 95935-775-5711 33 235935-775-5711 34 35935-837-5718 32 25935-837-5718 32 25940-103-1883 33 275940-103-1883 34 75940-229-9644 32 35940-229-9644 35 35950-93C-4451 33 185961-226-8584 33 215961-913-1747 33 225961-938-1137 33 5

B-113
SECTION XXXVIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

MANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

B41283-100-25-8112 25088 33 3CD0OF1S1KO3 14655 33 17C437ARGI00 K0004 33 19KtIC2OK 31433 33 7RCR07TG01JS 81349 33 15RCPC77Gl2JS 81349 33 9RCRO7GIO3JS 81349 33 10RCRO7Gt2ZJS 81349 33 12RCRO7Gt83JS 81349 33 13RCR07G27IJS 81349 33 20RCROtG273JS 81349 33 6RCR07G332JS 81349 33 t4RCRO7G394JS 81349 33 8RCR07G473JS 81349 33 4RCR07GSIIJS 81349 33 16RNR65CI27tFS 81349 34 5RNR65C365FS 81349 34 6RNR65C8GCOFS 81349 34 4SKT1OBLK 98291 33 25SKT1OBLK 98291 34 8SKTIOWHT 98291 33 26SKTIOdHT 98291 34 9iN4148 81349 33 5124-5K 73674 33 18133-018-43 02660 33 23133-018-43 02660 34 3143-018-12 C2660 32 2143-018-12 02660 32 22N2222 81349 33 212N2907 81349 33 222OCOCt 15849 33 27Z0OCI 15849 34 73359W1-102 80294 33 2440110-98 515J4 32 140ii0-99 51504 32 140155-03 51504 34 140155-03 51504 34 140172-C3 51504 33 140172-03 51504 33 144tC-1555 51504 34 244C4-t721 51504 33 252A 71785 32 352A 71785 35 3831-013X5FO-47tK 72982 33 11

B-114
SECTION XXXIX ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

LOCAL ORDERWIREORDERWIRE,LOCAL 41010-97 (51504)

GROUP CO11

POWER SUPPLY

PAOHD 5895-186-1262 POWER SUPPLY EA 1 * * * 

41029-01 (51504)

PAOZZ 5920-131-9816 FUSE,CARTRIOGE EA 1 * * 

MDL1 (71400)

GROUP 0102

SPEAKER AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-195-0444 AMPLIFIER,AUDIO FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * 

41030-01 (51504)

GROUP 0103

SF BETECTOR AND OSCILIATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR,SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA 1 * * * 

41063-C2 (51504)

B-115
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

LOCAL ORDERWIRE

ORDERWIRE,LOCAL 35 1

41115-97 (515043

XBFZZ DRAWER,ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

1410-2030 (51504)

XBFZZ PANEL,RLANK E4 1

1413-2230 (51504)

XBFZZ PANEL,ELANK EA 1

1410-2240 (51504)

PAFZZ 5935-837-5718 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACLE,ELEC EA 6 * * * * * * * 36 1

143-081-12 (02660)

PAFZZ 5940-518-8129 TERMINAL BOARD EA 1 * * * * * * * 36 2

54C (71785)

PAFZZ 5961-985-9074 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * * * * * 36 3

2N3055 (81349)

PAFZZ 5940-882-3272 TERMINAL,LUG EA 1 * * * * * * * 36 4

1414-6 (83330)

PAFZZ 5975-989-9347 BUSHING,STRAIN RELIFF EA 1 * * * * * * * 36 5

1523 (72653)

PAFZZ 6150-071-1180 CABLE ASSEMBLY,POWER EA 1 * * * * * * * 36 6

17419 (70903)

XBHZZ BRACKET,ANGLE EA 2

1410-2050 (51504)

XBFZZ CLAMP,LOOP EA 1

AP3 (06229)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5651 SCREW,MACHINE EA 7 * * * * * * *

MS51957-27 (96956)

PAHZZ 5310-616-3555 WASHER,LOCK EA 16 * * *

MS35333-71 (96936)

XBFZZ CLIP,RETAINING EA 10

1405-223: (51504)

PAFZZ 5310-934-3748 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 100 * * * * * * *

MS35649-244 (96906)

B-116
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5305-054-5650 SCREW,MACHINE EA 67 * * * 

MS51957-26 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5650 WASHER,LOCK EA 172 * * * * * * 

MS35333-70 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5649 SCREW,MACHINE EA 72 8 * * * * * 

MS51957-15 (96906)

XBFZZ INSULATOR,BUSHING EA 2

KA13A495334-7 (86684)

XBFZZ INSULATOR,DISK EA 1

KA22A495320-1 (86684)

XBFZZ PANEL,BLANK EA 1

1410-2210 (51504)

XBFZZ NUT,SHEET SPRING EA 4

C8103-832-4 (785531

PAFZZ 5305-054-6668 SCREW,MACHINE EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS51957-43 (96906)

XBFZZ PLATE,ELECTRICAL SHIELD EA 2

1410-2250 (51504)

MHHZZ PLATE,IDENTIFTCATION EA 1

1404-2730 (51504)

XBFZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 2

0611-0205 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT,PLAIN HEXAGON EA 8 * * * 

MS35649-264 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5652 SCEW,MACHINE EA 10 * * * * * * 

MS51957-28 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-081-8087 NUT,SELFLOCKING,HEXAGON EA 2 * * * * * * 

F22NM62 (72962)

GROUP 0101

POWER SUPPLY

PAOHD 5895-186-1262 POWER SUPPLY EA 1 * * * * * * 

41029-C1 (51504)

PAHZZ 5835-081-4578 JACK,TTP EA 1 * * * * * 

SKT10BLK (98291)

B-117
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5935-617-5837 JACK,TIP EA 1 * * * 

SKT10WHT (98291)

PAHZZ 5961-901-8108 CL4MP,CAPACITOR EA 1 * * * 

CMC32 (56289)

PAHZZ 5910-125-0928 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

360842G040892A (56289)

PAHZZ RECTIFIER,SEMICONOUCTOR DEVICE EA 1 * * * 

4410-1990 (51504)

PAHZZ 5950-238-5915 TRANSFORMER,POWER EA 1 * * * 

T61129 (96256)

PAHZZ 6250-484-1124 LAMPHOLDER EA 1 * * * 

300-C58 (72765)

PAHZZ LIGHT,INDICATOR EA 1 * * * 

11-507 (72765)

PAHZZ 5930-007-3967 SWITCH,TOGGLE EA 1 * * * 

7101P (09353)

PAHZZ 5920-450-8063 FUSEHOLDER EA 1 * * * 

34.212 (75915)

PAOZZ 5920-131-9816 FUSE,CARTRIDGE E4 1 * * * * * * 

MOL1 (71400)

XBHZZ BRACKET,ANGLE EA 1

1410-2350 (51534)

PAHZZ 5305-054-5650 SCREW,MACHINE EA 5 * * * 

MS51957-26 (96936)

XBHZZ CHASSIS,ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

1410-2320 (51504)

XBHZZ CLIP.ELECTPICAL EA 1

116A (72765)

XBHZZ PANEL,BLANK EA 1

1410-3290 (51504)

PAHZZ SCREW,ASSEMBLED WASHER E4 2 * * * 

0604-0501 (51504)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CASD ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4410-1202 (51504)

B-118
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-902-1186 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

390118G050HP4 (56289)

PAHZZ 5905-066-3731 RESISTOR,FIXED,WIRE HOUND EA 1 * * * 

RW69VIRO (85349)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACLE,ELEC EA 1 * * * 

133-018-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL,LUG EA 17 * * * 

200OC1 (15849)

PAHZZ 5910-068-3887 CAPACITOR,FIXED,MICA DI EA 1 * * * 

CD10FD10K03 (14655}

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 3 * * * 

2N2907 (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-975-1795 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE,DIODE EA 1 * * * 

1N5240 (04713)

PAHZZ RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G122JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-111-4727 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G272JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

K10C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-243-1686 RESISTOR,VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-102 (60294)

PAHZZ 5905-114-0711 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-0196 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR2OG102JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-3666 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G103JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-105-7764 RESISTOR,FTXED.COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-979-0108 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N4037 (80131)

PAHZZ HEAT SINK EA 1 * * * 

NF207 (058C)

B-119
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) (9) (10)

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. ILLUSTRATIONS

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) (a) (b)

STOCK USE DS GS FIGURE REF./ITEM

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) NUMBER NUMBER

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAFZZ 5310-934-4748 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 2 * * * * * * *

MS35649-244 (96906)

PAHZZ 5305-177-5545 SCREW,MACHINE EA 2 * * * *

MS51957-120 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5650 WASHER,LOCK EA 2 * * * * * * *

MS35333-70 (96906)

XBHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARO EA 1

1410-1202 (51504)

GROUP 0102

SPEAKER AMPLIFIER

PAOHD 5895-195-0444 AMPLIFIER,AUDIO FREQUENCY EA 1 * * * * * * * 39 1

41030-01 (51504)

PAHZZ 5935-194-3079 JACK,TELFPHONE EA 2 * * * * 39 2

JJ042 (81349)

PAHZZ 5945-238-5168 LOUDSPEAKER,PERMANENT MAGNET EA 1 * * * * 39 3

28A8C (07109)

PAHZZ 5961-901-8108 CLAMP,CAPACITOR EA 1 * * * * 39 4

CMC32 (56289)

PAHZZ 5910-125-0928 CAPACITOR,FIXED.ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * * 39 5

36D842G0-40BB2A (56289)

PAHZZ 6250-484-1124 LAMPHOLOER EA 1 * * * * 39 6

300-058 (72765)

PAHZZ LIGHT,INDICATOR EA 1 * * * * 39 7

11-507 (72765)

PAHZZ 5305-958-8326 SCREW.EXTERNALLY RELIEVED BODY EA 2 * * * * 39 8

51-18-406-24 (24248)

PAHZZ 5355-253—581 KNOB EA 1 * * * * 39 9

KN50CBA (95146)

PAHZZ 5930-236-5529 SWITCH,HOOK EA 1 * * * 39 10

AT810610W (11136)

XBHZZ BLOCK,MOUNTING EA 1

1404-2270 (51504)

PAHZZ 5310-934-9761 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 6 * * * *

MS35649-264 (96406)

B-120
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5305-054-6655 SCREW,MACHINE EA 2 * * * 

MS51957-31 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-616-3555 WASHER,LOCK EA 6 * * * 

MS35333-71 (96906)

XBHZZ BRACKET,ANGLE EA 1

1410-2350 (51504)

PAHZZ 5305-056-6650 SCREW,MACHINE EA 15 * * * 

MS51957-26 (96906)

XAHZZ BRACKET,ANGLE EA 1

1410-2360 (51504)

XBNZZ CHASSIS,ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

1410-2320 (51504)

XBHZZ CLIP,ELECTRICAL EA 1

116A (72765)

XBHZZ PANEL,BLANK EA 1

1410-3301 (51504)

XBHZZ TERMINAL,LUG EA 2

1414-10 (83330)

AHHHD CIRCUIT CARO ASSEMBLY EA 1 

4410-1300 (51504)

PAHZZ 5905-135-6046 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G681JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-235-3534 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR32G681JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-126-6683 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G332JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-238-5828 RESISTOR,VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

3359W1-103 (8:294)

PAHZZ 5910-974-5129 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 7 * * * 

K10C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5961-951-8757 TRANSISTOR EA 6 * * * 

2N2222 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-71620 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 6 * * * 

RCR07G102JS (81369)

B-121
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5910-274-2208 CAPACITOR*FIXEDIELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

B41283-100-25-8112 (25088)

PAHZZ 5905-116-5555 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G153JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-115-3560 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR37G183JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-119-3504 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G273JS (51349)

PAHZZ 5905-106-1278 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCRO7G123JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-445-1682 RESISTOR,FIXED,FILM EA 1 * * * 

RNR65C464OFS (81349)5

PAHZZ 5905-119-5511 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITTON EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G151JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-267-2706 CAPACTOR,FIXED,PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

MR0-1UF10PCT160VDCW (08257)

PAHZZ 5910-088-7235 CAPACITOR,FIXED,PLASTIC DI EA 1 * * * 

1MD1-333J (72136)

PAHZZ 5910-828-6282 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 2 * * * 

C437ARG10O (K0004)

PAHZZ 5950-930-4451 TRANSFORMER,POWER EA 2 * * * 

124-5K (70674)

PAHZZ 5905-136-3891 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G621JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-224-8115 CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 1 * * * 

KIR8C20K (31433)

PAHZZ 5905-110-7622 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR0JG682JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7764 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G222JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-3717 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G473JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-114-533 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G154JS (81349)

B-122
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5905-114-5343 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR07G82SJS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-775-5711 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACLE,ELEC EA 2 * * * 

133-018-43 (02660)

PAHZZ 5905-552-5478 RESISTOR,VARIABLE EA 1 * * * 

RV4NAYSD102A (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-118-1180 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

2N4851 (80131)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1183 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 3 * * * 

RCR07G1O1JS (81349)

PAHZZ 591C-222-7765 CAPACITOR,FIXED,PLASTIC DI EA 2 * * * 

1MOF1-472J (721361

PAHZZ 5905-114-0711 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-105-7768 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCRO7G561JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5910-139-24C6 CAPACITOR,FIXED,PLASTIC DI E4 1 * * * 

1MFl-102 (72136)

PAHZZ 5961-913-1747 TRANSISTOR EA 1 * * * 

2N29C7 (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-1595 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 2 * * * 

RCR2CG472JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0742 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR07G18JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5961-054-4191 TRANSISTOR EA 2 * * * 

40347 (02735)

PAHZZ 5905-141-0744 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RC07G562JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-120-9154 RESISTOR.FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR7G471JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5905-110-0196 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION EA 1 * * * 

RCR20G102JS (81349)

PAHZZ 5935-116-8556 RESISTOR,FIXED,COMPOSITION E41 * * * 

RCRO7G223JS (61349)

B-123
SECTION XLI REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5940-103-1883 TERMINAL,LUG EA 16 

2000C1 (15849)

XAHZZ PRINTED WIRING BOARD EA 1

1410-1300 (51504)

GROUP C103

SF DETECTOR AND OSCILIATOR

PAOHD DETECTOR.SINGLE FREQUENCY OSC EA 1 * * * * * * 

41063-02 (51504) 

B-124
FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5305-958-8326 39 8 5910-974-6129 5355-253-0581 39 9 5910-974-6129 5835-081-4578 37 2 5920-131-9816 5895-186-1262 37 1 5920-450-8063 5895-195-0444 39 1 5930-007-3967 5905-060-3731 38 3 5930-236-6529 5905-105-7764 38 16 5935-194-3079 5905-105-?764 49 23 5935-617-6837 5905-105-7765 40 33 5935-775-5711 5905-106-1278 40 13 5935-775-5711 5905-106-3666 38 15 5935-837-5718 0os5-110-0196 38 14 5940-103-1883 5905-110-0196 40 41 5940-103-1883 5905-110-7620 40 8 5940-518-8129 5905-!1C-7622 40 22 5940-882-3272 5905-111-4727 38 10 5945-238-5168 5905-114-0711 38 13 5950-238-5915 5905-114-0711 40 32 5950-930-4451 5905-114-5339 40 25 5961-054-4191 5905-114-5343 40 26 5961-118-t1180 5905-115-3560 40 11 5961-901-8108 5905-116-8555 40 10 5961-901-8108 5905-116-8556 40 42 5961-913-1747 5905-119-3504 40 12 5961-913-1747 5905-119-8811 40 15 5961-951-6757 5905-120-9154 40 40 5961-975-1795 5905-126-6683 40 4 5961-979-0108 5905-135-6046 40 2 5961-985-9074 5905-136-3891 40 20 5975-989-9347 5905-141-0595 40 36 6150-071-1180 5905-141-0717 40 24 6250-484-1124 5905-141-0742 40 37 6250-484-1124 5905-141-0744 40 395905-141-1183 40 305905-235-3534 40 35905-238-5828 40 55905-243-1806 38 125905-552-5478 43 285910-068-3887 38 65910-088-7235 40 175910-125-3928 37 55910-125-3928 39 55910-135-24C6 40 345910-222-7765 40 315910-224-5115 40 215910-267-2706 40 165910-274-2208 40 95910-828-5282 40 185910-902-1186 36 2

B-125
SECTION XLIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

AT81061W 11136 39 10841283-100-25-8112 25088 40 9CD10FD101K03 14655 38 6CMC32 56289 37 4CMC32 56289 39 4C437ARG100 K0004 40 18JJ42 81349 39 2KN500BA 95146 39 9K1R8C20K 31433 40 21K10C20K 31433 38 11K10C20K 31433 40 6MDL1 71400 37 12MRO-1UF10PCT160VDCW 08257 40 16NF207 05820 38 18RCR07G101JS 81349 40 30RCR07G02JS 81349 40 8RCR07G103JS 81349 38 15RCR07G122JS 81349 38 9RCR07G123JS 81349 40 13RCR07G151JS 81349 40 15RCR07G153JS 81349 40 10RCR07G154JS 81349 40 25RCR07G181JS 81349 40 37RCR07G182JS 81349 40 26RCR07G183JS 81349 40 11RCR07G222JS 81349 38 16RCR07G222JS 81349 40 23RCR07G223JS 81349 38 10RCR07G273JS 81349 40 12RCR07G332JS 81349 40 4RCR07G471JS 81349 40 40RCR07G472JS 81349 38 13RCR07G472JS 81349 40 32RCR07G7473JS 81349 40 24RCR07G561JS 81349 40 33RCP07G562JS 81349 40 39RCR07G621JS 81349 4e 20RCR07G681JS 81349 40 2RCR07G682JS 81349 40 22RCR28BG12JS 81349 38 14RCR20G102JS 81349 40 41RCR20G472JS 81349 40 36RCR32G681JS 81349 40 3RNR65C4640FS 81349 40 14RV4NAYS012A 813349 45 28RW69V1R0 81349 38 3SKT10BLK 98291 37 2SKT10WHT 98291 37 3T61129 9625S 37 7

B-126
SECTION XLIII FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

1MDF1-102 72136 40 341MDF1-472J 72136 40 311MD1-333J 72136 40 1711-507 04713 38 811-507 72765 37 9124-5K 72765 39 7124-SK 07674 40 19133-018-43 02660 38 4133-018-43 02660 40 271424-6 03339 36 4143-018-12 02660 36 11523 72653 36 517419 70903 36 62N2222 81349 40 72N2907 81349 38 72N2907 81349 40 352N3055 81349 36 32N4037 80131 38 172N4851 80131 40 292000C1 15849 38 52000C1 15849 40 4328A8C 07109 39 3300-058 72765 37 8300-058 72765 39 63359W1-102 80294 38 123359W1-103 83294 40 5342012 75915 37 1136D842G04BB2A 56289 37 536D842G04DBB2A 56289 39 539D118G6050HP4 56289 36 240347 02735 40 3841C10-97 51504 35 141029-01 51504 37 141C30-01 51504 39 141063-02 51504 41 14410-1202 51504 38 14410-1300 51504 40 14410-1990 51504 38 651-18-406-24 24248 39 854C 71785 36 27101P 09353 37 10

B-127
SECTION XLIV REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

AFFFD PANEL ASSEMBLY EA 1 

9740CB2 (18633)

PAFZZ CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLTIC EA 14 * * * * * * 

TT002N100N0B (90201)

PAFZZ RESISTOR,FIXED, WIREWOULD EA 10 * * * * * * 

AS3-3500J (11502)

PAFZZ SEMICONDUCTOR. DEVICE,DIODE EA 5 * * * * * * 

100F (64959}

PAFZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 2 

15318 (91833)

PAFZZ 5310-186-9298 SPACER, SLEEVE EA 8 * * * * * * 

2370 (83330)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9739 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35649-242 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5653 SCREW,MACHINE EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS51957-19 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-543-2410 WASHER,LOCK EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35338-40 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-997-1888 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35649-2252 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-071-1318 SCREW,MACHINE EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS51957-83 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-582-5965 WASHER,LOCK EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35333-44 (96906)

XBFZZ CLAMP,LOOP EA 1

34-336C (72653)

XBFZZ PANEL, FRONT EA 1

811101 (18633)

B-128
SECTION XLIV REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 02

PANEL ASSEMBLY CB1

AFFD PANEL ASSEMBLY EA 1 

9740CB1 (18633)

PAFZZ 5961-880-2938 SEMICONDUCTOR,DEVICE’,DIODE EA 10 * * * * * * 

1N4003 (80351)

PAFZZ CAPACITOR,FIXED,ELECTROLYTIC EA 10 * * * * * * 

TT002N100NOB (90201)

PAFZZ RESISTOR,FIXED,WIREWOUND EA 10 * * * * * * 

AS3-3500J (11502)

PAFZZ SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ,DIODE EA 5 * * * * * * 

10OF (64959)

PAFZZ TERMINAL BOARD EA 2 * * * * * * 

15318 (91833)

PAFZZ 5310-186-9298 SPACER,SLEEVE EA 8 * * * * * * 

2370 (83330)

PAFZZ 5310-934-9739 NUT,PIAIN,HEXAGON EA 4 * * * * * * 

53535649-242 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-054-5653 SCREW,MACHINE EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS51957-19 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-543-2410 WASHER,LOCK EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS353338-40 (96906)

PAFZZ 5310-997-1888 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35649-2252 (96906)

PAFZZ 5305-071-1318 SCREW,MACHINE EA 4 * * * * * * 

M551957-83 (96906)

PAPZZ 5310-582-5965 WASHER,LOCK EA 4 * * * * * * 

MS35333-44 (96906)

XBZZ CLAMP,LOOP EA 1

34-336C (72653)

XBFZZ PANEL,FRONT EA 1

811101 (18633)

B-129
STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

SECTIOM XLIV

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5310-186-9298 41 65310-186-9298 41 65961-880-2938 41 8

B-130
SECTION XLVI FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

AS3-3500J 11502 41 3AS3-350CJ 11502 41 3TT002N100N0B 90201 41 2TT002N100N0B 90201 41 21N4003 80131 41 8100F 64959 41 4100F 64959 41 415318 91833 41 515318 91833 41 52370 83330 41 62370 83330 41 69740C81 18633 41 79740C82 18633 41 1

B-131
SECTION XLVII ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 

15 DAY ORGANIZATION

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION MAINT. ALW. 

STOCK USE (a) (b) (c) 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE

GROUP 01

LAMP-JACK PANELLAMP-JACK PANEL 803101 (186333

PAOZZ 6240-Z69-0960 LAMP,INCANDESCENT EA 2 

48D1 (088061

PAOZZ 6210-880-3385 LENS.INDICATOR LIGHT EA 2 

PJ151 (70674)

B-132
SECTION XLIX REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

GROUP 01

LAMP-JACK PANELLAMP-JACK PANEL 

803101 (18633)

PAHZZ 6250-023-6555 LAMPHOLOER EA 2 * * * 

LT47 (82389)

PAOZZ 6240-269-0960 LAMP,INCANDESCENT EA 2 * * * * * * 

4801 (088C6)

PAOZZ 6210-880-3385 LENS,INOICATOR LIGHT EA 2 * * * * * * 

PJ151 (70674)

PAHZZ 5935-134-3287 JACK,TELEPHONE EA 4 * * * 

MT333 (82389)

XBHZZ CHASSIS,ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

803101-1 (18633)

XBHZZ COVER, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

803101-3 (18633)

PAHZZ 5305-543-5763 SCREW,MACHINE EA 12 * * * 

MS35223-31 (96906)

PAHZZ 5310-045-4007 WASHER,LOCK EA 14 * * * 

MS35337-41 (96906)

XBHZZ COVER, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EA 1

803101-4 (18633)

PAHZZ 5315-984-4989 SCREW,MACHINE EA 6 * * * 

MS35223-29 (96906)

XBHZZ PANEL,MOUNTING EA 1

803101-2 (18633)

PAHZZ 5305-543-5763 WASHER,LOCK EA 4 * * * 

MS15795-205 (96916)

MHHZZ PLATE,DESIGNATION EA 2

MS10-172Y (71785)

PAHZZ 5940-997-2583 TEMINAL BOARD EA 2 * * * 

4100JY1C (75382)

PAHZZ 5305-889-2998 SCREW,MACHINE EA 8 * * * 

MS35223-16 (96906)

B-133
SECTION XLIX REPAIR PARTS FOR DIRECT SUPPORT, GENERAL SUPPORT AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (8) 

30 DAY MAINT. ALW. 

FEDERAL DESCRIPTION (6) (7) 

STOCK USE DS GS 

NUMBER REF. NUMBER MFR. CODE ON (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) 

(MFR. PART NO.) CODE 1-20 21-50 51-100 1-20 21-50 51-100

PAHZZ 5310-557-7770 WASHER,LOCK EA 8 * * * 

MS35337-49 (96906)

B-134
SECTION LI FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE ITEM 

FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

5935-134-5287 42 55940-997-2583 43 16210-880-3385 42 46240-269-0960 42 36250-023-6555 42 2

B-135
SECTION LI FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER AND REFERENCE NUMBER INDEXMANUFACTURER FED MFR FIGURE ITEMPART NUMBER CODE NUMBER NUMBER

LT47 82389 42 2MT333 82389 42 5PJ151 70674 42 4410JJY10 75382 43 148D1 08806 42 3803101 18633 42 1

B-136
Figure 1. Oscillator assembly, parts location

B-137
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 2. Cal director assembly, parts location.

B-138
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 3. Typical key strip detail, parts location

B-139
Figure 4. Call director panel assembly and handset, parts location.

B-140
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 6. Buzzer numbly, parts o141

Figure 5. Headset, parts location

B-141
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 7. Call director assembly, parts location.

B-142
Figure 8. Call director panel assembly and handset, parts location.

B-143
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 9. Call director assembly, parts location.

B-144
Figure 10. Call director panel assembly and handset, parts location.

B-145
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 11. Call director assembly, parts location.

B-146
Figure 12. Call director, dial assembly and speaker assembly, parts location.

B-147
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 13. Speaker amplifier unit -3828, parts location.

B-148
Figure 14. Fuse panel SB-751/FSC, parts location.

B-149
Figure 15. PC card rack assembly, parts location

B-150
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 16. Line card assembly LC401-4, parts location.

B-151
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 17. Interrupter card assembly INT9740, parts location.

B-152
Figure 18. Equipment shelf 41040-96, top view, parts location.

B-153
Figure 19. Tone receiver 40452-01, resistor location.

B-154
Figure 20. Tone receiver 40452-01, parts location.

B-155
Figure 21. Digit decoder 40451-04, parts location.

B-156
Figure 22. SF detector and oscillator 41063-02, resistor location.

B-157
Figure 23. SF detector and oscillator 41063-02, parts location.

B-158
Figure 24. 4-Wire/2-wire hybrid 49008-01, parts location.

B-159
Figure 25. 4-Wire/2-wire hybrid with low-pass filter 49008-02, parts location

B-160
Figure 26. SF detector 41063-01, resistor location.

B-161
Figure 27. SF detector 41063-01, parts location.

B-162
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 28. Power supply 41028-01, parts location.

B-163
Figure 29. Printed circuit card for power supply 41028-01, parts location.

B-164
Figure 30. 4-Way/4-wire bridge 40455-03, parts location.

B-165
Figure 31. Dual amplifier 40472-03, parts location.

B-166
Figure 32. Conference bridge, telephone TA - 920(V)1/FSC and TA-920 (V) 2/FSC.

B-167
Figure 33. Dual amplifier 40172-03, parts location.

B-168
Figure 34. 4-Way/4-wire bridge 40155-03, parts location.

B-169
Figure 35. Local orderwire unit 41010-97 (front view ).

Figure 36. Local orderwire unit 411010-97, connection terminal (rear ).

B-170
Figure 37. Power supply 41029-01, parts location.

B-171
Figure 38. Printed circuit card for power supply 41029-01, parts location.

B-172
Figure 39. Speaker amplifier assembly 41030-01, parts location.

B-173
Figure 40. Printed circuit card for speaker amplifier assembly 41030-01, parts location.

B-174
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 41. Typical equipment cabinet, subassembly parts location.

B-175
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure 42. Jack and lamp JLP-1 (front view ), parts location

Figure 43. Jack and amp panel JLP-1, connection terminal (rear ).

B-176
TM 11-5805-647-14

APPENDIX C

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION

Section I. INTRODUCTION

C-1. General

This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance

operations covered in the equipment literature. It

authorizes categories of maintenance for specific

maintenance functions on repairable items and

components and the tools and equipment required to

perform each function. This appendix may be used as an

aid in planning maintenance operations.

C-2. Maintenance Functions

Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as

follows:

a. Inspect. To determine serviceability of an item

by comparing its physical, mechanical, and electrical

characteristics with established standards.

b. Test. To verify serviceability and to detect

incipient electrical or mechanical failure by use of special

equipment such as gages, meters, etc. This is

accomplished with external test equipment and does not

include operation of the equipment and operator type

tests using internal meters or indicating devices.

c. Service. To clean, to preserve, to charge, and to

add fuel, lubricants, cooling agents, and air. If it is

desired that elements, such as painting and lubricating,

be defined separately, they may be so listed.

d. Adjust. To rectify to the extent necessary to

bring into proper operating range.

e. Align. To adjust two or more components or

assemblies of an electrical or mechanical system so that

their functions are properly synchronized.

This does not include setting the frequency control knob

of radio receivers or transmitters to the desired

frequency.

f. Calibrate. To determine the corrections to be

made in the readings of instruments or test equipment

used in precise measurement. Consists of the

comparison of two instruments, one of which is a

certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and

adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument

being compared with the certified standard.

g. Install. To set up for use in an operational

environment such as an encampment, site, or vehicle.

h. Replace. To replace unserviceable items with

serviceable like items.

i. Repair. To restore an item to serviceable

condition through correction of a specific failure or

unserviceable condition. This function includes, but is

not limited to welding, grinding, riveting, straightening,

and replacement of parts other than the trial and error

replacement of running spare type items such as fuses,

lamps, or electron tubes.

j. Overhaul. Normally, the highest degree of

maintenance performed by the Army in order to minimize

time work in process is consistent with quality and

economy of operation. It consists of that maintenance

necessary to restore an item to completely serviceable

condition as prescribed by maintenance standards in

technical publications for each item of equipment.

Overhaul normally does not return an item to like new,

zero mileage, or zero hour condition.

k. Rebuild. The highest degree of materiel

maintenance. It consists or restoring equipment as

nearly as possible to new condition in accordance with

original manufacturing standards.

Rebuild is performed only when required by operational

considerations or other paramount factors and then only

at the depot maintenance category. Rebuild reduces

to zero the hours or miles the equipment, or component

thereof, has been in use.

I. Symbols. The uppercase letter placed in the

appropriate column indicates the lowest level at which

that particular maintenance function is to be performed.

C-3. Explanation of Format

a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group

numbers, the purpose of which is to identify components,

assemblies, subassemblies and modules with the next

higher assembly.

b. Column 2, Functional Group. Column 2 lists the

noun names of components, assemblies, subassemblies

and modules on which maintenance is authorized.

c. Column 3, Maintenance Functions. Column

C-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

3 lists the maintenance category at which performance of

the specific maintenance function is authorized.

Authorization to perform a function at any category also

includes authorization to perform that function at higher

categories. The codes used represent the various

maintenance categories as follows:

Code Maintenance category

C ......Operator/crew O ..... Organizational Maintenance

F ......Direct Support Maintenance

H..... General Support Maintenance

D ......Depot Maintenance

d. Column 4,. Tools and Test Equipment. Column

4 specifies, by code, those tools and test equipment

required to perform the designated function. The

numbers appearing in this column refer to specific tools

and test equipment which are identified in table I.

e. Column 5, Remarks. Self-explanatory.

C4. Explanation of Format of Table I (Tool and Test 

Equipment Requirements)

The columns in table I are as follows:

a. Tools and Equipment. The numbers in this

column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and

equipment column of the Maintenance Allocation Chart.

The numbers indicate the applicable tool for the

maintenance function.

b. Maintenance Category. The codes in this

column indicate the maintenance category normally

allocated the facility.

c. Nomenclature. This column lists tools, test, and

maintenance equipment required to perform the

maintenance function.

d. Federal Stock Number. This column lists the

Federal stock number of the specific tool or test

equipment.

e. Tool Number. Not used.

(Next printed page is C3)
TM 11-5805-647-14

 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL O 1,5,6,7,15,

TA-923/FSC 16

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3821 0 5,6,7,15, Adjust SF oscillator

16,20 frequency and level

O 20 Replace lamps

F 20 See Note 1 for all

(F) level maintenance.

0101 CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY F 1,5,6,7,15,

PHILCO-FORD 6506-3836 16

F 20

010101 SF OSCILLATOR-BUZZER ASSEMBLY F 1,5,6,7,15,

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3834 16

F 20

01010101 SF OSCILLATOR H 1,3,4,5,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 49009-01 6 thru 11

F 20

H 21

01010102 BUZZER F 20

MALLORY SC24

010102 CALL DIRECTOR F 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-508 F 20

01010201 NETWORK H 19

NORTHERN ELECTRIC QNB3A4 F 20

01010202 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 1,4 thru 7,

STROMBERG CARLSON 200054-221 9,11,14,

17,18

F 20

AMSEL-MR form 031 ESC-FM) 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete)

C-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION II MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-923/FSC (CONT’ D)

01010203 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-509 F 20

01010204 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 70316-510 F 20

0102 PANEL ASSEMBLY F 1

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS GB1672 F 20

010201 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 2,4,9,12,

ITT 3300G450 13

F 20

010202 HOOK SWITCH F 20

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS ATS1061W0

0103 HANDSET O

AUDIO SEARS CORP NC1800-03GAR15T4 O 20

H 21

0104 HEADSET O

AUDIO SEARS CORP, 1574-5 H 21

NOTE 1:

Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment located

OCONUS will be performed by off site (Area

Maint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel

AMSEL-MR form 031 ESC-FM) 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete

C-4
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-923/FSC (CONT’ D)

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-4 H POWER SUPPLY HP6206B 6625-823-5 O,F,H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-6 0,F,H COUNTER, FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-7 0,H CABLE, TEST POMONA 2BC-BNC-36 6625-900-8 H RESISTOR, DECADE ZM-16/U 6625-669-9 H CABLE, TEST POMONA AL-B-24

10 H RESISTOR, 150-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 1% RN65D1500F 5905-978-11 H CABLE, TEST POMONA 2BB-AL-30 6625-866-12 H RESISTOR, 10K-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 5% RC20GF1O3J 5905-107-13 H CABLE, TEST POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-14 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-815 0 RESISTOR, 604-OHMS,1/2 1W, 1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-16 0 CABLE, TEST POMONA 2BC-MG-36 6625-936-17 H RESISTOR, 910-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 5% RC20GF911J 5905-279-18 H RESISTOR, 200-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 1% RN65D2000F 5905-857-19 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-20 O,F TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-21 H TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-100/G 5180-605-

AMSEL-MR form 031 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete

C-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION III MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 ORDER WIRE UNIT, REMIOTE LINK O 1,4,5

TA-924/FSC O 15 Replace lamps

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3823 F 15 See Note 1 for all

(F) level maintenance

0101 CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY F 1,4,5

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3839 F 15

010101 BUZZER ASSEMBLY F 1

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3835 F 15

01010101 BUZZER F 15

MALLORY SC24

010102 CALL DIRECTOR F 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-506 F 15

01010201 NETWORK H 14

NORTHERN ELECTRIC CO QNB3A4 F 15

01010202 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 1,2 4,5 6,

STROMBERG CARLSON 200054-221 9 thru i3,

16

F 15

01010203 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-509 F 15

0102 PANEL ASSE MBLY F 1

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS GB11671 F 15

010201 HOOK SWITCH F 15

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS AT810610J

010202 AMPLIFIER H 2 thru 8

WEBSTER ELECTRIC CO TLC410 F 15

AMSEL-MR form 031 ESC-FM) 97-66

1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete

C-6
SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-9

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) 

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND 

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-924/FSC CONT’ D)

010203 SPEAKER F 15

QUAM 30C25

0103 HANDSET O

AUDIO SEARS CORP NC1800-03GAR05T4 O 15

H 16

0104 HEADSET

O

AUDIO SEARS C3RP 1574-5 H 16NOTE 1:Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment locatedOCONUS will be performed by off site (AreaMaint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel.

AMSEL-MR form 031 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete

C-7
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-924/FSC (CONT’ D)

1 0,F,H MULTIIETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H POWER SUPPLY HP6206B 6625-823-3 H GENERATOR, SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-4 O,F,H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-5 O,F,H COUNTER, FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-6 H CABLE, TEST POMONA 2BC-BNC-36 3625-900-7 H RESISTOR, 8-OHMS, 3W RW79U8R25F 5905-872-8 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR 9848-79 H CABLE, TEST POMONA AL-B-24

10 H CABLE, TEST POMONA 2BB-AL-30 6625-866-11 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-812 H RESISTOR, 910-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 5% RC20GF911J 5905-279-13 H RESISTOR, 200-OHMS, 1⁄2 W, 1% RN65D2000F 5905-857-14 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-15 O,F TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-16 H TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-100/G 5180-605-

AMSEL-MR form 031 Jan 666013(Supersedes edition of 1 JAN 65, which is obsolete

C-8
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION IV MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

101 ORDER WIRE UNIT, LINK O 1,6,7,8,

TA-925/FSC 18,19

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3822 O 6,7,8,18, Adjust SF oscillator

19,23 frequency and level

0 23 Replace lamps

F 23 See Note 1 for all

(F) level maintenance

0101 CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY F 1,6,7,8,

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3838 18,19

F 23

010101 SF OSCILLATOR-BUZZER ASSEMBLY F 1,6,7,8,

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3834 18,19

F 23

01010101 SF OSCILLATOR H 1,3,4,6,7

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 49009-01 8,11,12,

13,14

F 23

H 24

01010102 BUZZER F 23

MALLORY SC24

010102 CALL DIRECTOR F 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-754 F 23

01010201 NETWORK H 22

NORTHERN ELECTRIC CO QNB3A4 F 23

01010202 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 1,4,6,7,8,

STROMBERG CARLSON 200054-221 12,14,17,20,

21

F 23

01010203 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-509 F 23

AMSEL-MR form 6031 ESC-FM) 97-66

1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-9
SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-9

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) 

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND 

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-925/FSC (CONT’D)

01010204 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STRONGBERG CARLSON 703016-511 F 23

0102 PANEL ASSEMBLY F 1

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS GB11670 F 23

010201 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 2,4,12,

ITT 3300G450 15,16

F 23

010202 HOOKSWITCH

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS AT810610W F 23

010203 AMPLIFIER H 4 thru 10,

WEBSTER ELECTRIC C0. TLC410 24

F 23

010204 SPEAKER

QUAM 30C25 F 13

0103 HANDSET O

AUDIO SEARS CORP. NC1800-03GR05T4 O 23

H 24

0104 HEADSET

O

AUDIO SEARS CORP. 1574-5 H 24NOTE 1:Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment locatedOCONUS will be performed by off site (AreaMaint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel.

C-10
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-925/FSC

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 H TPRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-4 H POWER SUPPLY HP 6206B 6625-823-5 H GENERATOR,SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-6 O,F,H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-7 O,F,H COUNTER,FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-8 O,H CABLE,TEST POMONA 2BC-BNC-36 6625-900-9 H RESISTOR,8-OHMS, 3W RW79U8R25F 5905-872-

10 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-711 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZM-16/U 6625-669-12 H CABLE,TEST POMONA AL-B-2413 H RESISTOR,150-OHMS, 1/2 W, 1% RN65D1500F 5905-978-14 H CABLE,TEST POMONA 2BB-AL-30 6625-866-15 H RESISTOR,1OK-OHMS, 1/2 W, 5% RC20GF103J 5905-107-16 H CABLE,TEST POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-17 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-818 0 RESISTOR,604-OHMS, 1/2 W, 1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-19 0 CABLE,TEST POMONA 2BC-MG-36 6625-936-20 H RESISTOR,910-OHMS, 1/2 W, 5% RC20GF911J 5905-279-

AMSEL-MR form 6013 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-11
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-925/FSC (CONT’D)

21 H RESISTOR,200-OHMS, 1/2W, 1% RN65D2000F 5905-857-22 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-23 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-24 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-100/G 5180-605-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION V MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 ORDER WIRE UNIT,EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL O 1,6,7,8,

TA-928/FSC 16,17

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3820 O 6,7,8,16, Adjust SF oscillator

17,21 frequency and level

O 21 Replace lamps

F 21 See Note 1 for all (F)

level maintenance

0101 CALL DIRECTOR ASSEMBLY F 1,6,7,8,

PHIIO-FORD 6505-3837 16,17

F 21

010101 SF OSCILLATOR-BUZZER ASSEMBLY F 1,6,7,8,

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3834 16,17

F 21

01010101 SF OSCILLATOR H 1,3,4,6,7,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 49009-01 8,9 thru 12

F 21

H 22

01010102 BUZZER F 21

MALLORY SC24

010102 CALL DIRECTOR F 1

STROYBERG CARLSON 703016-507 F 21

01010201 NETWORK H 20

NORTHERN ELECTRIC CO QNB3A4 F 21

01010202 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 1,4,6,7,8,

STROMBERG CARLSON 200054-221 10,15,18,19

F 21

01010203 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-509 F 21

01010204 KEY ASSEMBLY H 1

STROMBERG CARLSON 703016-510 F 21

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-13
SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-9

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) 

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND 

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-928/FSC (CONT’D)

01010205 HOOKSWITCH F 21

STROXBERG CARLSON 703016-639

0102 ROTARY DIAL MOUNTING F 21

ALLEN TEL PRODUCTS GB11767

010201 DIAL ASSEMBLY H 2,4,10,

ITT 3300G450 13,14

F 21

0103 SPEAKER ASSEMBLY H 1,3 thru 8,

F 21

0104 HANDSET O

AUDIO SEARS CORP NC1800-03GARl15T4 O 21

H 22

0105 HEADSET

O

AUDIO SEARS CORP 1574-5 H 22NOTE 1:Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment locatedOCONUS will be performed by Off Site (AreaMaint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel.

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-14
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-928/FSC (CONT’D)

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOP-’ AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-4 H POWER SUPPLY HP 6206B 6625-823-5 H GENERATOR, SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-6 O,F,H AC VTVM W.-30A 6625-893-7 O,F,H COUNTER,FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-8 O,H CABLSE,TEST POMO.NA 2BC-BNC-36 6625-900-9 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZIM-16/U 6625-669-

10 H CABLE,TEST POMONA AL-B-2411 H RESISTO-1,150-OHMS, 1/2W, 1% RN65D150OF 5905-978-12 H CABLE ,TEST POMONA 2BB-AL-30 6625-866-13 H RESISTOR,10 K-OHMS, 1/2W, 5% RC20GF103J 5905-107-14 H CABLE,TEST POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-15 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-[FORD 2R9848-816 0 RESISTOR,604-OHMS, 1/2W, 1% RN7OD6040F 5905-984-17 0 CABLE ,TEST POMONA 2BC-MG-36 6625-936-18 H RESISTOR, 910-OHMS, 1/2W, 5% RC20GF911J 5905-279-19 H RESISTOR,200-OHMS, 1/2W, 1% RN65D2000F 5905-857-20 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-15
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-928/FSC (CONT’D)

21 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-22 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-100/G 5180-605-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-16
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 ORDERWIRE INTERCOMIMUNICATION

TERMINATI ON UNIT O 1,3

TA-918 (V) 1/FSC THRU TA-918 (V) 8/FSC F 1,3 Intrarack components and

PHILCO-FORD 6505-3824 wiring. See Note 1 for all

(F) level maintenance.

O 1,3 15,16, Adjusts circuit cards No.

17,20,29 41028-01,41063-02,49008-02,

thru 32 49008-01.

O 13 Module replacement

F 43 Intrarack components and

wiring

0101 PANEL,FUSE O 1

SB-3751/FSC O 43

GRM 12734-1 H 44

0102 PC CARD RACK ASSEMBLY O 1

TELTRONICS INC. LCC9740 F 1

O Audible signal level

F 43

010201 LINE CARD H 1,2,4,5,11,

TELTRONICS INC. LC401-4 12,23,35

0

H 44

010202 INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY H 1,2,4,5,12,

TELTRONICS INC INT9740 23,35

0

H 44

0103 COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF 0 1

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41010-96 F 1

F 43

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-17
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-918 (V) 1/FSC THRU TA-918 (V) 8/FSC

(CONT ’D)

010301 DTMF TONE RECEIVER H 1 thru 5,7,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 40452-01 14,17,19,25

33,39

O

H 44

010302 DIGIT DECODER H 1,2,4,5,9,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 40451-04 12,18,25,

34,36,39,41

O

H 44

010303 SF DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR H 1 thru 9,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41063-02 13,14,17,

19,20,25,

26,27,28,

36,37,38,

45

O

H 44

010304 4W/2W HYBRID MODULE H 2 thru 5,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 49008-01 12,13,21,

25

O

H 44

010305 4W/2W HYBRID MODULE WITH 2.7 KHZI

L. P. FIILTER H 1 thru 5,7,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 49008-02 12,13,14,

17,19,25,

45

O

H 44

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-18
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-918(V)1/FSC THRU TA-918(V)8/FSC

(CONT’D)

010306 SF DETECTOR H 1 thru 9,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41063-01 13,17,19,

21,25,36

O

H 44

010307 DC/DC POWER SUPPLY H 1,4,5,10,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41028-01 17,18,22,

23,24,39,

40

O

H 44

NOTE 1:

Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment located

OCONUS will be performed by off site (Area

Maint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel.

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-19
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-918 (V) 1/FSC THRU TA-918 (V)8/FSC (CONT ’D)

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 O,F,H TEST SET,TELEPHONE/HP 3550B AN/USM-181(U) 6625-740-4 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-5 H POWER SUPPLY HP 6206B 6625-823-6 H GENERATOR,SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-7 H COUNTER,FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-8 H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-9 H MULTIMETER ME-26A 6625-542-

10 H VOLTMETER,DIFFERENTIAL ME-202/U 6625-050-11 H AUTOTRANSFORMER GR W20MT3A 5950-926-12 H POWER SUPPLY HP DPR-6255A 6130-065-13 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZM-16/U 6625-669-14 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-15 0 TRANSFORMER,LINE HP11005A 6625-678-16 0 TEST CABLE LENKIIRT 664A 5995-725-17 O,H TEST CABLE POMONA 2BC-PP-36 6625-856-18 H TEST CABLE POMONA AL-B-2419 H ADAPTER POMONA 1296 4935-992-20 O,H TEST CABLE HP 1100OA 5995-986-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-20
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-918 (V) 1/FSC THRU TA-918 (V) 8/FSC (CONT’D)

21 H TEST CABLE POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-22 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-1723 H TEST CABLE POMONA B-24-BLACK 4931-739-24 H RHEOSTAT,16-OHMS,750 W OHMlITE 131025 H ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-1026 H RESISTOR,604-OHMS, 1/2W, 1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-27 H TERMINATION POMONA MDP-R600 5905-899-28 H TEST CABLE POMONA 3785-C-4829 0 ADAPTER POMONA 2631 5940-194-30 O TEST CABLE POMONA 2BC-BNC-60 6625-803-31 0 ADAPTER UG-914/U 5935-280-32 0 TEST CABLEI POMONA BNC-E-84 6150-403-33 H RESISTOR,1800-OHMS,1/2W, 5% RC20GF182J 5905-190-34 H SWITCH,TOGGLE,DPDT CUTLER-HAMMER 8680K1 5930-112-35 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCFORD QR988536 H ADAPTER POMONA 383237 H ADAPTER POMONA 1437 RED 5940-938-38 H ADAPTER POMONA 1437 BLK 5940-938-39 H CABLE POMONA 3781-1240 H RESISTOR,30-OHMIS,50W,1% DALE RH-50 5905-076-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-21
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-918 (V) 1/FSC THRU TA-918 (V) 8/FSC (CONT’D)

41 H RESISTOR,3300 OHMS,1/2W,,5% RC20GF332J 5905-991-42 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD .R9848-843 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK 105/G 5180-610-44 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPIENT TK 100/G 5180-605-45 H CABLE HP 11002A 6625-079-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-22
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VII MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 ORDERWIRE-INTERCOMIIIUNICATION

TERMINATION UNIT O 1,3

TA-930(V)l/FSC and TA-930(V)2/FSC F 1,3 Intrarack components and

PHILCO-FORD, 6505-3825 wiring. See Note 1 for all

(F) level maintenance.

O 1,3,15,16, Adjusts circuit cards No.

17,20, 29 41028-01,41063-02,49008-02,

thru 32 49008-01,40472-03

0 43 Module replacement

F 43 Intrarack components and

wiring

0101 PANEL,FUSE O 1

SB-3751/FSC O 43

GRM 12734-1 H 44

0102 PC CARD RACK ASSEMBLY O 1

TELTRONICS INC LCC9740 F 1 Shelf wiring and components

O Audible signal level

F 43

010201 LINE CARD H 1,2,4,5,11,

TELTRONICS INC LC401-4 12,23,35

O

H 44

010202 INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY H 1,2,4,5,12,

TELTRONICS INC INT9740 23,35

O

H 44

0103 COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELF O 1

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CCRP 41010-96 F 1 Shelf wiring and components

F 43

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-23
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VII. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-930(V) 1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC

(CONT’D)

010301 DTMF TONE RECEIVER H 1 thru 5,7,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40452-01 14,17,19,

25,33,39

O

H 44

010302 DIGIT DECODER H 1,2,4,5,9,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40451-04 12,18,25,

34,36,39,41

O

H 44

010303 SF DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR H 1 thru 9,13

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41063-02 14,17,19,20

25,26,27,28

36,37,38,45

O

H 44

010304 4W/2W HYBRID MODULE H 2 thru 5,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 49009-01 12,13,21,25

O

H 44

010305 4W/2W HYBRID MODULE WITH 2.7

L. P. FILTER H 1 thru 5,7,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 49008-02 12,13,14,

17,19,25,45

O

H 44

010306 SF DETECTOR H 1 thru 9,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 41063-01 13,17,19,

21,25,36

0

H 44

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-24
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VII. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

TA-930(V)1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC

(CONT’D)

010307 4w/4w BRIDGE H 1,3,25,26,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS

CORP. 40455-03 42,45

O

H 44

010308 DUAL AMPLIFIER H 1 thru 5,8,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS

CORP 40472-03 13,21,25

O

H 44

010309 DC/DC POWER SUPPLY H 1,4,5,10,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS

CORP. 41028-01 17,18,22,

23,24,39,40

O

H 44

NOTE 1:

Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment located

OCONUS will be performed by off site (Area

Maint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel

AMSEL-MR form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-25
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-930(V)1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC (CONT’D)

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 O,F,H TEST SET,TELEPHONE/HP 3550B AN/USM-181(U) 6625-740-4 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-5 H POWER SUPPLY HP 6206B 6625-823-6 H GENERATOR,SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-7 H COUNTER,FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-8 H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-9 H MULTIMETER ME-26A 6625-542-

10 H VOLTMMETER, DIFFERENTIAL ME-202/U 6625-050-11 H AUTOTRLNSFORMER GR W20MT3A 5950-926-12 H POWER SUPPLY HP DPR-6255A 6130-065-13 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZM-16/U 6625-669-14 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-15 0 TRANSFORMER,LINE HP 11005A 6625-678-16 0 TEST CABLE LENIKURT 664A 5995-725-17 O,H TEST CABLE POMONA 23C-PP-36 6625-856-18 H TEST CABLE POMONA AL-B-2419 H ADAPRER POMONA 1296 4935-992-20 O,H TEST CABLE HP 11000A 5995-986-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-26
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-930(V) 1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC (CONT’D)

21 H TEST CABLE POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-22 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-1723 H TEST CABLE POMONA B-24-BLACK 4931-739-24 H RHEOSTAT,16-OHMS,750W OHMITE 131025 H ADAPTER PHIILO-FORD QR9848-1026 H RESISTCR,604-OIIS,1/2W,1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-27 H TERMINATION POMONA MDP-R600 5905-899-28 H TEST CABLE PODONA 3785-C-4829 0 ADAPTER POMONA 2631 5940-194-30 0 TEST CABLE POMONA 2BC-BNC-60 6625-803-31 0 ADAPTER UG-914/U 5935-280-32 0 TEST CABLE POMONA BNC-E-84 6150-403-33 H RESISTOR,1800-OHMS,1/2W,5% RC20GF182J 5905-190-34 H SWITCH,TOGGLE,DPDT CUTER-HAMMER 8680K1 5930-112-35 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FO-RD QR988536 H ADAPTER POMOXA 383237 H ADAPIER POMONA 1437 RED 3940-938-38 H ADAPTER POMONA 1437 BLK 3940-938-39 H CABLE POMONA 3781-1240 H RESISTOR,30-OHS, 50W,1% DALE RH-50 5905-076-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-27
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-930(V)1/FSC AND TA-930(V)2/FSC (CONT’D)

41 N RESISTOR,3300 OHMS,1/2W,5% RC20GF332J 5905-991-42 H TEST ADAPTER PHICO-FOIUD QR9848-843 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK 105/G 5180-610-44 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK 100/G 5180-605-45 H CABLE HP 11002A 6625-079-

AMSEL-MR form 1 Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 FEB 65, which is obsolete

C-28
TM 11-5805-647-14

SECTION VIII MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, TA-923/FSC)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP FUNCTIONAL GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

01 CONFERENCE BRIDGE,TELEPHONE O 1,3,7 Level Check

TA-920(V)1/FSC F 1,7 See Note 1 for all (F) level

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40110-98 maintenance

O 3,7,15 Gain adjust and strapping

O Replaces subassembly

F 15,16,17,18

0101 DUAL AMPLIFIER H 1 thru 5,8,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40172-03 9,12,13

O

H 14

0102 4WAY-4WIRE BRIDGE H 1,3,6,9,10,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40155-03 11

O

H 14

02 CONFERENCE BRIDGE,TELEPHONE Maintenance allocation for

TA-920(V)2/FSC this unit is same as for

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 40110-99 TA-920 (V) 1/FSC

NOTE 1:

Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment located

OCONUS will be performed by off site (Area

Maint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel

C-29
TABLE 1: TOLL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (ORDER WIRE UNIT, EXPRESS-LINK-LOCAL, T

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

TA-920(V)1/FSC AND TA-920(V)2/FSC (CONT’D)

1 O,F,H MULTIMETER AN/USIC-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USM-281A 6625-228-3 O,H TEST SET,TELEPHONE/HP 3550B AN/USM-181(U) 6625-740-4 H POWER SUPPLY HP 6206B 6625-823-5 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZM-16/U 662 5-6696 H TEST CABLE HP 11002A 6625-079-7 O,F TEST CABLE LENIURT 664A 5995-725-8 H TEST CABLE POMONA 1166-24-RED 6625-764-9 H ADAPTER PHILCO--FORD QR9848-10

10 H RESISTOR,604-OHMS,1/2W,1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-11 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-812 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-13 H AC VTVY ME-30A 6625-893-14 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPYENT TK-100/G 5180-605-15 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-16 F WIREWRAP TOOL GARDNER DENVER CO., 12AXA2-317 F WRAPPING BIT GARDNER DENVER CO., 1863218 F WRAPPING SLEEVE GARDNER DENVER CO., 18840

AMSEL-MR form Jan 66 6013 (Supersedes edition of 1 JAN 65, which is obsolete

C-30
Section IX. Maintenance Allocation Chart (LOCAL ORDERWIRE, RAVEN 41010-97)

GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND 

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

NOMENCLATURE

01 LOCAL ORDERWIRE O 1,3,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41010-97 15 thru 18

F 1 

0 1,3 

15 thru 18, 

37

0 37 

F 37

0101 POWER SUPPLY H 1,2,4,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP 41029-01 6 thru 10,

12,19,21,22,

38

H 1,2,

6 thru 10,12,19,21,22,

38

O 37

H 38

0102 SPEAKER AMPLIFIER H 1,3,4,5,8,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 41030-01 11 thru 14,

20, 23 thru25,38

H 1,3,5,8,

11 thru 14,20, 23 thru25,38

O 37

H 38

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-31
TM 11-5805-647-14

Section IX. Maintenance Allocation Chart (LOCAL ORDERWIRE, RAVEN 41010-97)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

NOMENCLATURE

RAVEN 41010-97 (CONT’D)

0103 SF DETECTOR AND OSCILLATOR H 1 thru 5,8,

RAVEN ELECTRONICS CORP. 41063-02 9,12,13,14,

26 thru 36,

38

H 1,2,3,5,8,

9,12,13,14,

26,27,28,

30 thru 36,

38

0 37

H 38

NOTE 1:

Direct Support (F) level maintenance operations for fixed plant equipment located

OCONUS will be performed by off site (Area

Maint. and Supply Facility, AMSF) personnel

AMSEL-MR Form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-32
TABLE I. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (LOCAL ORDERWIRE, RAVEN 41010-

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

RAVEN 41010-97 (CONT’D)

1 O,F,H MUILTIMETER AN/USI-210 6625-019-2 H OSCILLOSCOPE AN/USNI-281A 6625-228-3 O,H TEST SET,TELEPHONE/HP 3550B AN/USM-181(U) 6625-740-4 H TRANSISTOR TESTER TS-1836 6625-893-5 H POWER SUPPLY HP6206B 6625-823-6 H VOLTMETER ,DIFFERENT IAL ME-202/U 6625-050-7 H AUTOTRANSFORMER GR W20MT3A 5950-926-8 H RESISTOR,DECADE ZM-16/U 6625-669-9 H TEST CABLE POMONA 2BC-PP-36 6625-856-

10 H TEST CABLE POMONA AL-B-2411 H TEST CABLE POMOXA 2BB-AL-30 6625-866-12 H TEST CABLE POMONA 116-6-24-RED 6625-764-13 H ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-1014 H RESISTOR,604-OHMS,1/2W,1% RN70D6040F 5905-984-15 0 ADAPTER POMONA 2631 5940-194-16 0 TEST CABLE POMONA 2BC-BNC-60 6625-803-17 0 ADAPTER UG-914/U 5935-280-18 0 TEST CABLE POMONA BNC-E-84 6150-403-19 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-920 H CABLE POMONA 3781-12

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-33
TABLE I. TOOL AND TEST REQUIREMENTS (LOCAL ORDERWIRE, RAVEN 41010-97)

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

RAVEN 41010-97 (CON ’D)

21 H RESISTOR,30-OHMS,50W,1% DALE RH-50 5905-076-22 H RESISTOR,60-OHMS,25W,1% DALE RH-25 5905-043-23 H HANDSET RAVEN 5505-010124 H TEST ADAPTER PHILCO-FORD QR9848-625 H CAPACITOR,0.25 MICROFARAD,200V SPRAGUE 2TMP25 5910-021-26 H GENERATOR,SIGNAL AN/USM-205 6625-788-27 H COUNTER,FREQUENCY AN/USM-207 6625-911-28 H AC VTVM ME-30A 6625-893-29 H IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AN/URM-90 6625-534-30 H ADAPTER POMONA 1296 4935-992-31 H TEST CABLE HP 11000A 5995-986-32 H TERMINATION POMDNA MDP-R600 5905-899-33 H TEST CABLE POMONA 3785-C-4834 H ADAPTER POMONA 383235 H ADAPTER POMONA 1437 RED 3940-938-36 H ADAPTER POMONA 1437 BLK 3940-938-37 O,F TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-38 H TOOL KIT,ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-100/G 5180-605-

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-34
TM 11-5805-647-14

Section X Maintenance Allocation Chart (LOCAL ORDERWIRE, RAVEN 41010-97)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND REMARKS

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

NOMENCLATURE

01 PANEL ASSEMBLY CB2 F 1

EFE 9740 CB2 F 2

02 PANEL ASSEMBLY CB1 F 1

EFE 9740 CB1 F 2

AMSEL-MR Form ESC-FM 97-66

1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-35
TABLE I. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (PANEL ASSEMBLY CB1 AND CB2

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

1 F MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-0192 F TOOL KIT, EZECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-36
Section XI. Maintenance Allocation Chart (JACK AND LAMP PANEL, EFE 803101)

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

(1) (2) (3) (4) 

GROUP MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS TOOLS AND 

NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT

NOMENCLATURE

01 JACK AND LAMP PANEL 0 1

EFE 803101 0 2

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-37
TABLE I. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (JACK AND LAMP PANEL, EFE 8031

TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE FEDE

EQUPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STO

NUM

EFE 803101 (CONT’D)

1 0 MULTIMETER AN/USM-210 6625-019-2 0 TOOL KIT, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT TK-105/G 5180-610-

AMSEL-MR Form 1 Jan 66 6031 (Supersedes edition of 1 Feb 65, which is obsolete) C-38
TM 11-5805-647-14

APPENDIX D

CABINET HARNESS WIRING LIST

D-1
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-2
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-3
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-4
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-5
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-6
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-7
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-8
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-9
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-10
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-11
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-12
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-13
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-14
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-15
TM 11-5805-647-14

D-16
TM 11-5805-647-14

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

FRED C. WEYAND

General, United States Army,

Official: Chief of Staff.

VERNE L.. BOWERS

Major General, United States Army,

The Adjutant General.

Distribution:

Active Army:

USASA (2) MAAG (EUR) (1)

AMC (1) USARMIS (EUR) (1)

TRADOC (1) 7th Sig Bde USACC-Europe (2)

ARADCOM (1) USACC-Europe Sig Spt Gp #4 (2)

OS Maj Comd (3) USACC-Europe Sig Gp #22 (2)

USACC (10) USACC-Europe Sig Gp #106 (2)

USACC-PAC (1) USACC-USAREUR Sig Cen (2)

USACC-EUR (50) USACC-Europe Sig Facility (2)

USACC-SO (2) USACC-Europe Sig Op Bn (2)

USACC-CONUS (5) USACC-Europe Sig Spt Agcy (2)

USAINTCS (3) Units org under fol TOE

HISA (Ft Monmouth) (43) (1 copy each unit):

USAREUR (10) 11-97

7th USA (5) 11-98

SAAD (10) 11-117

TOAD (10) 11-127

LBAD (5) 11-302

USA Dep (EUR) (2) except 11-500(AA-AC)

Pirmaseans (10) 29-134

Sig Sec USA Dep (EUR) (2) 29-136

Sig Dep (EUR) (2)

NG: None.

USAR: None.

For explanation of abbreviations used, see AR 310-50.

*U. S. GOVERNMEN PRINTING OFFICE : 1996- 406-421 (60248)
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure FO-1(1). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 1 of 4).
Figure FO-1(2). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring 
Figure FO-1(3). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring 
Figure FO-1(4). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-928/FSC, wiring 
Figure FO-2. S. F. Oscillator, 49009-01, schematic dia
Figure FO-3(1). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring 
Figure FO-3(2). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring 
Figure FO-3(3). Express-link local orderwire Unit TA923/FSC, wiring d
TM 11-5805-647-14

Figure FO-3(4). Express-Link-Local Orderwire Unit TA-923/FSC, wiring diagram (sheet 4 of 4).
Figure FO-4(1). Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC, wiring diagram 
Figure FO-4(2). Link Orderwire Unit TA-925/FSC, wiring diagram 
Figure FO-4(3). Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, wiring dia
Figure FO-5(1). Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, wiring dia
Figure FO-5(2). Remote Link Orderwire Unit TA-924/FSC, wiring dia
Figure FO-5(3). Remote Link Orderwire Unit A-924/FSC, wiring
Figure FO-6. Local Orderwire Unit 41010-97, interconnection w
Figure FO-7. 4-Way/4-wire bridge and amplifier assembly 40155-03, 
Figure FO-8(1). Orderwire/intercom (EOW sites), functional diagra
Figure FO-8(2). Orderwire/intercom (EOW sites), functional diagra
Figure FO-9(1). Orderwire/intercom (LOW sites ), functional diagra
Figure FO-9(2). Orderwire/intercom (LOW sites), functional diagra
Figure FO-10. Power amplifier, type TLC410, schematic d
Figure FO-11. S .F. detector and oscillator 41063-02, schema
Figure FO-12. DTMF tone receiver 40452-01, schematic d
Figure FO-13. Digit decoder 40451, schematic diagr
Figure FO-14. 4W/2W hybrid 49008-02, schematic diag
Figure FO-15. 4W/2W hybrid 49008-01, schematic diag
Figure FO-16. 4-way/4-wire bridge 40155/40455-03, schema
Figure FO-17. Dual amplifier 40172/40472-03, schematic 
Figure FO-18. Dc-dc power supply 41028-01, schematic 
Figure FO-19. Speaker amplifier 41030-01, schematic d
Figure FO-20. Power supply 40129-01, schematic diag
Figure FO-21. Color code markings for MIL-STD resistors, inductor

PIN: 029184-000